Work Management Manual

MOBIL PRODUCING NIGERIA
(For use by MPN and EEPNL)
OPERATIONS INTEGRITY MANAGEMENT SYSTEM
System Title: System 6-4 Work Management
Document: Work Management Procedure Manual
System Owner: System Administrator:

Steve. Rose David Fitzpatrick
General Manager, Joint Venture Operations Integrity Manager
Operations
EXXONMOBIL USE ONLY
Mobil Producing Nigeria
NNPC/MPN - JOINT VENTURE
Work Management Procedure Manual
Distribution List Page i of xx
Distribution List
The following is the list of all current approved holders of this document
0. QIT Technical Library
1. QIT Control Room
2. BRT Control Room
3. BOP
4. Ekpe
5. Usari
6. Etim
7. Asabo
8. Edop
9. Utue
10. Inim
11. Ubit
12. OSO.
13. Idoho
14. Yoho
15. EAP
16. ERHA CCR
17. ERHA OIM
18. Onne Port Supt
19. Drilling Rig (Manager Drilling) Spare
20. Drilling Rig (Manager Drilling) Spare

(Continued on the next page)
Category:Integrity Critical Document No. Revision No.: Rev 0-3

Access: No Restriction OIMS64-QIT-SHE-2002-0002 Date: June 2006
EXXONMOBIL USE ONLY
Page ii of xx Distribution List
(Continued from the previous page)
21. OIMS Master Files
22. Spare QIT Operations Integrity (Temp Issue)

Note:
Facility Copies will normally be kept within the Permit Issuing Office of the Facility and will be
the responsibility of the PIC
Revision No.: Rev 0-3 Document No. Category: Integrity Critical

Date: 23 June, 2005 OIMS64-QIT-SHE-2002-0002 Access: No Restriction
EXXONMOBIL USE ONLY
Change Management Control Sheet Page iii of xx
Change Management Control Sheet

This Manual is a Controlled Document and will be subject to Management Procedures detailed in
the Information Management Systems Procedures Manual (OIMS41-LAG-OTE-2002-0001).
Review of this Manual will be at periods specified on the IMS Document Registration Form and
recorded in the Controlled Document Database.
Revision to this Manual will require the completion of the IMS Revision Request Form (041-
OIMS-2002-R1). Endorsement and Approvals for Revisions and Updates will be as stated on the
Roles and Responsibilities Matrix contained in Appendix II of the Information Management
Systems Procedures Manual (OIMS41-LAG-OTE-2002-0001).
Destruction of this Manual or parts of will require the completion of the IMS Retention
Management Form (041-OIMS-2002-R2). Endorsement and Approvals for Destruction will be as
stated on the Roles and Responsibilities Matrix contained in Appendix II of the Information
Management Systems Procedures Manual (OIMS41-LAG-OTE-2002-0001).
Copyholders of this Manual will be responsible for completing the Change Management History
Sheet, which contains:
• Revision #
• List of Page(s) to be replaced
• Copy #
• Date of Completion of Change
• Signature of Person completing the Change
On completion of the insertion of the replacement Page(s) the person responsible for the Change
implementation will verify that the replaced page(s) have been destroyed.

EXXONMOBIL USE ONLY
Page iv of xx Change Management Control Sheet
Change Management History Sheet

Revision Page(s) Changed Copy # Date of Signature of Person Old Pages
# Completion Completion the Destroyed
Change
0-3 Replacement of Section 10 & Section 18 Yes
0-2 Added Section 18 and 19 HEAVY LIFT Yes
PROCEDURE AND SUBSEA
OPERATIONS (DIVING AND ROV
OPERATIONS) PERMIT
0-1 Change Management History Sheet Yes
Revision Record and History
Table of Content
Added Section 17 EQUIPMENT OUT OF
SERVICE PROCEDURE
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes

EXXONMOBIL USE ONLY
Revision Record and History Page v of xx
Revision Record and History

Current Revision
Rev. Date Description of Changes
No.
O-3 23 June,05 Replacement of Section 10 & Section 18
Owner Signature: Steve Rose

Title: General Manager, Joint Venture.
Date: 22-Apr-04
Administrator Fitzpatrick David
Signature:
Title:
SHE Operation Superintendent.
Date:
22-Apr-04
Approver Steve Rose
Signature:
General Manager, Joint Venture.
Title:
22-Apr-04
Date:
Revision History
Rev. Date Description of Change Owner Administrator Approved
No.
0-3 23 Replacement of Section 10 & 18 General SHE Operation General
June,05 Manager, Superintendent Manager,
Joint Joint
Venture Venture
0-2 22-Apr- Insertion of Section 18 and 19 and General SHE Operation General
04 complete re-formatting of the whole Manager, Superintendent Manager,
document. Joint Joint
Venture. Venture
0-1 Nov 2003 Change Management History Sheet Manager Loss Prevention Manager JVO
Revision Record and History JVO Superintendent
Table of Content
Added Section 17 EQUIPMENT OUT OF SERVICE
PROCEDURE

EXXONMOBIL USE ONLY
Page vi of xx Revision Record and History
THIS PAGE IS INTENTIONALLY BLANK

EXXONMOBIL USE ONLY
Table of Content Page vii of xx
TABLE OF CONTENT
Distribution List ............................................................................................................ i / xx
Change Management Control Sheet ........................................................................... iii / xx
Revision Record and History ....................................................................................... v / xx
TABLE OF CONTENT ............................................................................................. vii / xx
1. PREFACE ........................................................................................................ 1 / 16
1.1 INTRODUCTION ...................................................................................... 1 / 16
1.2 WORK MANAGEMENT OVERALL PROCESS ............................................ 4 / 16
1.3 INTERFACES WITH OTHER OIMS SYSTEMS ............................................ 5 / 16
1.4 RESPONSIBILITIES .................................................................................. 6 / 16
1.5 VERIFICATION, MEASUREMENT AND FEEDBACK ................................. 11 / 16
1.6 TRAINING ............................................................................................ 14 / 16
2. GENERAL WORK PROCEDURE ................................................................. 1 / 14
2.1 OBJECTIVES ........................................................................................... 1 / 14
2.2 SCOPE .................................................................................................... 1 / 14
2.3 DEFINITIONS .......................................................................................... 2 / 14
2.4 ASSOCIATED PROCEDURES AND REFERENCES ....................................... 2 / 14
2.6 MANAGEMENT OF THE GENERAL WORK PERMIT SYSTEM..................... 5 / 14
2.7 TRAINING .............................................................................................. 7 / 14
2.8 PROGRAM REVIEW ................................................................................ 7 / 14

EXXONMOBIL USE ONLY
Page viii of xx Table of Content
3. HOT WORK PROCEDURE ........................................................................... 1 / 16
3.1 OBJECTIVES ...........................................................................................1 / 16
3.2 SCOPE .................................................................................................... 1 / 16
3.3 DEFINITIONS .......................................................................................... 1 / 16
3.4 ASSOCIATED PROCEDURES AND REFERENCES .......................................3 / 16
3.5 ROLES AND RESPONSIBILITIES ............................................................... 3 / 16
3.6 MANAGEMENT OF THE HOT WORK PERMIT SYSTEM ............................. 6 / 16
3.7 TRAINING .............................................................................................. 8 / 16
3.8 PROGRAM REVIEW ................................................................................ 8 / 16
4. CONFINED SPACE ENTRY PROCEDURE ................................................. 1 / 22
4.1. OBJECTIVES ...........................................................................................1 / 22
4.2. SCOPE .................................................................................................... 2 / 22
4.3. DEFINITIONS .......................................................................................... 2 / 22
4.4. ASSOCIATED MPN PROCEDURES AND REFERENCES. .............................4 / 22
4.5. ROLES AND RESPONSIBILITIES ............................................................... 5 / 22
4.6. MANAGEMENT OF THE CONFINED SPACE ENTRY PERMIT SYSTEM ....... 9 / 22
4.7. CONFINED SPACE RULES OF ENTRY .................................................... 11 / 22
4.8. GAS MONITORING ............................................................................... 12 / 22
4.9. CONDITION FOR ENTRY AND RESCUE .................................................. 12 / 22
4.10. PERSONAL PROTECTIVE EQUIPMENT ...................................................13 / 22
4.11. BARRICADING/LABELING OF CONFINED SPACES ................................. 13 / 22

EXXONMOBIL USE ONLY
Table of Content Page ix of xx
4.12. CLEANING OF CONFINED SPACES ........................................................ 13 / 22
4.13. TRAINING ............................................................................................ 13 / 22
4.14. PROGRAM REVIEW .............................................................................. 13 / 22
5. CONTROL OF HAZARDOUS ENERGY - LOCKOUT/TAGOUT (LOTO)

PROCEDURE .................................................................................................. 1 / 44
5.1 OBJECTIVES ........................................................................................... 1 / 44
5.2 SCOPE .................................................................................................... 1 / 44
5.3 DEFINITIONS .......................................................................................... 2 / 44
5.4 REFERENCES.......................................................................................... 5 / 44
5.6 GUIDELINES ........................................................................................... 7 / 44
5.7 GROUP /MULTIPLE ISOLATION ............................................................ 12 / 44
5.8 CONTRACTOR ISOLATION .................................................................... 13 / 44
5.9 SHIFT CHANGE/RELIEF ........................................................................ 14 / 44
5.10 EQUIPMENT TESTING ........................................................................... 15 / 44
5.11 RETURN TO NORMAL OPERATION ....................................................... 16 / 44
5.12 FORCED REMOVAL .............................................................................. 16 / 44
5.13 OUT OF SERVICE .................................................................................. 17 / 44
5.14 NEW EQUIPMENT DESIGN & INSTALLATION ........................................ 17 / 44
5.15 COMPLETING THE PERMIT ................................................................... 18 / 44
5.16 TRAINING ............................................................................................ 18 / 44
5.17 PROGRAM ASSESSMENT ...................................................................... 19 / 44

EXXONMOBIL USE ONLY
Page x of xx Table of Content
5.18 APPENDICES ........................................................................................ 19 / 44
5.19 PROGRAM REVIEW .............................................................................. 20 / 44
6. EXCAVATION, TRENCHING & SHORING PROCEDURE ....................... 1 / 26
6.1 OBJECTIVE .............................................................................................1 / 26
6.2 SCOPE .................................................................................................... 1 / 26
6.3 DEFINITIONS .......................................................................................... 1 / 26
6.4 PROCEDURE ...........................................................................................3 / 26
6.6 TRAINING ............................................................................................ 10 / 26
6.7 PROGRAM REVIEW .............................................................................. 10 / 26
7. HIGH VOLTAGE ACCESS/ISOLATION PROCEDURE ............................ 1 / 14
7.1. OBJECTIVES ...........................................................................................1 / 14
7.2. SCOPE .................................................................................................... 1 / 14
7.3. DEFINITIONS .......................................................................................... 1 / 14
7.4. ASSOCIATED MPN PROCEDURES AND REFERENCES ..............................2 / 14
7.5. RESPONSIBILITIES .................................................................................. 2 / 14
7.6. PREVENTION/GUIDELINES ..................................................................... 3 / 14
7.7. PROGRAM REVIEW ................................................................................ 4 / 14
8. SHIFT/HITCH HANDOVER PROCEDURE ................................................. 1 / 10
8.1. OBJECTIVES ...........................................................................................1 / 10
8.2. SCOPE. ................................................................................................... 1 / 10
8.3. KEY REQUIREMENTS .............................................................................1 / 10

EXXONMOBIL USE ONLY
Table of Content Page xi of xx
8.4. ASSOCIATED PROCEDURES AND REFERENCES. ...................................... 1 / 10
8.5. RESPONSIBILITIES. ................................................................................. 2 / 10
8.6. MANAGEMENT OF THE SHIFT/HITCH HANDOVER PROCESS................... 2 / 10
8.7. PROGRAM REVIEW ................................................................................ 6 / 10
9. STANDBY FIRE WATCH PROCEDURE ...................................................... 1 / 6
9.1. OBJECTIVES ............................................................................................. 1 / 6
9.2. SCOPE ...................................................................................................... 1 / 6
9.3. DEFINITIONS ............................................................................................ 1 / 6
9.4. REFERENCE ............................................................................................. 2 / 6
9.5. RESPONSIBILITIES .................................................................................... 2 / 6
9.6. PROCEDURE ............................................................................................. 3 / 6
9.7. QUALIFICATIONS OF STANDBY FIRE WATCH ........................................... 4 / 6
9.8. PROGRAM REVIEW .................................................................................. 5 / 6
10. NEW TEMPORARY BYPASS PROCEDURE .............................................. 1 / 14
10.1. OBJECTIVES ........................................................................................... 1 / 14
10.2. SCOPE .................................................................................................... 1 / 14
10.3. DEFINITIONS .......................................................................................... 2 / 14
10.4. ASSOCIATED PROCEDURES AND REFERENCES ....................................... 2 / 14
10.5. RESPONSIBILITIES .................................................................................. 2 / 14
10.6. PROCEDURE ........................................................................................... 5 / 14
10.7. SAFETY SYSTEMS OPERATING GUIDELINES........................................... 7 / 14
10.8. TRAINING .............................................................................................. 8 / 14

EXXONMOBIL USE ONLY
Page xii of xx Table of Content
10.9. PROGRAM REVIEW ................................................................................ 8 / 14
11. SCAFFOLDING PROCEDURE ..................................................................... 1 / 14
11.1 OBJECTIVE .............................................................................................1 / 14
11.2 SCOPE .................................................................................................... 1 / 14
11.5 SCAFFOLDING REQUIREMENT ................................................................ 2 / 14
11.6 LIGHT ALLOY/ALUMINUM SCAFFOLDING.............................................. 7 / 14
11.7 USE OF SCAFFOLDS ............................................................................... 7 / 14
11.8 TRAINING REQUIREMENTS.....................................................................8 / 14
11.9 PROGRAM REVIEW ................................................................................ 9 / 14
12. ATMOSPHERIC GAS TESTING PROCEDURE ............................................ 1 / 6
12.1 OBJECTIVES .............................................................................................1 / 6
12.2 SCOPE ...................................................................................................... 1 / 6
12.3 DEFINITIONS ............................................................................................ 1 / 6
12.4 ASSOCIATED PROCEDURES AND REFERENCES ......................................... 2 / 6
12.5 RESPONSIBILITIES .................................................................................... 3 / 6
12.6 GENERAL GUIDE...................................................................................... 4 / 6
12.7 PORTABLE GAS DETECTION EQUIPMENT ................................................. 5 / 6
12.8 TRAINING REQUIREMENT ........................................................................ 5 / 6
12.9 PROGRAM REVIEW .................................................................................. 6 / 6

EXXONMOBIL USE ONLY
Table of Content Page xiii of xx
13. RADIATION SAFETY PROCEDURE .......................................................... 1 / 12
13.1 Objectives ........................................................................................................ 1 / 12
13.2 Scope .............................................................................................................. 1 / 12
13.3 Definitions........................................................................................................ 1 / 12
13.4 Associated Procedures & References .............................................................. 2 / 12
13.5 Responsibilities ................................................................................................ 2 / 12
13.6 General ............................................................................................................. 4 / 12
13.7 Emergencies ..................................................................................................... 5 / 12
13.8 Procedure ......................................................................................................... 6 / 12
13.9 Training ............................................................................................................ 6 / 12
13.10 Program Review............................................................................................... 7 / 12
14. ELEVATED WORK PRACTICES/FALL PROTECTION PROCEDURE ... 1 / 12
14.1 OBJECTIVES ......................................................................................... 11 / 12
14.2 SCOPE .................................................................................................. 11 / 12
14.3 DEFINITIONS ........................................................................................ 11 / 12
14.4 ASSOCIATED PROCEDURES AND REFERENCES ..................................... 31 / 12
14.5 RESPONSIBILITIES ................................................................................ 31 / 12
14.6 PROCEDURE ......................................................................................... 41 / 12
14.7 TRAINING ............................................................................................ 81 / 12
14.8 PROGRAM REVIEW .............................................................................. 91 / 12

EXXONMOBIL USE ONLY
Page xiv of xx Table of Content
15. MECHANICAL ISOLATION PROCEDURE ................................................ 1 / 18
15.1 OBJECTIVES ...........................................................................................1 / 18
15.2 SCOPE .................................................................................................... 1 / 18
15.3 DEFINITIONS .......................................................................................... 1 / 18
15.6 MECHANICAL ISOLATIONS PROCEDURE................................................. 5 / 18
15.7 APPENDICES ........................................................................................ 12 / 18
15.8 PROGRAM REVIEW .............................................................................. 13 / 18
16. HOT TAPPING PROCEDURE ....................................................................... 1 / 20
16.1 OBJECTIVES ...........................................................................................1 / 20
16.2 SCOPE .................................................................................................... 1 / 20
16.3 PLANNING A HOT TAP ...........................................................................1 / 20
16.5 PROCEDURE ...........................................................................................3 / 20
16.6 COMPLETION ......................................................................................... 6 / 20
16.7 SAFETY PRECAUTIONS ........................................................................... 6 / 20
16.9 PROGRAM REVIEW ................................................................................ 8 / 20

EXXONMOBIL USE ONLY
Table of Content Page xv of xx
17. EQUIPMENT OUT OF SERVICE PROCEDURE......................................... 1 / 18
17.1 OBJECTIVES ........................................................................................... 1 / 18
17.2 SCOPE .................................................................................................... 1 / 18
17.3 DEFINITIONS .......................................................................................... 1 / 18
17.6 PROCEDURES ......................................................................................... 4 / 18

17.6.1 Required Documentation 4 / 18
17.6.2 Short Term Isolation 5 / 18
17.6.3 Long Term Isolation 5 / 18
17.6.4 No Future Utility 6 / 18
17.6.5 Management of Change/Job Planning 7 / 18
17.6.6 Hazards to be Considered During Isolation 7 / 18
17.6.7 Drain and Depressure Equipment 11 / 18
17.6.8 Freeing Equipment of Hydrocarbons 12 / 18
17.7 PROGRAM REVIEW .............................................................................. 15 / 18
18. NEW LIFTING PERMIT PROCEDURE ....................................................... 1 / 30
18.1 OBJECTIVES ........................................................................................... 1 / 30
18.2 SCOPE .................................................................................................... 1 / 30
18.3 DEFINITIONS .......................................................................................... 1 / 30
18.6 PREPARATIONS ...................................................................................... 7 / 30

18.6.1 Purpose 7 / 30

EXXONMOBIL USE ONLY
Page xvi of xx Table of Content
18.6.2 Pre-lift meeting 7 / 30

18.6.3 Meeting topics 7 / 30
18.6.4 Lift preparations 8 / 30
18.7 COMMUNICATIONS ................................................................................ 9 / 30

18.7.1 General 9 / 30
18.7.2 Offshore Communications 9 / 30
18.7.3 Helicopter operations 10 / 30
18.7.4 Off-loading and back-loading 11 / 30
18.7.5 Signaling 11 / 30
18.8 LIFTING ...............................................................................................12 / 30

18.8.1 General Lifting 12 / 30
18.8.1.1 Tag lines 12 / 30
18.8.1.2 Swinging of load 12 / 30
18.8.1.3 Non-routine lifting operations defined 13 / 30
18.8.1.4 Non-routine lifting operations requirements 13 / 30
18.8.1.5 Critical lifting operations requirements 14 / 30
18.8.1.6 Dual lifts 14 / 30
18.8.1.7 Lifting incidents 15 / 30
18.8.1.8 Lift permit 15 / 30
18.8.1.9 Lifts requiring a permit 15 / 30
18.8.1.10Lifting supervision 16 / 30
18.8.1.11Unsafe lifts 16 / 30
18.8.1.12Night lifts 16 / 30
18.8.1.13Cargo handling 17 / 30
18.9 MANAGEMENT OF BASKET TRANSFERS ............................................... 17 / 30

18.9.1 General 17 / 30
18.9.2 Transfer during darkness 17 / 30
18.9.3 Attachments 18 / 30

EXXONMOBIL USE ONLY
Table of Content Page xvii of xx
19. SUBSEA OPERATIONS (DIVING AND ROV OPERATIONS)

PERMIT PROCEDURE .................................................................................... 1 / 7
19.1 OBJECTIVES ............................................................................................. 1 / 7
19.2 SCOPE ...................................................................................................... 1 / 7
19.3 DEFINITIONS ............................................................................................ 2 / 7
19.4 ASSOCIATED PROCEDURES AND REFERENCES ......................................... 2 / 7
19.5 RESPONSIBILITIES .................................................................................... 3 / 7
19.6 MANAGEMENT OF SUBSEA OPERATIONS ................................................. 3 / 7
19.7 PERMIT TO WORK .................................................................................... 4 / 7
19.8 PROGRAM REVIEW .................................................................................. 6 / 7
TABLE OF FIGURE
Figure 2.1 - General Work Permit ............................................................................... 8 / 14
Figure 2.2 - General Work Permit Procedure Assessment Checklist ........................ 14 / 14
Figure 3.1 - Hot Work Permit ...................................................................................... 9 / 16
Figure 3.2 - Hot Work Permit Assessment Checklist ................................................ 15 / 16
Figure 4.1 - Confined Space Entry Permit Form ....................................................... 14 / 20
Figure 4.2 - Confined Space Entry Assessment Checklist ........................................ 20 / 20
Figure 5.1 - Control of Hazardous Energy Permit (LOTO)...................................... 41 / 42
Figure 5.2 - Control of Hazardous Energy Assessment Checklist............................. 44 / 42
Figure 6.1 - Excavation Permit Guide ....................................................................... 12 / 26
Figure 6.2 - Excavation Trenching And Shoring Assessment Checklist ................... 25 / 26
Figure 7.1 - PPE Requirements for High Voltage Access ........................................... 5 / 14

EXXONMOBIL USE ONLY
Page xviii of xx Table of Content
Figure 7.2 - High Voltage Access Log ........................................................................ 7 / 14
Figure 7.3 - High Voltage Access/Isolation Certificate ............................................... 8 / 14
Figure 7.4 - High Voltage Access/Isolation Assessment Checklist ........................... 13 / 14
Figure 8.1 - Daily Shift Changeover Checklist .............................................................. 7 / 8
Figure 8.2 - Hitch Changeover Checklist....................................................................... 8 / 8
Figure 8.3 - Shift/Hitch Handover Assessment Checklist ............................................. 9 / 8
Figure 10.1 - Temporary Bypass Certificate ................................................................ 9 / 14
Figure 10.2 - Safety Device Bypass Tag.................................................................... 11 / 14
Figure 10.3 - Safety Device Temporary Bypass Log................................................. 12 / 14
Figure 10.4 - Temporary Bypass Assessment Checklist............................................ 13 / 14
Figure 11.1 - Scaffold Inspection Checklist............................................................... 10 / 14
Figure 11.2 - Scaffold Defects Inspection Checklist ................................................. 11 / 14
Figure 11.3 - MPN Scaffold "Fit for Use" Inspection Label ..................................... 12 / 14
Figure 11.4 - Scaffold Register Sheet ........................................................................ 13 / 14
Figure 13.1 - Radiation Safety Assessment Checklist ............................................... 12 / 12
Figure 14.1 - Fall Protection Plan Implementation Checklist .................................... 10 / 12
Figure 14.2 - Elevated Work Practices Assessment Checklist .................................. 11 / 12
Figure 15.1- Mechanical Isolation Assessment Checklist ......................................... 18 / 16
Figure 16.1 - Hot Tapping Assessment Checklist....................................................... 19 /20

EXXONMOBIL USE ONLY
Table of Content Page xix of xx
ATTACHMENT
Attachment 1 – Lift Classification Flow Chart 19 / 30
Attachment 2 – Lift Evaluation Form 20 / 30
Attachment 3 – Critical Lift Checklist 22 / 30
Attachment 4 – Crane Set-Up Checklist 25 / 30
Attachment 5 – Lift Permit 28 / 30
APPENDICES
Appendix 5-1 - Control of Hazardous Energy Tag .................................................... 21 / 42
Appendix 5-2 -Out Of Service Tag............................................................................ 22 / 42
Appendix 5-3 - Isolation Techniques ........................................................................ 23 / 42
Appendix 5-4 - Control of Hazardous Energy Procedures ........................................ 27 / 42
Appendix 5-5 - Notice of Personal/Tag Removal...................................................... 37 / 42
Appendix 5-6 - Hazardous Energy Control Permit Completion Guide ..................... 38 / 42
Appendix 5.7 - Hazardous Energy Control (LOTO) Logbook .................................. 43 / 42
Appendix 6-A - Soil Testing Methods ....................................................................... 18 / 26
Appendix 6-B - Soil Classification ............................................................................ 20 / 26
Appendix 6-C - Types of Excavation ........................................................................ 21 / 26
Appendix 6-D - Excavation, Trenching, & Shoring Flowchart ................................. 24 / 26
Appendix 7-1 - High Voltage Access/Isolation Permit Completion Guide............... 10 / 14

EXXONMOBIL USE ONLY
Page xx of xx Table of Content

EXXONMOBIL USE ONLY
Section 1 - Preface Page 1 of 16
1. PREFACE
1.1 Introduction
1.1.1 PURPOSE
The purpose of this system is to ensure that the multitude of activities at MPN
operated or controlled sites are undertaken in a structured and controlled
manner to reduce the risk of incidents.
Jobs must be planned so that the equipment and the work site are appropriately
prepared, workers are adequately informed and protected, so that the job can be
safely executed and incident or damage to the environment or equipment
avoided.
1.1.2 COMPLIANCE WITH STANDARD
Activities must be co-ordinated by an effective work management system. This
manual documents the standards that are essential to maintaining the integrity
of this system.
All activities on any MPN site must comply with the standards contained in this
manual. Standards contained herein can be increased at the discretion of the
Person in Charge (PIC), if deemed necessary, but not diminished.
Interpretation of standards contained within this manual can be obtained from
the Person in Charge (PIC) or the site OIMS Co-ordinators or if this is not
possible, apply the more stringent self assessment of the standard.
1.1.3 TEMPORARY ALTERNATIVE STANDARD
Temporary alternative standards will not be implemented without being
processed through the Management of Change system. Approval will only be
granted if other safeguards will be introduced which will maintain the safety of
personnel, environment and facilities at an equivalent or higher standard. JSA,
HAZOP or a formal risk assessment will need to be conducted.
1.1.4 EMERGENCY DEVIATIONS
Emergency (as defined in the Emergency Procedures Manual) deviations are
permitted but the safety of personnel and protection of the environment and
property must not be jeopardised. Once the emergency is controlled the
requirements contained in this manual will apply. Any change implemented
during the emergency will need to be re-assessed via the MPN Management of
Change Procedures.
(Continued on next page)

EXXONMOBIL USE ONLY
Page 2 of 16 Section 1 - Preface
(Continued from previous page)

1.1.5 DISCLAIMER
This manual has been prepared by MPN solely for use in its own operations. If
any other organisation uses information contained in this manual for any
purpose, such risk shall be entirely at the risk of the user organisation, and
MPN expressly disclaims any and all liability and responsibility to any person
in respect of use of such information by another organisation.
1.1.6 OBJECTIVES
Our overall objective is to perform all of the activities that are necessary to
produce oil and gas in compliance with Company and Government regulations
and industry standards, while maintaining the:
• Health and safety of personnel,
• Environment,
• Integrity of the facilities
To achieve this objective:
• All work activities are planned with due consideration to physical interfaces
at the work site, potential simultaneous activities, hours of work required
without a rest break, and the impact of shift and crew changes on the work
activity.
• All work activities with potential higher risk are managed with critical
procedures
• Equipment and/or facilities are adequately prepared for work activities to be
performed including safe and environmentally sound draining, venting,
purging and isolations.
• Appropriate controls on the temporary disarming or deactivating of critical
alarms, control and shutdown equipment, and other critical safety
equipment eg. Fire pumps are in place.
• A permit to work procedure is used, which incorporates checks and
authorisations that are consistent with the risks likely to be encountered.
• Work activities are undertaken in accordance with MPN safety expectations
and personnel safety management, and that due consideration is given to
key issues such as hot work, confined space entry, energy isolation, crane
and lifting operations, and electrical safety.

EXXONMOBIL USE ONLY

• Equipment and/or facilities are reinstated to a safe and environmentally
sound working condition after the work activity is completed and that
appropriate personnel are made aware of the revised equipment status
• Lessons learned from planning and executing the work activities are
captured for similar future work activities.
• All personnel at an operational facility are fully trained in the purpose and
application of work management procedures.
1.1.7 SCOPE
The MPN Work Management System applies to all MPN owned or controlled
operating facilities including operations, maintenance, construction, diving,
drilling, workover, and well servicing activities. The system applies to all MPN
and contract workers at the facilities except as noted below.
For fully self contained contract operations on an operating facility (eg. Drill rig
working on an operating platform) the contractor must have an equivalent
system for controlling work activities. Where interfaces exist with MPN
operations, this MPN Work Management system takes precedence.
The Work Management System ensures that OIMS expectations are met in the
areas of:
• Regulatory compliance in areas relevant to the following
• Personnel and Training in areas of work management
• Work permit management
• Work hour guidelines
• Control of temporary defeats
• Management of interface
• Management of shift handover
• Management of change
Specific Expectations and Guidelines addressed are documented in the
ExxonMobil, Operations Integrity Management System Corporate Framework
and Upstream Guidelines.

EXXONMOBIL USE ONLY
1.2 Work Management Overall Process

1.2.1 OVERVIEW OF PROCESS
Inter-related processes associated with safe work management:
• Plan the work
• Prepare and authorise permit to work
• Undertake the work
• Reinstate equipment and facility
• Capture lessons learned
1.2.2 WORK MANAGEMENT PROCESS DIAGRAM
PLAN THE WORK TASK

ANALYSIS
SELECT PERMIT TYPES

AND DRAFT
PREPARE EQUIPMENT
AND FACILITY
OBTAIN PERMIT
APPROVAL
UNDERTAKE THE WORK
STEPBACK 5x5
REINSTATE EQUIPMENT
AND FACILITY
CLOSE-OUT
PERMIT(S)
CAPTURE LESSONS
LEARNED
PERMIT TO WORK PROCESS

EXXONMOBIL USE ONLY
1.3 Interfaces with other OIMS Systems

1.3.1 PROCEDURES AND DOCUMENTATION
Specific procedures (operating, maintenance, induction, etc) are documented in
various manuals located at each facility. Where necessary, this manual refers to
these other documents.
Before commencing activities, personnel must be familiar with any relevant
procedures/standards in these manuals to ensure compliance.
The documents and the abbreviations often used to refer to them are in the table
below.
OPERATIONAL AREA DOCUMENTS ABBREVIATION

General Operations Integrity Management System OIMS
Safety Management Manual SMM
Safe Work Procedures Manual SWPM
MPN Operations Platform Operations Manual POM
Platform Maintenance Procedures Manual PMP
Crane Operations, Maintenance and Inspection COMI
Manual
Fire & Safety Equipment Maintenance Procedures FSE
MPN Emergency Procedures Manual EPM
Simultaneous Operations Manual SIMOPS
Pipeline Operations Manual POM
Operating Procedures Manual OPM
Maintenance Procedures Manual MPM
Drilling Drilling Operations Integrity Manual DOIM
Appropriate Unit Operations Manual DOM
Contractor Work Management Procedures CWMP
Drilling Workover & Wireline Standards Manual DWWM
Construction Construction Manual
Operations Support Bristow Helicopter and Fixed Wing Work
Management Instruction manual

EXXONMOBIL USE ONLY
1.4 Responsibilities
1.4.1 ALL PERSONNEL ON MPN SITES
Standards documented in this manual are considered to be "Critical" and
must be followed, unless there has been prior approval through the Field
Change Approval system.
All sites have "Standard" and "Critical" maintenance and operating
procedures. Expectations regarding compliance with standard and
critical procedures are documented.
MPN personnel and others working on MPN sites must make themselves
familiar with the location of the maintenance procedures and check if
there are any procedures applicable to the work they are planning prior to
obtaining a permit.
Any "Critical" maintenance procedures applicable to the activity must be
copied and attached/processed with the permit.
NOTE: Although all the standards contained in this manual are considered to be
"Critical" it is not expected that all relevant sections will be copied and attached to the
permit. However, if personnel are not familiar with Specific Work Guidelines or other
standards in this manual, they should be copied and/or read prior to commencing the
work.
Any applicable "Checklists". Working at Heights, Excavations, Health
Hazards, etc, must be completed prior to the permit being approved by
the Permit Approver.
1.4.2 CONTRACTORS
Contractors are responsible for:
• Ensuring the safety of their employees while working on MPN
owned, operated or controlled sites.
• Ensuring that their employees are competent to perform the work to
be done.
• Training their employees in all areas necessary to ensure safe
operations, and
• Ensuring that their employees have and utilise all necessary personal
protective equipment, and other safety equipment necessary to safely
execute their work.

EXXONMOBIL USE ONLY

• Be aware of, and understand emergency response procedures. Observe all
safety and permit procedures. It is the responsibility of each individual to
ensure that he/she has a good understanding of MPN's standards.
1.4.3 PERMIT HOLDER/WORK PARTY
All personnel who are to work on MPN facilities have the following work
managed responsibilities:
• Comply with work management standards contained in this, MPN Work
Management Manual
• Conduct the appropriate level of risk assessment before commencing work
e.g. Formal risk assessment. Display the approved JSA at the worksite.
• Obtain a work permit (some low risk or emergency activities are managed
without a permit but the controls specified must be adhered to).
• Before acceptance of the permit, the Permit Holder (with the Equipment
Operator present) will:
 Confirm that the correct equipment has been isolated;
 Check that the required preparation has been completed but the
condition must be checked daily to confirm the equipment has not
repressured, etc;
 Attach their locks and tags as specified in this manual
• The Permit holder is responsible for ensuring that all personnel involved in
the job are aware of the scope of work and any requirements specified on
the permit.
• Where more than one person is involved in the job, each individual is also
responsible for confirming that a fully approved permit is at the work site.
They must ensure that they or their representative (Permit Holder) has
signed the permit and that they are aware of the scope of work and any
permit requirements.
• Any person detecting an unsafe condition must stop the work immediately
and notify the PIC or the Equipment Operator (EO). Work will not resume
until authorised by the Permit Approver.
• If work is not commenced or is suspended for more than one hour (1 hr), the
permit will be returned to the Permit Approver to determine if checks need
to be repeated.

EXXONMOBIL USE ONLY

• All personnel shall wear/use appropriate Personal Protective Equipment
(PPE) and additional equipment specified in this manual and on the permit.
Keep the worksite clean and orderly at all times and do not obstruct
walkways or emergency equipment.
1.4.4 FACILITY/SITE SUPERINTENDENT/SUPERVISOR
MUST:
• Ensure that the job can be performed safely before signing their section of
the permits.
• Identify the equipment to the person who will work on it, and demonstrate
that the equipment is appropriately prepared (checking of only the ICP
integrity on subsequent days is acceptable for ongoing work) but the
condition must be checked daily to confirm the equipment has not re -
pressured, etc:
• Approve permits as the "Permit Approver" as specified in this manual.
• Monitor working conditions, and if they become adverse, withdraw the
permit until the job can be resumed safely.
• Clearly explain the scope of the work and any special instructions on the
permit to the Permit Requester.
• Ensure that the permits are not issued for jobs which may conflict with other
tasks, creating a hazardous situation.
• Maintain the number of jobs proceeding simultaneously in their area/facility
at a manageable level. See SIMOPS Manual.
• Pay particular attention to newly hired personnel and outside contract labour
who may be unfamiliar with layout and site specific hazards.
• Approve permits when it is safe for the activity to be performed and when
authorised to do so.
• Assessing compliance with the standards contained in this manual while the
activity is in progress.
• Where simultaneous activities have taken place on related
equipment/systems, all tasks must be verified to be complete, and
equipment safe, before returning the equipment to service or a JSA must be
conducted to establish if it is safe to return a part of the equipment/system to
service.

EXXONMOBIL USE ONLY

1.4.5 PERSON IN CHARGE
The Person in Charge of a facility/site is responsible for:
• Communicating the importance of adhering to work management standards.
• Maintaining the number of active jobs at a manageable level.
• Approving procedures, permits, and temporary defeats as specified in this
manual;
• Ensuring that approved procedures are followed, and compliance with
"Critical" procedures.
• Ensuring compliance with the Work Management System,
• Assessing compliance on a day-to-day basis. Permits issued and closed out
should be reviewed for compliance e.g.
 Is/was the work description adequate?
 Is/was the permit valid?
 Are/were hazards clearly identified?
 Are/were specified precautions adequate and being followed?
 Has/was the work group been briefed and do they understand the
full nature of the work to be performed?
 Is/was the permit appropriately displayed at the work site?
 Is/was the permit appropriately closed out?
• Conducting periodic self assessments using the self assessment forms
• Capturing and communicating lessons learned, and initiating any changes
necessary to the system through the System Administrator.
1.4.6 SUPERVISOR
All supervisors (Drilling, Construction, Maintenance, Diving, etc), whether
employed by MPN or contractors working for or on MPN managed sites, have
responsibility to:
• Communicate the importance of adhering to work management procedures
to people in their charge.
• Ensure that approved procedures are followed and in compliance with
"Critical" procedures,

EXXONMOBIL USE ONLY

• Ensuring that new personnel are supervised, coached and assessed.
• Conducting periodic self-assessments using the self-assessment forms.
• Capturing and communicating lessons learned, and initiating any changes
necessary to the system through the System Administrator.
1.4.7 AREA MANAGER
Primary responsibility for the proper functioning of the MPN Work
Management System and to:
• Participate in spot checks during field visits and assessments regarding the
use of work management standards.
• Review and approve potentially higher risk procedures or forward them to
the appropriate level of management for approval as required by the OIMS
Risk assessment and Management System.
• Provide adequate resources for the proper functioning of the MPN work
management system.
1.4.8 SYSTEM ADMINISTRATOR
Responsible for:
Maintaining the Work Management system,
• Assessing Work Management System compliance,
• Providing standards support to site personnel,
• Enhancing the system based on assessments, audits and review,
And must have a sound knowledge of OIMS principles and how this system
relates and interfaces with other systems.

EXXONMOBIL USE ONLY
1.5 Verification, Measurement and Feedback

1.5.1 VERIFICATION
The integrity of the Work Management System is verified by:
• Annual system reviews Coordinated by the SHE and OIMS
Division,
• Compliance assessments facilitated by the site OIMS Coordinators.
• PIC and work group compliance checks and self assessments
• Informal spot checks by supervisors and technicians carried out as
part of normal duties.
• Performance indicators,
• Feedback from incident investigations,
• Internal and external OIMS assessments.
• Spot checks by management personnel.
• Feedback from regulatory bodies.
• Records that must be reviewed to ascertain that the system is
working correctly are:
• Permit to work forms (in progress and completed)
• Shift / hitch handover logs
• Temporary defeat boards and permits
• Blinds lists
• Lockout records (permit form), locks and tags.
• Safety meeting records
• (JSA) records
• Self assessment records
• Change requests
• Special procedures for potential higher risk and/or simultaneous
operations.

EXXONMOBIL USE ONLY

1.5.2 MEASUREMENT
The following measurements will assess compliance with the objectives of the
Work Management System.
OBJECTIVES MEASUREMENT
Ensure all work activities are planned with due • Review of permit forms to ensure work
consideration to physical interfaces at the work activities are appropriately documented
site, potential simultaneous activities, hours of with all interfaces clearly noted.
work required without a rest break, and the
impact of shift and crew changes on the work • Quality of shift / crew hand - over records
relative to known activity levels.
activity.
• Number of authorised exceptions obtained
for personnel to exceed maximum allowed
hours of work.
Ensure all work activities with potential higher Number of special procedures developed and
risk are managed with special procedures. approved compared with potential higher risk
or simultaneous activities undertaken.
Ensure appropriate controls on the temporary • Number of Temporary defeats observed
disarming or deactivating of critical alarms, versus logged.
control and shutdown equipment, and other
• Number of extended temporary Defeats
critical safety equipment e g. Fire pumps.
with/without Superintendent approval.
Ensure equipment and/or facilities are • Observation of equipment prepared
adequately prepared for work activities to be
performed including safe and environmentally • Incidents due to inadequate equipment
preparation.
sound draining, venting, purging and isolation.
Ensure a permit to work procedure is used, Permit forms out of compliance based on
which incorporates checks and authorisations review of records during spot and
that are consistent with the risks likely to be scheduled assessments.
encountered.

EXXONMOBIL USE ONLY

OBJECTIVES MEASUREMENT
Ensure that work activities are undertaken in • Observation of site activities during visits
accordance with MPN safety expectations and to operating facilities.
personnel safety management, and that due
consideration is given to key issues such as • Incidents resulting from failure to follow
work management procedures.
hot work, confined space entry, energy
isolation, crane and lifting operations, and
electrical safety.
Ensure that equipment and/or facilities are • Work permits not correctly closed out
reinstated to a safe and environmentally sound versus total number of permits.
working condition after the work activity is
completed and that appropriate personnel are • Incidents due to equipment being returned
made aware of the revised equipment status. to service in an unsafe or unserviceable
condition.
Ensure that lessons learned from planning and • Review number/quality of work
executing the work activities are captured for management system assessments.
similar future work activities
• Review of safety meeting minutes.
Ensure all personnel at an operational facility • Review of training records.
are fully trained in the purpose and application
of work management procedures. • Interview of MPN Contractor personnel
during visits and assessments.
1.5.3 FEEDBACK
Information gathered from the verification and measurement process
and other sources indicate the degree to which the system is meeting its
purpose and objectives.
Reviews
• Periodically, but at least annually, the System Administrator will
undertake a comprehensive status and effectiveness review of the
system utilising performance indicators, internal and external
assessments and other feedback. System enhancements will be
identified and goals and objectives will be established.

EXXONMOBIL USE ONLY

• These proposed enhancements will be discussed with the System
Owner. Enhancements agreed by the System Owner will be
scheduled for implementation and tracking.
Stewardship
• Periodically, but at least annually, the System Owner will review the
status of the system with the organization line management.
Follow-Up
• Approved System improvements will be scheduled for
implementation and tracked, including the following:
• Revision document
• Training personnel in the improvement
• Implementation and controlling any temporary measures
implemented prior to completing the improvement.
• Communicating best practices to other affiliates and operating
organisations.
Reports / Records
• The following reports and records are to be maintained:
• User revision requests and follow-up
• Assessment recommendations and follow-up
• System Revisions
• Annual stewardship reviews and OIMS plans
1.6 Training
1.6.1 INITIAL TRAINING
Personnel working on MPN facilities, will be competency assessed on
the MPN Work Management Manual, in their area of responsibility
prior to working on a site/facility.

EXXONMOBIL USE ONLY

Exemptions:
1. If it is not practical for an individual to be trained prior to working on a
facility / site (i.e. Specialist flown in from overseas for a specific task,
emergency or urgent work) the person can not be a Permit Holder. He / She
must, at all times, be closely supervised and work within line of sight of the
Permit Holder who has been competency assessed on the MPN WMM.
2. Personnel who will not be working in the process areas and have been
inducted (including introduction to the MPN WMM) to the site and who are
coached by the site contact in relevant Specific Work Guidelines and other
relevant standards in the MPN WMM.
1.6.2 REFRESHER TRAINING
Periodic refresher training will be provided. The frequency will be determined
by taking into account incident feedback, union agreements, regulatory
requirements, experience of personnel, complexity of jobs, self assessment
results, performance indicators and directives from management.
1.6.3 ONGOING TRAINING
Revisions and updates must be communicated to all affected work groups.
1.6.4 APPRENTICE SUPERVISION
The relevant Supervisor will allocate a workplace mentor to the apprentice.
A supervision performed by a Technician 1 or higher level trades person with
skills in workplace coaching and assessment. This includes work in:
• All plant areas
• Workshops
• Other MPN Offshore Platforms, BRT, QIT.
• Minimum of one trades person supervising one apprentice.
• Apprentices will be trained to Tech 1 competencies.
1.6.5 DIRECT SUPERVISION OF APPRENTICES
The apprentice should always be within line of sight and/or direct
communication with the supervising trades person, unless the supervising
trades person has determined on the basis of all prevailing circumstances that
lesser degree of supervision will not place the apprentice or any other person at
risk.

EXXONMOBIL USE ONLY

The Nature of the task to be undertaken by an apprentice in these
circumstances must not include potentially hazardous situations such as:
• Work on or near normally high pressure / high temperature equipment;
• Work on or near normally rotating equipment;
• Work on or near normally live equipment;
• Work that normally involves or is near hazardous or dangerous
substances;
• Hot work
• Holding a work permit
• Verification of equipment isolations
• Unusual or unprecedented circumstances.
The supervising person must undertake the following actions if the
apprentice is not in line of sight and / or direct communication:
1. Ensure the apprentice is competent to carry out the task allocated;
2. Give clear and precise instructions and gain conformation of the
instructions from the apprentice;
3. Advise the apprentice to cease work if conditions change from the
given instructions
4. Limit absence to short periods - (15 minutes).
5. Apprentices undertaking workshop duties may be left by the
supervising trades person for longer periods provided:
Points 1 and 3 are adhered to; and
In addition, another person within the workshop is briefed on the
apprentice's task and is available to offer assistance, if required.

EXXONMOBIL USE ONLY
Section 2 - General Work Procedures Page 1 of 14
2. GENERAL WORK PROCEDURE

2.1 Objectives
2.1.1 To establish and maintain a General Work Permit system that ensures
work is performed in a safe and organized manner.
2.1.2 To communicate the responsibilities of those persons involved in
planning and performing the work.
2.1.3 To provide a formal communication process between all parties
involved with, or affected by, the work to be carried out.
2.1.4 Communicate the training needs for all personnel using the MPN
General Permit to Work System to be competent and to demonstrate an
acceptable level of knowledge of the process.
2.2 Scope
2.2.1 Covers work carried out at MPN Operations both on and offshore.
The following are some examples where a General Work Permit might
be used;
• General mechanic work
• Instrument work
• Rigging and scaffolding
• High pressure washing
• Painting
• Non-destructive testing
• Equipment testing, etc.
2.2.2 The activities and responsibilities stated in this procedure are not
intended to cover every possible situation. In the event of any apparent
conflict between this procedure and the procedures designed for specific
jobs, the specific job procedure has precedence.

EXXONMOBIL USE ONLY
Page 2 of 14 Section 2 - General Work Procedures
2.3 Definitions
2.3.1 GENERAL WORK PERMIT: A general work permit authorizes work
to be carried out under specified conditions. The term General Work
Permit refers to the form, which is used as part of an overall system of
work control.
2.3.2 CERTIFICATE: A Certificate certifies the status of particular
equipment.
2.3.3 PERSON IN CHARGE (PIC): Is the most senior person at the location.
2.3.4 RESPONSIBLE PERSON (RP): Is the supervisor on the location. (e g.
Operations Supervisors on Platforms)
2.3.5 PERMIT PREPARER: The person who ‘prepares’ Section 2 - Permit to
Work Precautions.
2.3.6 REQUESTER: The person to carry out the task. Provides detailed
information as required in Section 1 of the permit.
2.3.7 COMPLETED PERMIT: ALL work on the permit has been completed.
All isolations have been removed and the equipment is ready for service.
2.3.8 SUSPENDED (permit/work): Work that is not completed by the time
the permit expires. The facility is not ready for normal use. The old
permit is closed as "suspended" and a new permit must be prepared to
continue the work. (The suspended permit will be attached to the new
permit on re-activation of the work).
2.4 Associated Procedures and References

2.4.1 ADDITIONAL PROCEDURES:
• MPN Job Safety Analysis (JSA).
• Specific Job Procedure(s).
2.4.2 REFERENCES:
• Oil Industry Advisory Committee Guidance on PTW in the
Petroleum Industry.
• OIMS System 6-4 (Work Management)
• MPN Safety Manual

EXXONMOBIL USE ONLY
Everyone working in MPN Operations must have an understanding of General Work
Permit process.
Supervisory staff, whether MPN supervisors or contractor staff, have additional
responsibilities to provide adequate information, instruction and training to all persons
under their control. They must ensure that everyone understands the operation of, and
the consequences of non-compliance with the General Work Permit system.
2.5.1 PERSON IN CHARGE (PIC)
The overall responsibility for the implementation of this procedure, at all MPN
Operations both Onshore and Offshore, rests with the ‘Person in Charge’ (PIC).
The PIC shall develop a competent relief personnel list for his facility. This list
shall be kept evergreen as required by OIMS System 5.1.
The PIC shall ensure that all personnel in his area are competent to administer
the General Work Permit System. The PIC should have overall knowledge of
the operation process where the work is to be performed.
The PIC will acknowledge in the permit that work does not conflict with other
activities on the location and if needed shall indicate additional signatures
required. (see Section 3 of the permit)
The PIC will perform periodic assessments on this procedure. (refer to Figure
2.2 General Work Permit Procedure Assessment Checklist)
QUALIFICATION OF PIC - PIC must have adequate knowledge of the
operation process and must receive initial training and refresher training every
three years on the following.
• MPN General Work Permitting system
• Techniques for controlling general work
• Emergency procedures
• Personal Protective Equipment
2.5.2 RESPONSIBLE PERSON (RP) e.g. Operations Supervisor
Responsible to the PIC (and in some cases may be the PIC) to operate the
General Work Permit System to ensure the safe and efficient operation of
platform and equipment in the process area and associated facilities.
The RP will authorize all permits to work within his area of authority.

EXXONMOBIL USE ONLY

The RP may also sign as Preparer on the permit form, if operational
requirements dictate.
RP should have knowledge of the operation process where job is to be
performed.
Close out the permit when job is completed.
Hold all suspended permits on file.
Ensure a Pre-Job Safety Meeting is conducted and JSA prepared prior to
commencement of work.
Review Permit logbook during shift / hitch change to monitor permit
status.
QUALIFICATION OF RP - RP must have adequate knowledge of the operation
process and must receive initial training and refresher training every three years
on the following.
• Techniques for controlling general work
2.5.3 PERMIT REQUESTER
Attends the Permit meeting.
Initiates required permit and certificates to perform the work and signs the
permit.
Leads the work team to prepare an appropriate JSA for the work.
Monitors the work team compliance with Permit conditions and provisions of
this procedure and applicable guidance/safe work practices.
2.5.4 PERMIT PREPARER
The Permit Preparer is responsible for completing the precautions section of the
General Work Permit form.
Ensure a JSA is prepared, job hazards documented and discussed with persons
involved in the job.
When job is completed, check job site to ensure that it is cleaned up and left in a
safe manner prior to leaving work site.

EXXONMOBIL USE ONLY

Depending on operational requirements the Responsible Person may sign
as the Permit Preparer.
The Permit Preparer must have received initial training and refresher
training on the following:
• Facility Emergency Procedures
• Personal Protective Equipment.
2.6 Management of the General Work Permit System

2.6.1 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
A General Work Permit authorizes work to be carried out under specified
conditions. Examples of work requiring a General Work Permit include,
but not limited to:
• The handling of substances which could be hazardous to health (toxic
chemicals, asbestos, paint spraying),
• High pressure water jetting,
• Removal of handrails, gratings, hatches and fixed ladders,
• Cleaning operations (chemicals, detergents, degreasing agents),
• Pressure testing of plant and equipment,
• Erection or dismantling of scaffolding,
• Mechanical maintenance,
General Work permits are valid for the time specified on the permit. The
maximum being 12 hours. All permits will expire at the end of each shift.
If work is not completed the expiring permit is to be closed as
"Suspended" and a new permit must be issued for work to continue.
IMPORTANT: when work is left "Suspended" the facility may not be
ready for use. The Suspended Permit will be held on file until the work is
reactivated with the issue of a new permit. The Suspended Permit will
be attached to the new permit to provide ongoing information.
The PIC must acknowledge all General Work Permits and additional
signatures obtained as indicated prior to RP authorization for work to
commence.

EXXONMOBIL USE ONLY

At each MPN facility, a list with the names of the Person in Charge (PIC)
and Responsible Person (RP) will be posted in area(s) in which they have
authority and responsibility.
Work must cease on activation of Platform emergency alarms until
emergency is mitigated. In the event of an emergency the following
actions must be taken:
• Stop all work.
• Make the work site safe.
• Isolate all sources of power and heat.
• Stop all engines and secure static equipment.
• Walk to muster area.
• Follow facility/emergency procedures.
When "All Clear" announcement is made by PIC, JSA must be reviewed
before work begins.
2.6.2 PERMIT MEETING:
All work requiring the authorization or issue of a new permit must be fully
discussed at a Permit Meeting held at regular times on each working day.
Permit Requester is required to attend, or be suitably represented at the
Permit Meeting. The meeting should:
• Identify the appropriate Responsible Person who is to authorize the
Permit;
• Resolve conflicts of trade and/or equipment availability;
• Document the requirements for shutdown and isolation of equipment.
• Identify the additional Permits and Certificates that may be needed.
• Identify any suspended permits, which are to be reactivated.
Where the size of the facility /operation negates the need for such a permit
meeting, agreement will be made in advance with the Person in Charge. If
no such permit meeting takes place, the Person in Charge will ensure
communication of work tasks to other affected work groups.
NOTE: No work requiring a general work permit shall commence unless an approved
General Work Permit has been issued, together with any appropriate additional
permits/ certificates.
EXXONMOBIL USE ONLY

2.6.3 PERMIT COMPLETION
See General Work Permit Completion Guide - Appendix 2-1 of this section
2.6.4 PERSONAL PROTECTIVE EQUIPMENT (PPE)
All required personal protective equipment documented on the JSA and
permit must be used while performing the work.
PIC will ensure personnel are trained in the proper use of PPE.
2.7 Training
Employees shall receive adequate training to provide them with necessary
knowledge and skills required to use this General Work Permit Procedure. This
qualification is listed as prerequisite training in OIMS System 5-4 (Personnel
Safety Management)
2.8 Program Review

This procedure will be reviewed under the following scenarios:
• Annual OIMS Assessments.
• Incidents that occurred due to failure of this system.
• Periodic Audits/Gap Analysis to ensure that the procedure is implemented
and used, the procedure is current and applicable to the organization and
operation.
• Needed changes to this procedure will only be made using the
Management of Change process (OIMS Element 7)
• Job close out reviews to capture lessons learned and to ensure the work
permit is closed out properly with all applicable steps completed. Lessons
learned must be documented and communicated to the RP and PIC.

EXXONMOBIL USE ONLY
Figure 2.1 - General Work Permit

GENERAL WORK PERMIT Permit No.
SECTION 1. WORK DESCRIPTION – TO BE COMPLETED BY PERMIT REQUESTER
Please complete in BLOCK LETTERS
Permit Date Start Time Completion Time
Facility/Location Equipment Name Equipment No.
Proposed Work:
Requested By: Trade Signature

SECTION 2. PRECAUTIONS – TO BE COMPLETED BY PERMIT PREPARER
Indicate in all Sections that apply by Initials or N/A
Informed personnel who are affected by this work Critical Job procedure developed, approved and
on site/attached
Additional access, ventilation, lighting provided PA Announcement made

Equipment is free of oil, gas or other materials Other Permits required
Energy isolation completed (LOTO) Pre-job safety meeting conducted
Barrier requirements and Warning signs posted JSA Approved/Attached
Temporary bypass of safety system required Radio communication provided
Fire &Gas detection system isolated Hazardous materials identified
Electric isolation checked by operation of switches MSDS Attached to permit
Elevated/Suspended Platform required Field Boat informed
Equipment has been checked for NORM Functional Eye wash/shower in place
PERSONAL PROTECTIVE EQUIPMENT (All work requires Safety Helmet, Glasses, Boots & Coveralls)
Goggles Ear Defenders Harness
Face Shield Breathing Apparatus Lifeline
Face Mask Protective/Acid Suit Gloves
Other
Pre-work Site Inspection carried out YES NO
Other Permits /Certificates & Numbers Hazards Identified/ Special Precautions
I have checked the proposed worksite and have informed all personnel affected by this work. The requirements of the Safety checklist above have
been completed. In my opinion it is safe to begin work.
Prepared By: Signature Time: Date:

Continued on next page

EXXONMOBIL USE ONLY
Continued from previous page

SECTION 3. ACKNOWLEDGEMENT – TO BE COMPLETED BY PIC
I agree that this work does not conflict with other activities. ( PIC to indicate additional signatures required)
Name: Signature Time: Date:
SECTION 4. AUTHORIZATION THAT WORK MAY COMMENCE – TO BE COMPLETED BY RP

SECTION 5. ACCEPTANCE – TO BE COMPLETED BY PERMIT REQUESTER

I understand the workscope/equipment to be used and must inform all personnel of the safety precautions. I must
terminate the work upon activation of a fire/ESD alarm and return work permit on its expiry
SECTION 6. WORK COMPLETED/SUSPENDED – TO BE COMPLETED BY PERMIT REQUESTER

(Delete as appropriate) I have completed/suspended the work and the worksite has been returned to safe condition
SECTION 7. POST WORKSITE INSPECTION – TO BE COMPLETED BY PERMIT PREPARER

I have inspected worksite. Work completed/suspended and housekeeping in good order
SECTION 8. WORK PERMIT CLOSURE – TO BE COMPLETED BY RP

I accept work completion/suspension. The worksite has been cleaned and returned to safe condition
Top copy to Permit Board ** Middle copy to Requester ** Bottom copy posted at job site ** RETAIN COPY IN THE FILE FOR 3 MONTHS

EXXONMOBIL USE ONLY
Appendix 2-1 - General Work Permit Completion Guide

Important Notes
1. Use this Completion Guide in conjunction with the Permit illustrated in
Figure 2.1.
2. Apply for a permit at least 12 hours before start of scheduled work.
3. Preparer is responsible for obtaining both the authorizing and accepting
signatures.
4. Use block letters at all times except for signatures.
5. A Permit Logbook shall be maintained in all issuing offices to
document number of permits issued and other details that is required in
permit administration. This logbook shall be reviewed during shift
change by the RP to monitor permit status.
Section 1 - Work Description (to be completed by the Requester)

This section defines the scope of the work and the location to which the request
refers. It is essential that the work be properly planned before a request for a
permit is submitted. It is also important that this section be completed
accurately to ensure that there are no mistakes as to the content of the proposed
work or to the identity of the equipment or location involved. Twelve (12)
hours notice is preferred when submitting permits.
• The following general guidelines should be followed when completing

section 1. This section is to be completed by the Permit Requester who
is usually the Work Group Supervisor or a person designated by him.
• Proposed Work section. Full description of the work to be carried out

must be provided (Specific or critical work). It is not enough to simply
put, for instance, “Planned Preventative Maintenance”.
• In the Trade space the work group or Contractor requesting the permit
should be identified. E.g. Mechanical, Instrument, W-Industries,
SeaWeld, Services Group etc.
• The Facility/Location where the work is to be carried out must be

clearly specified.

EXXONMOBIL USE ONLY
• The Permit Preparer or Responsible Person may require that a JSA be

provided to support the permit. This would normally be in the form of a
MPN, JSA. In particular, all work involving breaking into a process line
or removal and disposal of equipment which may have been
contaminated by H 2 S gas or Pyrophoric dust/scale must be supported by
a relevant JSA.
• Specific or critical work procedure may be a requirement based on the
scope of work in section 1. Such should be reviewed, approved and
attached to the permit or made available at work site.
• Material Safety Data Sheets must be obtained if hazardous substances
are involved. All precautions stipulated on the data sheet must be
followed.
Section 2 - Precautions (to be completed by the Preparer)

This section refers to the Precautions; Protective Clothing, Special Conditions
and any additional certificates that may be required e.g. Electrical Isolation.
Each item on the list should be carefully considered. A standard checklist
cannot possibly cover all circumstances that might arise.
• It is essential therefore that each work proposal is considered separately
and precautions listed appropriate to the operation. When identifying
precautions it is vital that other activities and the operations in the same
or adjacent areas are taken into account.
• Additional certificates or permits may also be required within this
section. Such additional permit/certificate numbers should be indicated
in the appropriate section.
A Pre Job Safety Meeting is required. The Preparer will verify that a pre job
safety meeting was held. The supervisor of the work group shall keep a record
of the attendees and the subject discussed.

EXXONMOBIL USE ONLY
Section 3 - Acknowledgement By Person In Charge
• The PIC will acknowledge that work does not conflict with other
activities on the location by signing this section and shall indicate
additional signatures required. ( E.g. Maintenance Supervisor, MPN
Representative on Projects, other affected contractors, etc.).
Section 4 - Authorization By Responsible Person
• The ‘Responsible Persons’ signature in this section certifies that the

worksite and associated facilities have been checked and that all
precautions and actions necessary to make the worksite safe have been
satisfied.
• On authorization, the Permit is valid for use.
• PERMIT COPIES: There are three copies of the main permits, they shall
be distributed as follows;
Top Copy Posted on the Board by issuer (i.e. Central
Control Room, Project Office)
Middle Copy Retained by Requester.
Bottom Copy Posted at job site
Section 5 - Acceptance
This section is to be completed by the Permit Requester who accepts that he
understands all the precautions listed, the work scope, and equipment to be
used.
Section 6 - Work Completed/Suspended

This section is to be completed on the top copy by the Permit Requester to state
that the work has been completed or suspended, and that the work site has been
returned to safe condition (either in preparation for startup or for shift change
and continuation of suspended work). The Requestor is to circle the term
"completion" or "suspension" that describes the state of the work. All copies of
the permit are to be re-joined and presented to the Permit Preparer to document
the completion/suspension of the work. After work site inspection the permit
can be closed out.

EXXONMOBIL USE ONLY
(Continued from the pervious page)

All suspended Permits will be held on file until work is reactivated with the
issue of a new permit. The Suspended Permit will be attached to the new permit
to provide ongoing information.
Section 7 - Post Worksite Inspection

This section is to be completed by Permit Preparer to state that he has inspected
the worksite. The Preparer will circle the term "completion" or "suspension"
whichever is appropriate. This will indicate that work is completed /suspended
and housekeeping is in good order (either in preparation for startup or for shift
change and continuation of suspended work).
In the case of Suspended Permits they should be retained on file until such
times as the work is reactivated.
Section 8 - Work Permit Closure

This section is to be completed by the Responsible Person to confirm all actions
have been completed / suspended and that work site has been cleaned and
and continuation of suspended work). The RP is to circle the term "completion"
or "suspension" that describes the state of the work at the time the permit is
closed.
IMPORTANT: when work is left "Suspended" the facility may not be ready for
use.
All Suspended permits will be held on file until such times as the job is
reactivated. When a new permit is issued the suspended permit must be
attached to the new permit to provide ongoing information.
The Top Copy of closed permits must be retained in file for a minimum of 3
months and if an incident occurs the permit will be retained for 12 months.
Permit Monitoring
Throughout the period of validity of a permit the worksite and conditions must
be continually monitored to ensure compliance with the requirements of the
precautions section. In addition the Responsible person should perform audits
of the permit system to ensure compliance.

EXXONMOBIL USE ONLY
Figure 2.2 - General Work Permit Procedure Assessment Checklist

LOCATION
DATE
ASSESSOR (S)
INDICATE YES, NO, OR N/A Y N N/A COMMENTS

PIC and needed additional signatures obtained
Authorized individual has signed permit
Authorized individual is on authorized facility/location list
The completion section of the permit has been signed off
Permit has been posted at specified locations
Energy isolation (LOTO) completed and documented
JSA Critical Job procedure developed & approved
Pre-work safety meeting held
MSDS Available
Barrier requirements properly implemented
Other personnel affected by work informed
Temporary bypass of safety systems properly completed
Communication available
Hazards identified/communicated
Pre-work site inspection carried out
Post-work site inspection carried out
Correct PPE being used
Are Permits filed and retained for a minimum of 3 months
DEFICIENCIES NOTED:
CORRECTIVE ACTIONS:
OTHER COMMENTS:

EXXONMOBIL USE ONLY
Section 3 - Hot Work Procedure Page 1 of 16
3. HOT WORK PROCEDURE

3.1 Objectives
3.1.1 To establish and maintain a permit system that ensures hazards associated
with Hot Work are identified and steps are taken to mitigate those
hazards.
3.1.2 To ensure specific hazardous work is performed in a safe and organized
manner.
3.1.3 To establish requirements for monitoring Hot work activities.
planning and performing the work.
3.1.5 To provide a formal communication process between all parties involved
with, or affected by the work to be carried out.
3.1.6 Communicate the training needs for all personnel using the MPN Hot
Work Permit System to be competent and to demonstrate an acceptable
level of knowledge.
3.2 Scope
3.2.1 Covers work carried out at MPN Operations both on/offshore.
3.2.2 The activities and responsibilities stated in this procedure are not intended
to cover every possible situation. In the event of an apparent conflict
between this procedure and the procedures designed for specific jobs, the
specific job procedure has precedence.
3.3 Definitions
3.3.1 HOT WORK: Any work that requires a naked flame to be present or
work that could generate sufficient heat/sparks or energy to ignite a
flammable gas/air mixture or flammable product.
Includes but not limited to;
• Gas or Arc Welding
• Gas Cutting

EXXONMOBIL USE ONLY
Page 2 of 16 Section 3 - Hot Work Procedure

• Burning and Brazing
• Grinding
• Sand Blasting
• Diesel/Gasoline Fueled Engines
• Work involving Non –Intrinsically Safe Equipment
• Work On Electrical Equipment
• Work involving the use of portable battery and electrically powered
equipment not approved for use in hazardous areas.
3.3.3 RESPONSIBLE PERSON (RP): Is the supervisor on the location. (e.g.
information as required in section 1.
Work precautions.
3.3.6 FIRE WATCH: A person specifically designated on a Hot Work site for
the purpose of providing surveillance of the work area and provide
immediate assistance and communication in case of any emergency.
3.3.7 DESIGNATED SAFE WELDING AREA (DSWA): An area that does
not require special preparation to isolate either horizontally or vertically
from hazardous area. A designated welding area must meet the
conditions stipulated in the MPN Standby Fire Watch Procedure.
All isolations have been removed and the equipment is ready for service
continue the work. ( The suspended permit will be attached to the new
permit on re-activation of the work)

EXXONMOBIL USE ONLY
3.4.1 ADDITIONAL PROCEDURES:

• MPN Gas Testing Procedure
• MPN Job Safety Analysis
• MPN Standby Fire Watch Procedure
• MPN Specific Job Procedures
• MPN Simultaneous Operations (SIMOPS)
3.4.2 REFERENCES:
• Oil Industry Advisory Committee Guidance on PTW in the Petroleum
Industry.
• OIMS System 6.4 (Work Management)
3.5 Roles and Responsibilities

Everyone working in MPN Operations must have an understanding of the Hot Work
Permit process.
responsibilities to provide adequate information, instruction and training to all
persons under their control. They must ensure that everyone understands the
operation of, and the consequences of non-compliance with the Hot Work Permit
system.
The overall responsibility for the implementation of this procedure, at all
MPN Operations both On/Offshore, rests with the ‘Person in Charge’ (PIC).
During periods of intensive construction work the ‘PIC’ will meet with the
team doing the work to review/discuss work programs and permits, and to
review the 24-hour work plan look ahead.
The PIC shall develop a list of competent relief personnel for his facility.
This list shall be kept evergreen as required by OIMS System 5.1.
The PIC shall ensure that all personnel in his area are competent to
administer the Hot Work Permit Procedure. The PIC will perform periodic
assessments on this procedure. (Refer to Figure 3.2 Hot Work Permit
Assessment Checklist).
EXXONMOBIL USE ONLY
The PIC will acknowledge in the permit that work does not conflict with
other activities on the location and shall indicate additional signatures
required. (see section 3 of the permit).
QUALIFICATIONS OF PIC - PIC must have adequate knowledge of
the operation process and must receive initial training and refresher
training every three years on the following:
• MPN Hot Work permitting procedure
• Techniques for controlling Hot Work
• Use of detection methods
3.5.2 RESPONSIBLE PERSON (RP)
Responsible to the PIC (and in some cases may be the PIC) to operate
the Hot Work Permit system to ensure the safe and efficient operation of
platform and equipment in the process area and associated facilities.
The RP will authorize all permits to work within his area of authority.
The RP may also serve as Preparer, on the permit form, if operational
The RP shall assign a Fire Watch to monitor the work site where Hot
Work is performed outside of a Designated Safe Welding Area.
(DSWA).
The RP will ensure that the Standby Fire Watch meets the qualifications
as stipulated in the MPN Standby Fire Watch Procedure. He will review
and approve the Standby Fire watch checklist (see appendix 3-2) before
authorizing the Hot Work Permit.
Ensure a Pre-Job Safety Meeting is conducted and JSA prepared prior to
commencement of work.

EXXONMOBIL USE ONLY

QUALIFICATION OF RP - RP must have adequate knowledge of the
operation process and must receive initial training and refresher training
every three years on the following:
• MPN Hot Work permitting procedure
Initiates required permits and certificates to perform the work and signs
the permit.
Monitors the work team compliance with Permit conditions and
provisions of this procedure and applicable guidance/safe work
practices.
The Permit Preparer will be responsible for completing the precautions
section of the Hot Work Permit Form.
Ensure the Standby Fire Watch checklist is duly completed and attached
to the permit.
Ensure a JSA is prepared, job hazards documented and discussed with
persons involved in the job.
Check the job site to ensure conditions are safe to begin work.
Depending on operational requirements the Responsible Person may
sign as the Permit Preparer.

EXXONMOBIL USE ONLY

• MPN Hot Work Permitting procedure
3.5.5 FIRE WATCH
Specific procedures, training and requirements for the FireWatch are
provided in the MPN Standby Fire Watch Procedure.
Complete the "Standby Fire Watch's Checklist" - See Appendix 3 - 2.
3.6 Management of the Hot Work Permit System

3.6.1 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
A Hot Work Permit authorizes work to be carried out under specified
conditions.
The PIC has the responsibility to manage all Hot Work and set limits on
the number of jobs requiring Hot Work to be performed simultaneously.
Usually this will be determined by the availability of Fire Watches to
adequately monitor Hot Work.
The PIC must acknowledge all Hot Work Permits and additional
commence.
At each MPN facility, a list with the names of the Person in Charge
(PIC) and Responsible Person (RP) will be posted in area(s) in which
they have authority and responsibility.
Hot Work permits are valid for the time specified in Section 1, the
maximum being 12 hours. All permits will expire at the end of each
shift.
If the job is not completed, the expiring permit is to be closed as
"Suspended" and a new permit must be issued before work continues.
ready for use. The Suspended Permit will be held on file until the work
is re-activated with the issue of a new permit. The Suspended Permit
will be attached to the new permit to provide ongoing information.

EXXONMOBIL USE ONLY

CAUTION: IF WORK IS SUSPENDED FOR ONE HOUR, THE PERMIT MUST
BE REVALIDATED BY THE RP (AFTER ALL CHECKLIST CONDITIONS
HAVE BEEN SATISFIED). IF WORK IS SUSPENDED FOR MORE THAN ONE
HOUR THE PERMIT BECOMES INVALID AND A NEW PERMIT MUST BE
ISSUED.
Work must cease on activation of Platform emergency alarms until emergency
is mitigated and permit is revalidated. In the event of an emergency the
following actions must be taken:
• Stop all work.
• Make the worksite safe.
Permit Meeting
All work requiring the authorization, or issue of a new permit must be fully
discussed at a Permit Meeting held at regular times on each working day. The
Permit Requester must attend, or be suitably represented at the Permit Meeting.
The meeting should:
• Identify the Responsible Person who is to authorize the Permit;
• Document the requirements for shutdown and isolation of equipment;
• Identify any suspended permits, which are to be re-activated.
Where the size of the facility /operation negates the need for such a Permit
Meeting, this will be agreed to in advance with the Person In Charge. If no such
permit meeting takes place the Person in Charge will ensure communication of
work tasks to other affected work groups.
Before close out of the permit ensure that work site is left in a safe condition.
NOTE: NO WORK REQUIRING A HOT WORK PERMIT SHALL COMMENCE UNLESS
AN APPROVED HOT WORK PERMIT TO WORK HAS BEEN ISSUED, TOGETHER
WITH ANY APPROPRIATE ADDITIONAL PERMITS/CERTIFICATES.
EXXONMOBIL USE ONLY

3.6.2 PERMIT COMPLETION
See Hot Work Permit Completion Guide (Appendix 1 of this section)
3.6.3 PERSONAL PROTECTIVE EQUIPMENT (PPE)
All required personal protective equipment documented on the JSA and
permit must be used while performing the work.
PIC will ensure personnel are trained in the proper use of PPE.
3.7 Training
All personnel who issue or use this permit must be trained in the application of
this procedure. This qualification is listed as prerequisite training in OIMS
System 5-4 (Personnel Safety Management).
3.8 Program Review

3.8.1 Annual OIMS Assessments.
3.8.2 Incidents that occurred due to the failure of this system.
3.8.3 Periodic Audits/Gap Analysis to ensure that the procedure is
implemented and used, the procedure is current and applicable to the
organization and operation.
3.8.4 Needed changes to this procedure will only be made using the
3.8.5 Job close out reviews to capture lessons learned and to ensure the work
permit is closed out properly with all applicable steps completed.
Lessons learned must be documented and communicated to the RP and
PIC.

EXXONMOBIL USE ONLY
Figure 3.1 - Hot Work Permit

HOT WORK PERMIT Permit No.
Proposed Work:

Informed personnel who are affected by this work Critical Job procedure developed, approved and on
site/attached
Additional access,ventilation,lighting provided PA Announcement made
Energy isolation completed (LOTO) Pre-job safety meeting conducted
Temporary bypass of safety system required Radio communication provided
Fire &Gas detection system isolated Drains are plugged/capped
Portable explosive gas detector tested Sump tanks prepared
Portable Fire extinguishers on site Fire blanket at site
Fire watch in place with required equipment Flash back arrestors on hoses
Shielding to contain sparks & slag erected at site Hazardous materials identified
Electric welding machine has independent ground MSDS Attached to permit
Elevated/Suspended Platform required Field Boat informed
Electric isolation checked by operation of switches Functional Eye wash/shower in place
Standby Fire Watch Checklist completed/attached
Respirator Other
ATMOSPHERIC TESTING
%LEL O2 H2S OTHER TIME Initial & Signature
Initial Reading
Re-Test Readings

EXXONMOBIL USE ONLY

CONTINUOUS GAS MONITORING REQUIRED YES NO
Fire Watch trained and understands duties and responsibilities Y/N Fire watch Initial/Sign
Other Permits /Certificates & Numbers Hazards Identified / Special Precautions
I have checked the proposed worksite and have informed all personnel affected by this work. The requirements of the Safety Checklist
above have been completed. In my opinion it is safe to begin work.

REVALIDATION BY RP
I understand the workscope/equipment to be used and must inform all personnel of the safety precautions. I must terminate the work upon
activation of a Fire/ESD alarm and return work permit on its expiry
Top copy to Permit Board ** Middle copy to Requester ** Bottom copy posted at job site ** RETAIN COPY IN THE FILE FOR 3
MONTHS

EXXONMOBIL USE ONLY
Appendix 3-1 - Hot Work Permit Completion Guide

Important Notes
1. Use this Completion Guide in conjunction with the Permit illustrated in
Figure 3.1.
3. Competent Person is responsible for obtaining both the authorizing and
accepting signatures.
Section 1 - Work Description (to be Completed by the Requester)

work or to the identity of the equipment or location involved. Twelve- (12)
hours notice is needed when submitting permits.
must be provided. It is not enough to simply put, for instance, “Planned
Preventative Maintenance”.
should be identified. (i.e. Mechanical, Instrument, other affected
contractors).
clearly specified.
MPN, JSA. In particular, all work involving breaking into a process line
contaminated by H2S gas or Pyrophoric dust/scale must be supported by
a relevant JSA.

EXXONMOBIL USE ONLY

followed.

A Pre Job Safety Meeting is required. The preparer will verify that a pre job
• The PIC will acknowledge that work does not conflict with other
activities on the location by signing this section and shall indicate
additional signatures required. ( E.g. Maintenance Supervisor, MPN
Representative on Projects, other affected contractors, etc.)

work site and associated facilities have been checked and that all
precautions and actions necessary to make the work site safe have been
satisfied.

EXXONMOBIL USE ONLY

• Revalidation section must be completed by the RP if work is suspended
for up to one hour. This is not applicable if work is suspended for more
than one hour.
understands all the precautions listed the work scope, and equipment to be used.

and continuation of suspended work). The Requestor is to circle the term
the permit are to be re-joined and presented to the permit preparer to document
can be closed out.
All Suspended Permits will be held on file until work is reactivated with the
to provide ongoing information

the worksite.
Continued next page

EXXONMOBIL USE ONLY

The Preparer will circle the term "completion" or "suspension" whichever is
appropriate. This will indicate that work is completed /suspended and
housekeeping is in good order (either in preparation for startup or for shift
change and continuation of suspended work). In the case of Suspended Permits
they should be retained on file until such times as the work is reactivated.

have been completed/suspended and that work site has been cleaned and
closed.
use.
All Suspended Permits will be held on file until such times as the job is
Permit Monitoring

EXXONMOBIL USE ONLY
Figure 3.2 - Hot Work Permit Assessment Checklist

LOCATION
DATE
ASSESSOR (S)
JSA/Job procedure developed & approved
Gas testing equipment tested/calibrated
Gas testing results recorded
Continuous gas monitoring in place at work site
MSDS Available
Standby Firewatch trained and has required equipment
Drains are plugged and capped
Welding machine in safe location & properly grounded
Sump tanks/vessels properly prepared
Flash back arrestors fitted to welding hoses
Hazards identified
Pressurized fire hose at work site
Areas below the Hot Work site adequately monitored/protected
Permit issued for not longer than 12 hours.
DEFICIENCIES NOTED:
CORRECTIVE ACTIONS:
OTHER COMMENTS:

EXXONMOBIL USE ONLY
Figure 3.3 FIRE WATCH CHECKLIST
BEFORE HOT WORK COMMENCES DURING THE HOT WORK

Designated Portable fire extinguisher(s), of the correct I will maintain a high level of surveillance and
type have been located at the hot work site and are ready continuous gas testing around the hot work site while
for use? the hot work is in progress.
Charged fire hose at the site, set to fog and tested for I will remain in attendance unless relieved by an
blockages and integrity? approved person or I stop the hot work and allow it to
cool down.
The Hide / Barrier / Habitat construction has been I will maintain communications with the Responsible
inspected and is of a standard that will contain all sparks Person, support and respond to his/her instructions.
and/or slag within the habitat?
I have checked the area and confirmed that it is clear of I will stop the activity, if an emergency, hazardous or
flammable materials such as rags, wood, liquids and potentially hazardous situation arises, and withdraw the
residues. permit. I will ensure that the equipment is made safe
before vacating the area and notify the RP. Work will
not resume until the permit is re-validated.
Deluge activation points in the vicinity have been

located and the method of activation and area covered is WHEN HOT WORK CEASES
understood.
All access ways and emergency exits are unobstructed I will ensure that the welding plant is shut down, oxy
(1.5 metre clearance). acetylene equipment (if approved to be used) is isolated
at the bottles and the area is safe at the end of the job/
shift end or in an emergency.
Emergency Alarm and Shutdown stations in the vicinity In an emergency I will proceed to the Muster Station
have been located and the method of activation is with the other members of the work group.
understood.
Equipment available to perform Continuous Gas testing I shall maintain surveillance after hot work has ceased
of the work site and surrounding area (zero LEL) for minimum of 30 minutes until the temperature of the
material has cooled. Before leaving the site I will also
Arm band and reflective jacket available for use check to ensure no potential ignition source
exists.(Particular attention required for any slag,
flammable material, blankets and rods etc)
The welding machine is properly grounded as close as
practical to the welding point (to ensure any sparking is
at the hot work site).
Permit No: Date:
Job Description:
FIRE WATCH NAME: PREPARER NAME:
SIGN/DATE:__________________________________ SIGN/DATE:__________________________________
RESPONSIBLE PERSON: NAME SIGN/DATE:
Fire Watch to complete and sign before signing the Hot Work Permit.
Responsible Person (RP) to approve this completed checklist before authorising the Hot Work Permit.

EXXONMOBIL USE ONLY
Section 4 - Confined Space Entry Procedure Page 1 of 22
4. CONFINED SPACE ENTRY PROCEDURE

4.1. Objectives
with, or affected by, Confined Space Entry work to be carried out.
4.1.2 To establish and maintain a confined space entry work permit system that
ensures hazards associated with Confined Space Entry are identified and
steps are taken to mitigate these hazards.
planning and performing the Confined Space Entry.
4.1.4 To document Confined Space Entry requirements and continuous
monitoring limits during entry. (i.e. maximum LEL, required PPE,
Confined Space labeling, etc.).
4.1.5 To communicate to all persons involved in the entry the Hazards that
could exist inside a Confined Space located within MPN Facilities. Some
examples are;
• Toxic/Flammable gas or vapor remaining from the process,
• Space not cleaned properly,
• Gas or vapor from an adjoining plant or work activity;
• Toxic, irritant or flammable gas or vapour released when sludge or
other deposits are disturbed;
• Pyrophoric action of dusts;
• Auto-ignition of iron sulphide allowed to dry in air,
• Fumes produced from an operation being carried on inside the
confined space, for example, welding, cutting, and painting either by
brush or spray.
• Oxygen deficiency (below 19.5%).
• Oxygen enrichment caused by operations which involve an excess of
oxygen (above 23.5%)
• Entry or presence of other dangerous substances (e.g. NORM
naturally occurring radioactive materials).
• Vessel design or configuration,
• Entrapment due to presence of sludge or other residual substances etc.
• Access and egress restraints.

EXXONMOBIL USE ONLY
Page 2 of 22 Section 4 - Confined Space Entry Procedure
4.2. Scope
Covers all confined space entries performed in MPN Operations and Facilities
4.3. Definitions
4.3.1 CONFINED SPACE: A Confined Space is;
• Large enough and configured so that a person can bodily enter the
space and perform assigned work.
• Has limited or restricted means of entry or exit
• Not designed for continuous occupancy.
• Although the list below is not all-inclusive, the following should be
considered confined spaces and require a permit for entry:
Dehydration vessel Excavations* Dike area (over 4 Ft high) * Heater treaters
Engine crankcase Piping raceways Transformers Separators

Vaults Steam generators/ Skirted areas under vessels Sumps
boilers
Wellhead cellars Process vessel Tanks Vessels compartment

(boats, barges etc)
* These examples may not meet the primary definition of a confined space but
should be routinely considered a confined space because of the potential for
accumulation of heavy hydrocarbon
Definitions continued
4.3.2 CONFINED SPACE ( Permit Required ): A permit-required confined
space is defined as a confined space that has one or more of the
following characteristics;
Contains or has the potential to contain a hazardous atmosphere
Continued next page

EXXONMOBIL USE ONLY
Definitions continued
• Contains or has potential to contain an oxygen-deficient atmosphere
• Contains a material that has the potential for engulfing an entrant
• Has an internal configuration such that the entrant could be trapped
or asphyxiated by inwardly converging walls
• Has floor which slopes downward and tapers to a small cross section
• Contains any other recognized serious health or safety hazard.
4.3.3 BLANKING OR BLINDING (Confined Space): The absolute closure of
a pipe, line, or duct by the fastening of a solid plate (such as a spectacle
blind or a skillet blind) that completely covers the bore and that is
capable of withstanding the maximum pressure of the pipe, line, or duct
with no leakage beyond the plate.
4.3.4 DOUBLE BLOCK AND BLEED: The closure of a line, duct, or pipe by
closing and locking or tagging two in-line valves and by opening and
locking or tagging a drain or vent valve in the line between the two
closed valves. The vent valves should be monitored for the duration of
the work.
4.3.5 ENTRY: Entry occurs when any part of the body breaks the plane of the
confined space opening in order to conduct work activities.
4.3.6 GAS FREE: Vessel/piping is gas free
• If, with respect to explosion hazards associated with flammable
gasses and liquids, an atmospheric reading less than 1% LEL is
obtained the space is a Class C gas free area.
• If with respect to explosion hazards associated with flammable
gasses and liquids, an atmospheric reading less than 10% LEL is
obtained the space can be considered gas free if Continuous
monitoring is performed
• Additional efforts are undertaken to assure that there is no gas influx
from outside sources.
• Respiratory equipment must be used if entry is made.
• If, with respect to toxicity, the concentration of gas is less than those
levels stipulated by regulatory agencies or ExxonMobil guidelines as
safe.

EXXONMOBIL USE ONLY

4.3.7 PERSON IN CHARGE (PIC): The most senior person at the location.
4.3.8 RESPONSIBLE PERSON (RP): Is the supervisor on the location (i.e.
Operation Supervisors).
4.3.9 PERMIT PREPARER: The person who prepares section 2 - Precautions of
the Confined Space Entry Permit Form (Operator).
4.3.10 ATTENDANT: Person assigned to monitor conditions and personnel
inside and outside the Confined Space.
4.3.11 ENTRANT: Personnel that enter the Confined Space to perform work.
4.3.12 REQUESTER: Person responsible for the planning of the Confined Space
work scope and familiar with the reasons and methods needed to perform
the work (i.e. job supervisor)
4.3.13 RESCUER: Person(s) trained, equipped and designated to perform rescue
from Confined Spaces.
All isolations have been removed and the equipment is ready for service.
4.3.15 SUSPENDED (permit/work): Work that is not completed by the time the
permit expires. The facility is not ready for normal use. The old permit is
closed as "suspended" and a new permit must be prepared to continue the
work. (The Suspended Permit will be held on file and attached to the new
permit on reactivation of the work.)
4.4. Associated MPN Procedures and References.

• MPN General Permit to Work Procedure
• MPN Atmospheric Gas Testing Procedure
• MPN Job Safety Analysis Procedure
• MPN Tank and Vessel Cleaning Maintenance Procedure
• MPN Control of Hazardous Energy Procedure ( LOTO )
• MPN Hot Work Procedure
• MPN Temporary Bypass of Safety System Procedure

EXXONMOBIL USE ONLY
4.5. Roles and Responsibilities

The PIC has the responsibility to implement this procedure.
The Person in Charge (PIC) is responsible for ensuring that the hazards
associated with the Confined Space Entry work are identified,
communicated, and understood by all involved in the Confined Space
Entry work.
required. (see Section 3 of the permit).
The PIC will ensure that persons assigned specific responsibilities for
Confined Space operations are competent and trained to identify and deal
with all the hazards and risks stated in this procedure.
The PIC shall develop a competent relief personnel list for his facility.
This list shall be kept evergreen in accordance with OIMS System 5-1.
The PIC is responsible for providing the necessary resources and facilities
to safely perform Confined Space Entries.
administer the Confined Space Entry Procedure. The PIC will perform
periodic assessments on this procedure. (see Confined Space Entry Permit
Assessment Checklist Fig. 4.2)
QUALIFICATION OF PIC - The PIC must have adequate knowledge of
the operation process and must receive initial training and refresher
training every three years on the following.
• MPN Confined Space Entry Permitting Procedure
• Techniques for controlling work involving Confined Space entry
• Working safely in confined space

EXXONMOBIL USE ONLY

Is responsible to the PIC (and in some case may be the PIC). The Responsible
Person will authorize Confined space Entry Permits whenever it is necessary to
enter a confined space. His signature will be the last to be obtained in the permit
approval process.
The RP is responsible for ensuring that a JSA is written and monitors the
Confined Space Entry activities to ensure compliance with OIMS System 6-4.
The RP may also sign as Preparer, on the permit form, if operational
Ensures a Pre-Job Safety Meeting is conducted prior to commencement of work.
Assigns competent / trained person as Attendant and ensure he/she completes
the "Attendant's Checklist" - See Appendix 4 -3.
Verifies that rescue services are available and adequate and that communication
with those services exists.
Close out the permit at the completion of the job.
QUALIFICATION OF RP - The RP MUST have adequate knowledge of the
operation process and must receive initial training and refresher training every
three years on the following.
• Techniques for controlling work involving Confined Space entry
• Working safely in Confined space
Initiates required permit and certificates to perform the work and sign them.
Monitors work team compliance with Permit conditions and provisions of this
procedure and applicable guidance/safe work practices.
EXXONMOBIL USE ONLY

The Permit Preparer will be responsible for completing the precaution section of
the Confined Space Entry Permit form.
Ensure a JSA is prepared, job hazards documented and discussed with persons
involved in the job.
Check the job site to ensure conditions are safe to begin work. When job is
completed, check job site to ensure that it is cleaned up and left in a safe manner
prior to leaving work site.
Depending on operational requirements the Responsible Person may sign as the
Permit Preparer.
QUALIFICATION OF PERMIT PREPARER - Permit Preparer must have
received initial training and refresher training on the following:
• MPN Atmospheric Gas Testing Procedure
4.5.5 ATTENDANT
Complete the "Attendant's Checklist" - See Appendix 4 -3.
The attendant must know the hazards, including signs or symptoms and
consequences of exposure to materials normally contained in entered vessels.
Is aware of the possible behavioral effect of exposure to the hazards by entrants.
Ensure that personnel and equipment in and out of the confined space have their
names and time recorded in the entry log.
Maintains count of entrants.
Monitor activities of entrants.
Remains outside the space.
Communicates with entrants.
Continuously monitors conditions inside the Confined Space.
Activate emergency rescue plan as needed and have no other duties while
entrants are in the Confined Space.

EXXONMOBIL USE ONLY

During any break, end of the shift, completion of the job, comfort break,
or any time the space is not occupied, the attendant will ensure that the
point of entry is closed off and ‘no entry’ signs are posted. All equipment
used in the entry must be left in a safe condition, removed or stowed
away properly.
QUALIFICATION OF THE ATTENDANT - The Attendant must be
trained in
• Confined Space Entry Procedure
• MPN Atmospheric Gas Testing
• Conditions for Entry and rescue ( Section 4.9, 4.10, 4.12 of this
procedure)
• Specific emergency action plans applicable to the Confined Space
Entry
4.5.6 ENTRANTS
Know the hazards, including signs or symptoms and consequences of
exposure to materials normally contained in entered vessels.
Properly use PPE
Communicate hazards or concerns with the attendant.
Alert the attendant if an unforeseen hazard surfaces.
Evacuate the Confined Space if situation dictates or told to do so by
attendant.
Wear a full body harness, with retrieval line attached.
4.5.7 RESCUER
Know the hazards, including signs or symptoms and consequences of
exposure to materials normally contained in entered vessels.
Trained to use properly the personnel protective equipment, procedures
and tools necessary for making rescues from Confined Spaces.
Practice rescue drill at least once every 12 months.
Trained in First Aid and CPR with at least one member holding a current
certification in both.
If a third party provides rescue services, all the previously mentioned
requirements should be checked by RP to ensure compliance by the third party.
EXXONMOBIL USE ONLY
4.6. Management of The Confined Space Entry Permit System

4.6.1 A Confined Space Entry Permit authorizes entry under specified
conditions.
4.6.2 A separate General, Hot Work or other applicable permit is required to
perform the work for which Confined Space Entry is made.
4.6.3 The PIC has the responsibility to manage all Confined Space Entries. He
must acknowledge all Confined Space Entry Permits and additional
commence.
4.6.4 At each MPN facility, a list with the names of the Person in Charge (PIC)
and Responsible Person (RP) will be posted in area(s) in which they have
authority and responsibility.
4.6.5 The Confined Space Entry Permit is valid for the time specified in section
1, the maximum time being 12 hours. All permits will expire at the end of
each shift.
If the job is not completed, the expiring permit is to be closed as
"Suspended" and a new permit must be issued before work continues.
ready for use.
If work is suspended for one hour, the permit must be revalidated by the RP
(after all checklist conditions have been satisfied). If work is suspended for more
than one hour the permit becomes invalid and a new permit must be issued.
4.6.6 Work must cease on activation of Platform emergency alarms until
emergency is mitigated and permit is revalidated. In the event of an
emergency the following actions must be taken:
• Stop work, all entrants must vacate the Confined Space.
• Make the work site safe.
EXXONMOBIL USE ONLY

4.6.7 Permit Meeting
All entries requiring the authorization, or issue of a new permit must be
fully discussed at a Permit Meeting held at regular times on each
working day. The Permit Requester must attend, or be suitably
represented at the Permit Meeting. The meeting should:
• Identify the Responsible Person who is to authorize the Permit;
• Document the requirements for shutdown and isolation of
equipment;
• Identify any suspended permits which are to be reactivated.
Where the size of the facility and the number of personnel involved in
the work eliminates the need for such a permit meeting, this will be
agreed to in advance with the Person in Charge. If no such permit
meeting takes place the Person in Charge will ensure communication of
work tasks to other affected work groups.
NOTE: NO ENTRY SHALL COMMENCE UNLESS AN APPROVED ENTRY
PERMIT HAS BEEN ISSUED, TOGETHER WITH ANY APPROPRIATE
ADDITIONAL PERMITS/CERTIFICATES.
4.6.8 Before permit close out the Permit Preparer performs a check to ensure
all locks and tags, blinds and skillets are removed, leak test performed
and work site left in safe manner.
4.6.9 Permit Completion
See Confined Space Entry Permit Completion Guide (Appendix 4-1 of
this procedure) for full details of the permit, instructions to complete
the permit and requirements for filling.

EXXONMOBIL USE ONLY
4.7. Confined Space Rules of Entry

4.7.1 An approved Permit is required for entries into all Confined Spaces.
4.7.2 Confined Space isolation will be achieved by spading, disconnection
and blanking off the open ends of the vessel. Where this is not possible a
'' double block and bleed '' may be used but under controlled conditions
as specified on the permit.
4.7.3 The initial entry for assessment must be made using breathing apparatus.
4.7.4 All sources of electric and motive power are isolated.
4.7.5 Attendant is positioned on the outside and communication with the
person(s) on the inside is maintained at all times.
4.7.6 Lighting fittings must be suitable for use as per area classification (i.e.
class A lighting for flammable environment. Consider D.C power
lighting system inside vessels etc.)
4.7.7 Rescue provision must be provided for any Confined Space Entry and
plans documented.
4.7.8 Breathing Apparatus air supply must be provided from a rack/cascade
system. 'BA' system supplied from external source A self-contained
breathing apparatus (SCBA) is for emergency use and should not be
used except for emergency rescue.
4.7.9 It is prohibited to take gas bottles of any type (except SCBA) into a
Confined Space.
4.7.10 No food or drink must be taken inside a Confined Space.
4.7.11 All personnel entering a Confined space must wear a full body harness
with lifeline attached.
4.7.12 The space cleaned to eliminate materials that may be toxic to entrants.
4.7.13 Adequate ventilation of the space is in place with required air changes
and air mover is properly grounded to prevent build-up of static
electricity.
4.7.14 A qualified person (RP) has certified the space, as being safe for entry.

EXXONMOBIL USE ONLY
4.8. Gas Monitoring

4.8.1 A total hydrocarbon (THC) and gas monitoring is required for entries into
Confined Spaces that contain or have contained hydrocarbons.
4.8.2 A benzene monitoring test is required for all entries into Confined Spaces
that have been exposed to a hydrocarbon stream with benzene > 0.1% by
weight unless respiratory protection is utilized.
4.8.3 Additional gas level monitoring beyond the initial testing is required and
must be documented on the permit.
4.8.4 Mechanical ventilation must be shut off at least 30 minutes prior to gas
testing in Confined Spaces.
4.8.5 Continuous monitoring of the space must be performed using monitoring
equipment set to alarm the presence of LEL, H2S, low and high oxygen
levels
4.9. Condition for Entry and Rescue

The table below describes the conditions under which entry may be allowed or
prohibited.
Parameter Class C Class B Class A

Entry allowed with Entry allowed with Entry prohibited except for rescue
permit (1) permit & respiratory or with management approval (3)
protection (2)
Type of gas Airborne concentration Airborne concentration Airborne concentration
Oxygen > 19.5%,< 23.5 % < 19.5%, >23.5%
Flammable (gas, mist or < 1% of LEL 1% - 10LEL = or>10% of LEL

dust)
Hydrocarbon (THC) <100 PPM 100-1,000PPM = or >1,000PPM
Benzene <0.5 PPM 1- 500PPM = or >500PPM
H2 S <10 PPM 10- 300PPM = or >300PPM
SO 2 <2 PPM 2-100PPM = or >100PPM
CO 2 <5,000 PPM 5,000-40,000PPM = or >40,00PPM
CO <35 PPM 35 -1,200PPM = or >1,200PPM

EXXONMOBIL USE ONLY
4.10. Personal Protective Equipment

4.10.1 All required personal protective equipment listed on JSA and work site
inspection prior to entry must be used as defined by the permit and condition.
4.10.2 All required personnel protective equipment will be tested before use and entrant
will begin usage prior to entry.
4.10.3 PIC will ensure training of persons involved in entry.
4.11. Barricading/Labeling of Confined Spaces

4.11.1 All Confined Spaces that can be readily accessed and have potential to contain
hazards capable of causing death or serious physical harm must be
• Barricaded
• Labeled ''Danger-Entry Permit Required - Do Not Enter.''
4.12. Cleaning of Confined Spaces

All Confined Spaces must be sufficiently cleaned of all materials, solids, liquids or gases
which may present a hazard to personnel before entry permit is approved.
4.13. Training
All personnel who issue or use this permit must be trained in the application of this
procedure as noted in section 4.5 of this procedure. This qualification is listed as
prerequisite training in OIMS System 5-4 (Personnel Safety Management).
4.14. Program Review

4.14.3 Periodic Audits/Gap Analysis to ensure that the procedure is implemented and
used, the procedure is current and applicable to the organization and operation.
4.14.4 Needed changes to this procedure will only be made using the Management of
Change process (OIMS Element 7).
4.14.5 Job close out reviews to capture lessons learned and to ensure the work permit is
closed out properly with all applicable steps completed. Lessons learned must be
documented and communicated to the RP and PIC.

EXXONMOBIL USE ONLY
Figure 4.1 - Confined Space Entry Permit Form

CONFINED SPACE ENTRY PERMIT Permit No.
Proposed Work:

Informed personnel who are affected by this work Crew trained/understand entry procedure
Additional access, ventilation, lighting provided Functional Eye wash/shower in place
Area is cleaned, purged and free of oil & gas Other Permits required
Energy isolation completed (LOTO) Job procedure developed and approved
Barrier requirements and Warning signs posted Radio communication provided
Temporary bypass of safety system required Hazardous materials identified
Fire &Gas detection system isolated Attendant and Rescue Team appointed
Portable explosive gas detector tested Breathing apparatus for rescue in place
Equipment has been check for NORM Breathing air line set in place
Electric isolation checked by operation of switches Harness/life line required
Additional access means required MSDS Attached to permit
Nitrogen purge is isolated JSA Approved/attached
Functional fire hoses at site Pre-Work Safety meeting held
Confined space temperature satisfactory
Fixed fire fighting systems isolated/inhibited
Respirator Other
ATMOSPHERIC TESTING
%LEL O2 H2S OTHER TIME Initial & Signature
Initial Reading
Re-Test Readings

EXXONMOBIL USE ONLY

CONTINUOUS GAS MONITORING REQUIRED YES NO
Fire Watch trained and understands duties and responsibilities Y/N Fire watch Sign
Other Permits /Certificates & Numbers Names of Rescue Team
I have checked the proposed worksite and have informed all personnel affected by this work. The requirements of the Safety checklist
above have been completed. In my opinion it is safe to begin work.

REVALIDATION BY RP
I understand the workscope/equipment to be used and must inform all personnel of the safety precautions. I must terminate the work
upon activation of a Fire/ESD alarm and return work permit on its expiry
MONTHS

EXXONMOBIL USE ONLY
Appendix 4-1 - Confined Space Entry Permit Completion Guide

Important Notes
2. Preparer is responsible for obtaining both the authorizing and accepting
signatures.
3. Use block letters at all times except for signatures
Section 1 - Work Description (to be completed by the Requester)

work or to the identity of the equipment or location involved. Twelve (12)
hours notice is needed when submitting permits.
must be provided. It is not enough to simply put, for instance,
“PLANNED PREVENTATIVE MAINTENANCE”.
should be identified. (i.e. Mechanical, Instrument and other affected
contractors).
clearly specified.
• The Permit Preparer or Responsible person (RP) may require that a JSA
be provided to support the permit. This would normally be in the form
of a JSA. In particular, all work involving breaking into a process line
contaminated by H2S gas or Pyrophoric dust/scale must be supported
by a relevant JSA.
followed.

EXXONMOBIL USE ONLY

A Pre Job Safety Meeting is required. The preparer will verify that a pre job

• The PIC will acknowledge that work does not conflict with other activities
on the location by signing this section and shall indicate additional
signatures required. (E.g. Maintenance Supervisor, MPN Representative on
Projects, other affected contractors, etc.)

• The ‘Responsible Person’s signature in this section certifies that the
worksite and associated facilities have been checked and that all precautions
and actions necessary to make the worksite safe have been satisfied.
• Revalidation section must be completed by the RP if work is suspended for
up to one hour. This is not applicable if work is suspended for more than
one hour.

EXXONMOBIL USE ONLY
used. The Preparer certifies that the work team has been informed of the
hazards and the safety precautions needed to be taken for doing the work.

and continuation of suspended work). The Requester is to circle the term
the permit are to be re-joined and presented to the permit preparer to document
can be closed out.
All suspended permits will be held on file until work is reactivated with the
to provide ongoing information.

the worksite. The Preparer will circle the term "completion" or "suspension"
whichever is appropriate. This will indicate that work is completed /suspended
and housekeeping is in good order (either in preparation for startup or for shift
change and continuation of suspended work).
In the case of Suspended Permits they should be retained on file until such
times as the work is reactivated.

EXXONMOBIL USE ONLY

have been completed/suspended and that work site has been cleaned and
closed.
use.
Permit Monitoring

EXXONMOBIL USE ONLY
Figure 4.2 - Confined Space Entry Assessment Checklist

CONFINED SPACE ENTRY ASSESSMENT CHECKLIST
LOCATION
DATE
ASSESSOR (S)
Authorized signature individual has signed permit
Atmospheric/Gas testing equipment tested/calibrated
Gas testing results recorded
Continuous atmospheric/gas monitoring in place at worksite
MSDS Available
Attendant trained and has required equipment
Rescue team appointed
Fixed fire fighting systems isolated/inhibited
Confined space/vessel properly ventilated
Excavation site safely prepared/ treated
Confined space purged/isolated
Hazards identified/Communicated
Permit issued for not longer than 12 Hours.
DEFICIENCIES NOTED:
CORRECTIVE ACTIONS:
OTHER COMMENTS:

EXXONMOBIL USE ONLY
Appendix 4-3 ATTENDANT'S CHECKLIST FOR CONFINED SPACE ENTRY

BEFORE ENTRY COMMENCES I will hold the free end of the lifeline when in use.
I am competent in the use of rescue equipment and breathing I will maintain communication with those inside the space at all
apparatus and I am familiar with emergency procedures. times and with the Equipment Operator via a hand held radio.
I have familiarised myself with the locations of near-by fire and Monitor for hazardous situations, internally or externally, and if
safety equipment, telephones and, emergency alarm and necessary, evacuate personnel from the confined space.
shutdown stations.
I will check the stand-by B/A equipment before entry If an airline breathing apparatus system is being used, I will
commences and after each break: monitor cylinder pressures and regulators and ensure that the
air hose does not become kinked or tangled. I will evacuate
• number of spare bottles, personnel if cylinder pressure is getting low or if the warning
• cylinder pressure, and alarm sounds.
• alarms
(Leave the set on stand-by near the entrance)
EMERGENCY RESPONSE
DURING THE CONFINED SPACE ENTRY
- External Emergency
I will ensure that a fully signed and current Entry permit is a) I will evacuate all personnel from the confined space
posted at the entrance. immediately. Account for all personnel and advise the
Person in Charge.
Remain close to the confined space entrance while personnel b) I will take measures to minimise any danger to the
are inside unless relieved; or evacuate the confined space first. occupants of the confined space.
I will ensure that personnel and equipment in and out of the c) I will lead everyone to the nearest safe location/muster
confined space have their names and time recorded in the entry station and leave all equipment in a safe condition.
log.
I will monitor the operation of ventilating fans / eductors and - Internal Emergency
evacuate personnel if ventilation fails.
I will ensure that the number of people entering the space does I will:
not exceed the approved number by the RP
1. Seek help immediately - notify the Equipment Operator
and communicate with the RP immediately.
I will ensure a calibrated continuous gas tester is in use while 2. When assistance is on site, assess the risk and respond to
the confined space is occupied and evacuate personnel, if the the situation with caution. MPN
tester alarms.
As far as practical, I will confirm that personnel entering the 3. Withdraw the permit and barrier off the area.
confined space are wearing the required PPE and that it is in
good condition.
Permit No: Date:

Job Description:
ATTENDANT NAME: PREPARER NAME:
SIGN/DATE:_________________________________
SIGN/DATE:__________________________________ _
RESPONSIBLE PERSON: NAME SIGN/DATE:
Attendant to complete and sign before signing the Confined Space Entry Permit.
Responsible Person (RP) to approve this completed checklist before authorizing the Confined Space Entry Permit.

EXXONMOBIL USE ONLY

EXXONMOBIL USE ONLY
Work Management Procedures Manual
Section 5 - Control Of Hazardous Energy - Lockout/Tagout (LOTO) Procedure Page 1 of 44
5. CONTROL OF HAZARDOUS ENERGY - LOCKOUT/TAGOUT

(LOTO) PROCEDURE
5.1 Objectives
5.1.1 This procedure is provided to guide personnel in preventing the
unexpected energization, start-up, or release of stored energy while
performing maintenance, adjustment, and installation work on
equipment
5.1.2 To establish a minimum standard that must be implemented at all
facilities during the servicing and or maintenance of equipment or
machines in which the unexpected release of stored energy,
energization, or start up of equipment or machinery could cause injury
to personnel.
5.1.3 For Drilling and work over Operations, this guideline addresses the
isolation and control of Well-bore, and applies to the Down-hole, Master
and Wing Valves.
5.1.4 To ensure that all Personnel and Contractors performing work at MPN
locations use this Guideline.
5.2 Scope
Minimum standards that must be implemented in MPN Production Operation
and Maintenance.
Control of Hazardous Energy requirements DO NOT apply for some energized
equipment types and maintenance or servicing activities.
These include but not limited to:
Work on cord and plug connected equipment for which the hazard is
eliminated by unplugging the equipment and the plug is under the
exclusive control of the person performing the servicing or maintenance.
Hot Tap operations provided that conditions listed below are met:
• Continuity of service is essential;
• Shutdown of the system is impractical; and
• Documented procedures are followed and special equipment is used.
Category: Integrity Critical Document No. Revision No.: Rev 0-3

Access: No Restriction OIMS64-QIT-SHE-2002-0002 Date: 23 June, 2005
EXXONMOBIL USE ONLY
Page 2 of 44 Section 5 - Control Of Hazardous Energy - Lockout/Tagout (LOTO) Procedure

Servicing or maintenance that must occur during normal operations or other
minor servicing activities if they are routine, repetitive, and integral to the use of
the equipment for production. These maintenance activities must not require the
opening of piping systems.
5.3 Definitions
5.3.2 RESPONSIBLE PERSON (RP): Is the supervisor on the location. (i.e.
information as required in Section 1.
5.3.4 PERMIT PREPARER: The person who ‘prepares’ Section 2 - Permit
to Work precautions.
5.3.5 AFFECTED PERSON (S): Person(s) whose job requires working and
operating in an area where lock out/tag out is used to service
machinery and equipment.
5.3.6 AUTHORIZED PERSON (S): Person(s) qualified to locks/tags out
equipment or machines in order to make it available for servicing,
maintenance, etc. Such personnel must be trained in MPN Control of
Hazardous Energy Procedure (or if contractor personnel, they must use
an approved equivalent program) and must be familiar with the
equipment or machine. The personnel must also know the type and
magnitude of energy that the equipment or machine utilizes and must
understand the inherent hazards.
5.3.7 AUTHORIZED COORDINATOR: A Person assigned primary
responsibility for a set number of personnel and co-ordinates the
groups' lockout efforts. The authorized coordinator will use their
personal lock on the lock box to protect themselves and the group
members under their supervision.
5.3.8 ENERGIZED: Connected to an energy source or containing
residual or stored energy.

EXXONMOBIL USE ONLY

5.3.9 ENERGY ISOLATING DEVICE: Mechanical devices that
physically prevent the transmission or release of energy,
including but not limited to the following:
• Manually Operated Electrical Circuit Breakers
• Disconnect Switches
• Manually Operated Switches
• Slide Gates
• Slip Blinds
• Line Valves
• Block Valve
5.3.10 ENERGY SOURCE: Any source of electrical, mechanical,
hydraulic, pneumatic, chemical, thermal, radioactive or any other
energy source that could cause injury to personnel.
5.3.11 PERSONAL LOCK: Lockout device whose key is under the
exclusive control of employee / contractor performing
maintenance or servicing on the equipment
5.3.12 LOCK BOX: A box that contains the keys to all the locks
isolating a piece of equipment. The use of a lock box reduces the
number of locks used for energy control and requires personnel to
have one personal lock.
5.3.13 LOCK: To (Pad) lock an energy isolating device using a uniquely
keyed and identified lock, with the person doing the work
maintaining the sole possession of the key. (Note: A site
supervisor is permitted to maintain a second key under their
control for use in emergency).
5.3.14 TAG: A warning device attached to an energy-isolating device.
The tag is attached with a nylon cable tie to the shank of the lock
through the eyelet in the tag. It must be signed and dated. It must
always be used with an energy Control lock.
5.3.15 LOCKOUT: The placement of a lockout device on energy
isolating device to ensure that the energy isolating device and the
equipment being controlled cannot be operated.
.(Continued on next page

EXXONMOBIL USE ONLY

5.3.16 LOCKOUT DEVICE: A device that uses a lock (key) or some
other positive means of securing energy isolating device in a
safe position.
5.3.17 SERVICING AND/OR MAINTENANCE: Workplace activities
such as construction, installation, setting-up, adjusting,
inspecting, modifying, maintaining and/or servicing machines
and equipment. These also include lubrication, cleaning,
clearing of machines or equipment, where the employee may be
exposed to unexpected energization or start-up of equipment or
the release of hazardous energy.
5.3.18 COMPLETED PERMIT: ALL work on the permit has been
completed. All isolations have been removed and the
equipment is ready for service.
5.3.19 SUSPENDED (permit/work): Work that is not completed by the
time the permit expires. The facility is not ready for normal use.
The old permit is closed as "suspended" and a new permit must
be prepared to continue the work. (The Suspended Permit will
be held on file and attached to the new permit on reactivation of
the work).
5.3.20 TAG OUT DEVICES (TAGS): A device used in lieu of a
physical locking device such as a tag, with means of attachment
to an energy isolation device. Tags shall warn against hazardous
condition and shall state: “Do not start”, “Do not open”, “Do
not close”, “Do not energize”, or “Do not operate”.
5.3.21 TAG OUT: Placement of a tag out device on an energy isolation
device in accordance with LOTO procedures to warn personnel
that the equipment is not to be operated.
5.3.22 OUT OF SERVICE: Equipment or machine that meets one or
more of the following criteria: -
• No longer performing it's purpose or function.
• Retired equipment scheduled for demolition or removal

EXXONMOBIL USE ONLY

• Equipment that is physically disconnected from other
process equipment by blind or skillet.
• Equipment that is temporarily out of service for reasons
other than maintenance.
• Equipment that is isolated by Energy Control with no work
being performed on it for more than 90 days.
5.3.23 CAPABLE OF BEING LOCKED OUT: An energy-isolating device is
considered capable of being lock out if it has a hasp, locking
mechanism, or other means of attachment to which or through which a
lockout lock or lockout tag can be affixed.
5.4 References
MPN Safety Manual
Ensure that “authorized” personnel are available at each applicable
location and ensure that they are trained annually in Control of
Hazardous Energy Program.
Ensure that adequate lockout/tag out devices are available at each
facility.
Ensure that this procedure is consistently implemented.
Ensure that documented annual assessments are performed and
corrective actions taken.
Ensure that personnel are trained annually in the use of MPN Control
of Hazardous Energy Procedure.
Must acknowledge LOTO Permits that work does not conflict with
as needed prior to RP authorization for work to commence.
Post a list with names of Person In Charge (PIC) and Responsible
Person (RP) in areas in which they have authority and responsibility.

EXXONMOBIL USE ONLY

Responsible for the effective implementation of the Control of
Hazardous Energy Procedure.
Authorize the Control of Hazardous Energy Permit form.
Ensure that all materials and equipment necessary to properly perform
the Energy Control function (i.e. locks, Chains, tags, cable ties, hasps
etc) are available.
Ensure a Lock/Tag out ''Log Book'' is maintained
Hold all Suspended Permits on file.
Ensure contractors utilize an energy control program equal to or better
than ExxonMobil program.
Ensure that Energy Control jobs are moved to out of service when the
90 days time limit expires
5.5.3 AUTHORIZED PERSON
Review the list of machines and equipment that are covered by this
procedure. Identify all sources of energy that either run the machine or
equipment, or is processed by the machinery or equipment and method
of dissipating the energy.Inform all “affected personnel” of associated
hazards before commencement of work.
Prepare device lockout list - includes list of devices and method to
lockout. Includes list of authorized personnel who should apply locks.
Upon completion of work, first ensure that all machine guards,
interlocks, etc. have been re-installed before removing locks and tags.
Ensure that at job completion, the number of locks, tags, blinds, etc.
installed are equal to the number of locks, tags, and blinds, etc.
removed.
Facilitates the transfer of lock out/tag out to incoming shift.

EXXONMOBIL USE ONLY

5.5.4 AFFECTED PERSONNEL
DO NOT ATTEMPT TO OVERRIDE A LOCKED/TAGGED OUT
ENERGY SOURCE OR CUT THE LOCK, OR REMOVE A TAG OF
OTHER EMPLOYEES.
Ensure compliance with these guidelines. This includes providing
assistance as needed to fellow employees and contractors to ensure
compliance. Each employee shall give warning or take action as
necessary to prevent injury whenever a situation arises that may cause
injury.
5.6 Guidelines
5.6.1 HARDWARE
• All hardware and materials used in Energy Control, including
locks, must:
• Be provided by the MPN
• Be the only devices used
• Not be used for any other purposes.
• Be durable (withstand environmental conditions to which they are
exposed)
• Be singularly identified and standardized (by shape, colour, or size)
• Be substantial - lockout and tag out withstand a 50Ib. pull and
prevent removal except by excessive force.
Locks - All locks used for the lock out must in some way be identifiable to the
group using the lockout device and be distinguishable from locks used for other
purposes.
This must be accomplished by attaching a lockout tag to the lock identifying
the group to which the lock belongs.
For uniformity, locks used by MPN for Control of Hazardous Energy purposes
will be uniquely keyed (No Combination locks) and must be as follows:
• OPERATIONS YELLOW
• MECHANICAL BLUE

EXXONMOBIL USE ONLY
(Continued form previous page)

• ELECTRICAL RED
• INSTRUMENT GREEN
• CONTRACTOR WHITE
Locks used by MPN for Out Of Service purposes will be uniquely keyed
(No Combination locks) and must be BLACK
NOTE: A SAFETY LOCK BOARD OR LOCKOUT CABINET SHALL BE
PROVIDED IN ALL MPN LOCATIONS, WHERE PERSONNEL CAN CHECK OUT
A LOCKOUT LOCK AS NEEDED. IN ADDITION TO MAKING LOCKOUT LOCKS
READILY AVAILABLE, THIS SYSTEM MAY PROVIDE INFORMATION SUCH
AS:
• Who has a lockout lock checked out,
• Have all the locks been returned to the board at the end of the shift?
etc. A logbook shall be maintained. (See Appendix 5-7 – Control of
Hazardous Energy Control Logbook - LOTO)
5.6.2 TAGS
MPN will employ two standardized tags throughout its operations. These
are described below:
Control of Hazardous Energy Tag - This shall be YELLOW and
BLACK, with the legend ''DANGER'' and wording ''This tag And Lock
To Be Removed Only By The Person Shown On Back'' on the front-side
and ''Equipment Locked Out By'' and the ''Date'' on the backside. Spaces
for a Signature and Date are provided. (See Copy of tag in Appendix 5-
1)
Out Of Service - This shall be BLACK, WHITE, and RED with the
legend ''DANGER'' “OUT OF SERVICE” on the front-side and ''DO
NOT REMOVE THIS TAG'' on the backside. Spaces for signature and
date are provided. (See copy of tag in Appendix 5-2)
Tags Attachment - Tags are to be attached with a one piece all environment-
tolerant nylon cable tie which is a non-reusable type, self- locking, and non-
releasable with a minimum unlocking strength of no less than 50 pounds.

EXXONMOBIL USE ONLY

5.6.3 LOCKOUT DEVICE
Various equipment for application to isolation devices to render it
lockable could be purchased, the only requirement for this equipment is
that it be substantial enough to prevent removal without the use of
excessive force or unusual techniques. Where mechanical and gravity
systems require mechanical stops or retaining pins as safeguards against
sudden release of energy, these stops and pins should have openings
where lockout can be installed.
5.6.4 LOCK BOXES
A lock box contains the keys to all of the locks isolating a piece of
equipment, when multiple craft lockout is needed. Lock boxes may be
constructed of metal, wood, or plastic and provide a means of installing
multiple locks.
5.6.5 LOCKS Vs. TAGS
It is the requirement of MPN to implement lockout as opposed to tag out
as part of the overall Control of Hazardous Energy program for all
equipment that is capable of being locked out.
As general guidelines, the following shall be made in determining the
use of locks Vs Tags
Lockout Locks and lockout Tags must be applied to all isolation devices
that are equipped with locking capability
Chains or other locking hardware must be applied to all isolation
devices not equipped with locking capability
Lockout Tags (By themselves) must be applied only to those isolation
devices that are not capable of being locked out.
No one may affix or remove another persons lockout lock or lock out
tags.
Lockout is always the required method of isolating the equipment that must be
serviced

EXXONMOBIL USE ONLY

or maintained. When lockout can not be achieved and lockout tags must be
used, the following items must be addressed.
The lockout tags must provide a level of safety equivalent to that
obtained when using a lock. If necessary take additional safety beyond
that required for lockout, to isolate equipment & piping. This may
include closing additional valves and / or switches between the energy
source and equipment being serviced.
Training on the limitation of lockout tags for all personnel (both
authorized and affected) is required.
5.6.6 INDIVIDUAL ISOLATION
Prior to commencing the MPN Control of Hazardous Energy (LOTO),
the Authorized person implementing the energy Control procedure will
Notify all personnel in the area who may be affected by the de-
energization of the equipment that you are performing the task, and tell
them why.
Identify all energy sources and the magnitude involved and the proper
method of dissipation, relief, isolation and lockout (or tag out) to be
used. The energy source may include but not limited to the following
energy type. Examples:
• Thermal • Mechanical • Pressure

• Springs • Electric • Gravity
• Liquid • Chemical • Pneumatic
• Hydraulic

EXXONMOBIL USE ONLY

Make a comprehensive survey to locate and identify all energy isolating
devices and to determine which switches, valves, or other isolating
devices apply to the equipment to be isolated. Reference P&ID’s and
equipment drawings as needed. Also utilize the attached Control of
Hazardous Energy Procedures (Appendix 5-4)
Check the equipment to ensure no other lock(s)/tag(s) are on the
equipment.
Determine all authorized personnel who should also apply lockout locks
and tags and / or the necessity of implementing Group or Multiple
Control of Hazardous Energy. ( See section 5.7 of this procedure -
Group/ Multiple Isolation )
Shutdown the equipment/machine using the proper procedure
established for that equipment or machinery.
Locate all energy isolating devices used to control energy to the
equipment or machine. Install these devices in such a manner as to
isolate the equipment or machine from the energy source.
Affix a lockout device to each energy-isolating device. Apply in such a
way as to hold the isolating device in the ‘’SAFE’’ or ‘’OFF’’ position.
Verify that the equipment or machinery has been properly isolated and
de-energized prior to starting work. Examples include: reading pressure
gauges, activating start-stop switches on motors, opening bleeder
valves, etc.(see Appendix 5-3 - Isolation Techniques)
If equipment restarts, stop and investigate why the energy was not
isolated, and correct the procedure prior to continuing.
After ensuring the equipment will not restart, all potentially hazardous
stored energy should be relieved and rendered safe.
Perform or authorize others to perform repair or maintenance work.

EXXONMOBIL USE ONLY

After work is completed and prior to removing lockout devices and
restoring energy, the following steps shall be followed:
• Inspect the work area, clear all tools and materials
• Replace mechanical guards
• Notify affected personnel
• Safely position personnel
• Lastly, remove lockout devices.
For temporary removal of energy control due to equipment re-
positioning or testing, the following steps shall be followed:
• Inspect the work area and clear all tools and materials.
• Ensure personnel are safely removed from the work area.
• Remove the lockout devices.
• Energize and proceed with re-positioning/testing.
• De-energize all systems and reapply energy control measures.
5.7 Group / Multiple Isolation

This is used when more than one person or group is working on same
equipment or machinery.
Each individual performing Control of Hazardous Energy on equipment or
machinery shall place a lockout device and tag out device on the energy
isolating devices. When an energy isolating device cannot accept multiple
lockout locks or lockout tags, an alternative method such as the use of a
multiple lockout or tag out device (i.e. a lockout clip, bar, hasp, etc) must be
applied to ensure adequate lockout/tag out protection.

EXXONMOBIL USE ONLY

MPN shall adopt two methods to accomplish Group isolation for uniformity.
These are:
5.7.1 USE OF LOCK BOX
In this method, a single lock or set of locks are used to lockout the
required energy isolating devices. The key(s) are then placed in a lock
box, and each authorized personnel will use their personal lockout lock
to secure the box. As each person no longer needs to maintain their
lockout protection, they will remove their personal lock from the box.
5.7.2 USE OF AUTHORIZED COORDINATOR
In this method, the authorized coordinator has responsibility for a set
number of personnel.
The authorized coordinator will determine exposure status of group
members and verify and document that all potential hazardous energy
sources were either eliminated or rendered harmless. As with the
system mentioned above, a single lockout lock or set of locks are used
to lockout the required energy isolating devices. The key(s) are placed
in a lock box and the authorized coordinator will use their personal
lockout lock to secure the lock box for themselves and the group
members.
All members of the group working under the authorized coordinator
would be required to sign in and sign out on the group sign-in/sign-out
section of the Energy Control Permit. If additional room for signatures
is required, a second Energy Control Permit may be used. (Section 5 of
LOTO Permit)
If more than one classification of worker is involved in the job, each
group must have its own authorized coordinator.
5.8 Contractor Isolation

5.8.1 Whenever MPN utilizes contractors to perform work that may require
the use of Control of Hazardous Energy, the MPN Person-in-Charge
(PIC) must ensure that the contractor is aware of the Energy Control
Procedure that will be utilized.

EXXONMOBIL USE ONLY

5.8.2 Contractors must utilize an Energy Control program that is equivalent
to or exceeds MPN Standards.
5.8.3 The PIC will determine the equivalency of the contractor program.
5.8.4 The on-site Contractor PIC, (e.g. work over, construction, and
coatings) will also be responsible for communication of the
contractor’s program to all appropriate personnel to ensure workplace
safety.
5.8.5 The Contractor shall make available a list of competent personnel
designated as Authorized Personnel for Lockout/Tag out.
5.8.6 Contractors must supply their own LOTO devices when utilizing their
own program.
5.9 Shift Change/Relief
The integrity of the Energy Control Program must be maintained during

changes of shift or call-out as follows:
5.9.1 Personnel coming on a shift or called out to work on isolated
machinery or equipment must actively participate in the Energy
Control procedure, and review of permit logbook to ensure
communication of all active permits..
5.9.2 If the person who initiates the Energy Control procedures will not be
the person completing the procedure, the following conditions must be
met:
The incoming person taking over responsibility must install his/her
personal lockout lock(s) and lockout tag(s) on the equipment or lock
box prior to, or concurrent with, the removal of the original person’s
lockout lock(s) and tag(s).
An exchange of lockout keys must take place between the incoming
and the outgoing persons. This exchange can be made face to face or
with the person-in-charge (PIC) acting as the intermediary if face to
face contacts are not possible.

EXXONMOBIL USE ONLY

5.9.3 If a group lock box is used and an authorized coordinator for the box is
assigned by local supervision, the outgoing person may remove his/her
personal lock from the group lock box prior to installation of the lock by
the incoming person taking over responsibility. This may only be done if
the lock box authorized coordinator's lock remains on the group lock
box in the interim.
5.9.4 The outgoing person must close the Energy Control Permit as
"Suspended". To continue the work, the incoming person taking over
responsibility must obtain a new Energy Control Permit and ensure that
the equipment or machinery is properly isolated prior to initiating work.
This must be documented on the Energy Control Permit.
5.10 Equipment Testing

When Lockout/Tag out devices must be removed and the equipment energized
for the purpose of testing and/or adjusting following work, the following
procedures must be followed:
5.10.1 If group isolation is in place, all persons other than the person
performing the testing or adjustment must remove their lockout/tag out
devices first. The person performing the testing or adjustment will
remove his/her locks/tags last.
5.10.2 All tools materials and personnel must be removed from the equipment
to be tested / adjusted.
5.10.3 Machine guards will be replaced and the equipment inspected to verify
that it is operationally intact.
5.10.4 Lockout/tag out devices shall be verified as having been removed.
5.10.5 Energize the equipment, machine, or system and proceed with testing
and adjustment.
NOTE:
TESTING AND ADJUSTING SHALL NOT INCLUDE THE ACT OF
PLACING ANY PART OF A PERSON’S BODY INTO A DANGER ZONE
OR AREA WHERE PERSONNEL HAS TO BYPASS A MACHINE
GUARD. ANY TIME IT IS REQUIRED TO BYPASS A MACHINE
GUARD, THE EQUIPMENT MUST BE COMPLETELY LOCKED OUT.

EXXONMOBIL USE ONLY

TESTING AND ADJUSTING SHALL NOT BE CONDUCTED BY USING
ANY PART OF A PERSON’S BODY TO TRIGGER A MECHANISM
(E.G., PASSING HANDS IN FRONT OF ELECTRO-OPTIC SENSORS,
ETC.). ACTIONS SUCH AS THESE ARE FORBIDDEN.
5.11 Return to Normal Operation

After repairs/adjustments have been made, the following guidelines should be
followed to return the equipment to service.
5.11.1 Ensure all tools, materials and personnel are clear of the equipment.
5.11.2 Replace all machines guarding to operating position.
5.11.3 Remove energy isolating devices (generally in the reverse order in
which they were installed).
5.11.4 Remove main switch, circuit breaker locks last. The personnel who
installed them should remove all devices.
5.11.5 Energize equipment with the approval of the PIC and verify normal
operating parameters.
5.11.6 Notify affected employees the Locks/Tags have been removed and
equipment returned to operation.
5.12 Forced Removal

In the event that any Authorized Person is unable to remove locks/tags for
any reason, the following steps shall be taken by the PIC.
5.12.1 Gain personal knowledge that the individual(s) who installed the
lock(s)/tag(s) are no longer present at the facility.
5.12.2 Attempt to contact the individual(s) by telephone and other reasonable
available means. Document that these attempts were made. (See
Appendix 5-5 – Notice of Personal Lock/Tag Removal)
5.12.3 Once the individual(s) have been contacted, or reasonable attempts
have been made and have failed, the " authorized person" along with
the PIC shall obtain another lock/tag.

EXXONMOBIL USE ONLY

5.12.4 If the “authorized person" is not available then the PIC shall seek the
services of another qualified " authorized person" The PIC shall
remove the original lock and the “new authorized” person shall
immediately install lock/tag.
5.13 Out of Service

When a piece of equipment or machinery has been isolated for more than
ninety (90) days, and no work has been performed on it during that period of
time, the energy isolation moves to an OUT OF SERVICE status. These steps
shall be followed:
5.13.1 Inform all ''affected‘’ personnel.
5.13.2 Close out the Energy Control Permit (fill out the Work completed and
Out of service boxes (see Section 9 and 10 of the permit). The
expiring permit is to be closed as "Suspended". IMPORTANT: when
work is left "Suspended" the facility may not be ready for use.
All suspended permits will be held on file until such times as the job is
reactivated. When a new permit is issued the suspended permit must
be attached to the new permit to provide ongoing information.
5.13.3 Remove energy control lockout locks/tags (refer to handling start-up
Preparation section of this procedure.)
5.13.4 Install Out Of Service locks and/or Out Of Service tags. (See Appendix
5-2)
5.13.5 All out of service lock keys will be under the control of the PIC
5.13.6 Document change from Energy Control to Out Of Service in relief
notes.
NOTE: WHEN WORK RESUMES ON “OUT OF SERVICE” EQUIPMENT, A
NEW ENERGY CONTROL PERMIT MUST BE OBTAINED. OUT OF SERVICE
LOCKS AND TAGS MUST BE REMOVED, LOCKOUT LOCKS AND TAGS
MUST BE INSTALLED, AND THE ISOLATION MUST BE VERIFIED.
5.14 New Equipment Design & Installation

Whenever replacement or major repair, renovation, or modification of a
machine or equipment is performed, and whenever new/replacement machines
or equipment are installed, energy isolating devices for such machines or
equipment must be designed to accept a lockout device.

EXXONMOBIL USE ONLY
5.15 Completing the Permit

The Control of Hazardous Energy Permit (See attached copy of permit) must
be used for Control of Hazardous Energy Procedures. The job coordinator or
authorized employees should initiate the permit and complete each section as
the isolation progresses. Guidance for completing Permit is given in Appendix
5-6 – Control of Hazardous Energy Permit Completion Guide.
After the permit is filled out, all signatures are obtained, and prior to beginning
the work, paste top copy on permit board, middle copy to requester, bottom
copy posted at job site.
Upon completion of work and after removal of all energy control devices, the
permit should be closed out and placed in the completed Energy Control permit
file for three (3) months and if an incident occurs, it must be kept in file for
twelve (12) months.
5.16 Training
Employees shall receive annual training on Control of Hazardous Energy to
provide them with necessary knowledge and skills required to use this
procedure.
This training program must cover at a minimum
• Control of Hazardous Energy Program
• Elements of Energy Control Procedures relevant to employee duties
• Recognition of hazardous energy sources
• Types and magnitude of hazardous energy in the workplace
• Methods for energy control/isolation
• Purpose/use of energy Control procedures
• Prohibition on restarting equipment or machines.
In addition to annual / additional required training, on-site supervisors are
responsible for ensuring that an employee receives any necessary re-training
when there is
• A change in job assignment.
• A change in machines, equipment, or processes that present new
hazards.

EXXONMOBIL USE ONLY

• A change in Energy Control procedures.
Inadequate employee knowledge of procedures or deviations from use of
procedures as determine by the on-site supervisor or as revealed by a periodic
inspection.
5.17 Program Assessment

An assessment of the energy control program must be performed at least
annually at each field sites (living quarter's area) for each work shift.
The assessor must be someone other than the person(s) utilizing energy control
procedures for the job being assessed at this specific work location. If this
assessment reveals improvement opportunities with the Energy Control Program
that need to be addressed, additional reviews must be performed to identify the
nature and extent of the problems. Appropriate corrective action, as needed must
then be taken to ensure that all Energy Control procedures provide adequate
workplace safety. The Control of Hazardous Energy Assessment checklist must
be used to document this assessment.
5.18 Appendices
• Appendix 5-1 – Control of Hazardous Energy Tag
• Appendix 5-2 – Out of Service Tag
• Appendix 5-3 – Isolation techniques
• Appendix 5-4 – Control of Hazardous Energy Guide
• Appendix 5-5 - Notice of Personal Lock /Tag Removal
• Appendix 5-6 – Control of Hazardous Energy Permit Completion
Guide
• Appendix 5-7 - Control of Hazardous Energy (LOTO) Logbook
• Control of Hazardous Energy Permit Form
• Control of Hazardous Energy Assessment Checklist.

EXXONMOBIL USE ONLY
5.19 Program Review

Lessons learned must be documented and communicated to the PIC.

EXXONMOBIL USE ONLY
Appendix 5-1 - Control of Hazardous Energy Tag

EXXONMOBIL USE ONLY
Appendix 5-2 -Out Of Service Tag

EXXONMOBIL USE ONLY
Appendix 5-3 - Isolation Techniques

The purpose of this section is to provide standardized guidelines to help
prevent exposure to potentially hazardous energy (i.e. chemical, pneumatic, &
pressurized liquids/gases) during line breaking work. At any time when a
flange or piping is first opened, one of the following procedures shall be
followed:
• Single block & bleed
• Single block & line separation
• Double block & bleed
• Blinding / skilleting
Determine the appropriate techniques based on the type of isolation listed on
the following pages.
NOTE: Whenever flanges are initially opened the FIRST BREAK technique should be
used. To use this technique, loosen the bolts on the opposite side of the flange from
which the employee is standing and allow the pressure/liquid bleed off. The material
inside the flange should be evaluated prior to opening and appropriate Personal
protective Equipment (PPE) must be worn. The area where the material inside the
flange will land, or the “line of fire”, should be kept clear during flange opening.
Single Block and Bleed: The Single Block and Bleed isolation procedure is
performed as follows:
1 Close one valve upstream and one valve downstream of the process
equipment (or in between process equipment) being worked on.
2 Stop all hot work and shut down any equipment that might provide an
ignition source to escaping liquids/vapors.
3 Release and flush any stored energy, utilizing vent valves when
available.
4 Open an intermediate bleed valve between the block valves. Watch body
position and wear proper PPE when opening bleed valve. Tag each bleed
valve in the open position. If there is not an associated bleed valve, use
FIRST BREAK procedures to depressurize the line.
5 Apply a lock and tag to each isolation valve.
6 Monitor all open bleed valves while the isolation is taking place.

EXXONMOBIL USE ONLY

NOTE: Single block valves are acceptable for energy control but under no
circumstances should they be used to isolate for confined space entry or hotwork
involving connected piping.
(Refer to the Hotwork/Confined Space Entry Guidelines in the MPN Safety
Manual for more detailed information.)
NOTE: Butterfly valves should not be used for hydrocarbon Energy Control Isolations.
These valves are designed for low-pressure non-hydrocarbon applications.
Single Block/Line Separation/ Disconnect: The procedure for single block/line
disconnect is performed in the following sequence:
1 Close one valve upstream and one valve downstream of the process
equipment (or in between process equipment) being worked on.
available.
valve in the open position. If there is not an associated bleed valve, use
5 Apply a lock and tag to each isolation valve.
7 Remove all connecting bolts and apparatus from the flange.
8 Offset the piping in a manner that prevents any transfer of hazardous
energy. The outer edges of the piping must be offset by at least half the
pipe diameter.
9 Affix energy isolation tag securely to the side of the flange that work is
being performed on.

EXXONMOBIL USE ONLY

Double Block and Bleed: The Double block and bleed isolation procedure is
performed in the following sequence
1. Close the nearest upstream and the nearest downstream block valves on
the process equipment to be worked on. Ensure theses valves are seated.
Next close the farthest upstream and downstream block valves on the
equipment. Ensure these valves are seated.
2. Stop all hot work and shut down any equipment that might provide an
3. Release and flush any stored energy, utilizing vent valves when
available.
4. Open an intermediate bleed valve between the block valves. Watch body
valve in the open position. If there is no associated bleed valve, use
5. Apply a lock and tag to each isolation valve.
6. Monitor all open bleed valves while the isolation is taking place.
NOTE: Upon completion of this selection procedure, work can be done between the
upstream and downstream block valves.
Blinding / Skilleting Procedure: The isolation method to install blinds/skillets is
as follows:
1 Isolate the flange using the safest and most feasible method. These
include single block and bleed, double block and bleed, etc. These valves
must be locked and tagged during installation of the blind/skillet. The
locks/tags can be removed once the blinds/skillet is completely installed.
available.
valve in the open position. If there is no associated bleed valve, use

EXXONMOBIL USE ONLY

6 Install blind/skillet and appropriate gasket(s) into flange. Put the gasket
on the side facing the hazardous energy source. Blinds/skillets should
equal or exceed the working pressure of the flange they are isolating
7 Tighten all bolts on flange to ensure that the blind/skillet and gasket(s)
are sealed.
8 Attach an Energy Control tag to the blind/skillet. The tag must be
clearly visible as you approach the equipment from ground level.
Where blinds flanges or skillets are used to block material flow through a
piping system, the blinds/skillets must meet the requirements set forth in the
PROCESS VESSELS AND PIPING section of this program. Blinds and skillets
must be constructed of the same grade or better material as the line they are
inserted into, and they must have gaskets on the incoming side. They should
never be confused with orifice plates. Blinds and skillets used for energy
control should be identified with an energy control tag. Blinds and skillets that
are not part of the energy control should be identified with a skillet tag and
tracked on a blind/skillet list.

EXXONMOBIL USE ONLY
Appendix 5-4 - Control of Hazardous Energy Procedures

The steps listed below must be utilized when implementing Control of
Hazardous Energy Procedures as applicable to the machinery or equipment on
which the work will be performed
Performing Control of Hazardous Energy On Electrical Equipment

(For Guidance Only)
Introduction
Two procedures for performing Control of Hazardous Energy on
electrical equipment are provided below and on the pages that follow,
including:
• An energy control procedure, and
• Energy control verification procedure.
Who Can Complete
Not all personnel can complete these procedures. If you are not
authorized to perform or verify an energy control, you must find
authorized personnel who can do so. (See the definition of “Authorized
Personnel.” in the procedure).
Job Planning Meeting Required
Before completing the energy control procedures, you must conduct a
thorough job-planning meeting that should include:
5.20 Notifying personnel affected by the energy control procedures, and
5.21 Promoting discussion of the potential hazards associated with the
operation.
Performing An Energy Control
Use the procedure below to isolate the necessary circuit breakers.

EXXONMOBIL USE ONLY
Step Action
1 Are you authorized to apply energy control to circuit breakers?
• If yes, go to the next step
• If no, have an authorized person complete the procedure.
2 Determine whether or not each circuit breaker associated with the equipment or process
to be maintained has lockout capability.
IF circuit breakers… THEN
Have lockout capability You must use lockout locks and lock out tags for
each circuit breaker disconnect switch. Get the
appropriate number of locks and tags and go to
Step 4.
Do not have lockout capability Go to the next step to determine how lockout tags
are required for proper tagout.
3 For those circuit breakers that do not have lockout capability, you will need to use
lockout tags.
IF TAGGING will… THEN you…
Provide the same level of safety as Can use a lockout tag without a lock so long as
using a lock you also take additional measures to ensure
adequate safety.
Examples: Additional safety measures would
include removing isolating circuit elements or
blocking control switches.
Not provide the same level of safety Must shut down all sources of electrical
as using a lock generation.
4 Prepare the lockout tags.
5 Lockout and tagout the necessary circuit breaker and disconnect switches.
• Stand to the hinged side of any breakers, and face the opposite direction before
turning them off.
• Turn disconnect switches to the “Off” position.
• Lockout the switches, and
• Attach lockout tags.

EXXONMOBIL USE ONLY
Verifying The Energy Control

Use the procedure below to complete the energy control by verifying
that the procedure de-energized the circuit breakers
Step Action
1 Are you authorized to verify the energy control?
• If yes, go to the next step
• If no, have an authorized person complete the procedure.
2 Make any necessary adjustments to the lock to ensure that the breaker cannot be closed with the
lock in place
3 Is the locked out circuit you want to test over 50 volts?
If yes, check the testing equipment for proper operation immediately before completing the test.
If no, go directly to the next step.
4 Attempt to activate the switch.
5 Test the circuit elements and electrical parts of the locked out equipment to:
• Check malfunctioning switches.
• Ensure that these parts have been de-energized, and
• Determine if any energized condition exists as a result of inadvertently induced voltage or
unrelated voltage backfeed.
6 Ensure that all stored energy (such as the energy in capacitors of high capacitance elements) has
been released prior to performing maintenance by:
• Inspecting equipment to ensure that all parts have stopped moving.
• Installing ground wires, if necessary
• Releasing tension on springs or blocking the movement of spring-driven parts.
• Blocking or bracing parts that could fall because of gravity or loss of hydraulic or pneumatic
pressure.
• Blocking or relieving non- electrical energy in devices that could re-energize, and
• Dissipating extreme heat or wearing protective clothing when heat cannot be completely
dissipated.
7 Once lockout has been verified, list all locks and tags and their locations on the Energy
Control permit. Reference the permit for lock and tag location during start-up.

EXXONMOBIL USE ONLY
Next Steps
Now that you have performed Control of Hazardous Energy procedures,
you can proceed with the necessary work.
Once you have completed the work, however, you must not immediately
remove any lockout locks or tags. Before doing so, ensure your safety
and the safety of other workers by performing the “Handling Startup
Preparation and Follow-up” guideline below.
Performing Control of Hazardous Energy On Process Vessel And Piping

(For Guidance Only)
Introduction
The procedure for performing Control of Hazardous Energy on the
process vessels and piping is provided below and on the pages that
follow
NOTE: These procedures are to be performed when vessels and piping are to be bled
down for maintenance.
Who Can Complete
authorized personnel who can do so.
NOTE: See the definition of “Authorized Personnel.”
operation.
VESSEL ENTRY WARNING: During the procedure that follows, you may need
to enter a vessel. In this situation, you must complete the procedure while following
the “Hotwork” and “Confined Space Entry” guidelines found in the MPN Hotwork
and Confined Space Entry Guidelines Supplement in the MPN Safety Manual.
Use the procedure below to isolate the necessary valves and equipment.

EXXONMOBIL USE ONLY
Step Action
1 Stop all incoming processes by completely isolating the equipment involved in the work from all
other systems.
2 Lock closed inlet and outlet valves, or physically disconnect lines as needed.
Warning: Valves must either be locked or lines disconnected.
IF you are handling THEN
Valves which must be locked • Close inlet and outlet valves
• Lockout each valves or render those valves
which cannot be locked immobile.
• Attach a lockout tag to each valves
• Go to Step6
Automatically – operated valves Disconnect and attach a lockout tag to each
actuator supply line, verify full valve closure and
Go to Step 6.
Lines which must be disconnected Disconnect inlet lines and go to Step 3.
3 Obtain isolation blinds for each line, verify, and record blind pressure information
• Check markings on the blind to ensure that it is capable of withstanding the maximum
working pressure of the system.
• Record blind pressure information, and
• Put the Information on the Energy Control permit where it can be easily referenced during
startup.
4 Install the blinds as close to the vessel as is safely practicable, and in a manner that ensures that
no liquid or vapor can be trapped between the blind and the vessel.
5 Attach a lockout tag to each blind
6 Verify lockout/tagout by attempting to open valve.
7 List all locks and tags and their locations on the Energy Control permit for easy reference during
start-up.
8 Ensure that all stored energy (such as the energy in capacitors of high capacitance elements) has
been released prior to performing maintenance by:
• Inspecting equipment to ensure that all parts have stopped moving.
• Relieving trapped pressure and leaving vent valves open.
• Installing ground wires, if necessary
• Releasing tension on springs or blocking the movement of spring-driven parts.

EXXONMOBIL USE ONLY

• Blocking or bracing parts that could fall because of gravity or loss of hydraulic or
pneumatic pressure.
• Blocking or relieving non- electrical energy in devices that could re-energize, and
dissipating extreme heat or wearing protective clothing when heat cannot be completely
dissipated.
Step Action
Next Steps:
you can proceed with the necessary work. Be sure to monitor stored
energy and pressure if there is the possibility that they could re-
accumulate during maintenance.
remove any lockout locks or tags. Before doing so, ensure your safety and
the safety of other workers by performing the “Handling Startup
Preparation and Follow-up” guideline below.
operation.
Performing Control of Hazardous Energy On Rotating Or Reciprocating Equipment

(For Guidance Only)
Introduction
The procedure for performing Control of Hazardous Energy on rotating or
reciprocating equipment is provided below and on the pages that follow.

EXXONMOBIL USE ONLY

Who Can Complete
authorized personnel who can do so.
NOTE: Note: See the definition of “Authorized Personnel.”
• Promoting discussion of the potential hazards associated with the
operation.
Use the procedure below to perform Energy Control for rotating or
reciprocating equipment.
Step Action
1 Use the local start/stop switch to shutdown the equipment.

2 Use the Control of Hazardous Energy for electrical equipment guidelines to immobilize electric motors.
3 Use the information in the table below to perform the appropriate lockout/tagout procedure for the
equipment being used.
4 Verify lockout / tagout
5 List all lockout locks and tags and their locations on the Energy Control permit for easy reference during
startup

EXXONMOBIL USE ONLY
6 Ensure that all stored energy (such as the energy in capacitors of high capacitance elements) has been
released prior to performing maintenance by:
Inspecting equipment to ensure that all parts have stopped moving.
Relieving trapped pressure by leaving bleeder valves open.
Installing ground wires, if necessary
Releasing tension on springs or blocking the movement of spring-driven parts.
Blocking or bracing parts that could fall because of gravity or loss of hydraulic or pneumatic pressure.
• Blocking or relieving non-electrical energy in devices that could re-energize, and
• Dissipating extreme heat or wearing protective clothing when heat cannot be totally dissipated
Required Energy Control

Use the information below to perform the appropriate Energy Control
procedure for equipment being isolated.
WARNING: When working on or in compressors cylinders,
crankcases, pump housings, hydraulic motors, pneumatic motors,
fans, etc., you must apply energy control to the prime mover. In
addition, you must follow the MPN “Hotwork” and “Confined Space
Entry” guidelines.
IF YOU WANT TO PERFORM Energy THEN…

Control on….
Gas Engines • Blind or lock the engines by attaching lockout locks and
lockout tags to the fuel gas and starting air/gas piping,
and
• Block the flywheel or crankshaft.
Combustion Turbines • Blind or lock the turbine fuel lines.
• Attach lockout tags to the turbines, and
• Immobilize auxiliary motors

EXXONMOBIL USE ONLY

Pumps and Compressors • Blind or lock suction and discharge piping, and
• Immobilize auxiliary motors.
NOTES
• For reciprocating compressors, you must block the
flywheel or crankshaft.
• For electric-driven compressors that have no provision
for locking the crankshaft, you must either:
1. Secure the compressor against an accidental rollover by
placing wood blocks inside one of the cylinders snugly
between the piston and the head, or
2. If applicable, disconnect and tag the drive coupling.
NOTE: If auxiliary equipment associated with the pump or compressor can be

energized from a potential or stored energy source, then steps must be taken to isolate
the energy source and the auxiliary equipment.
Next Steps
you can proceed with the necessary work. Be sure to monitor stored
energy and pressure if there is the possibility that they could re-
accumulate during maintenance.
remove any lockout locks or tags. Before doing so, ensure your safety
and the safety of other workers by performing the “Handling Startup
Preparation and Follow-up” procedure in the next section.

EXXONMOBIL USE ONLY
Handling Startup Preparation And Follow-Up

(For Guidance Only)
Introduction
Once you have completed maintenance work, and before removing any
lockout locks or tags and starting up any machinery, perform the
procedure below to:
Ensure all affected personnel and equipment are prepared for start-up, and
Reduce the possibility of bodily injury
After start-up, be sure to follow the post-start-up guidelines.
Procedure
Use the procedure below to prepare for startup.
Step Action
1 Inspect the work area and remove any hazards, including tools, electrical jumpers, shorts, grounds, or other
devices.
2 Replace any mechanical guards that have been removed prior to maintenance
3 Notify affected employees of the impending startup.
4 Ensure that all employees in the work area have been safely positioned or removed
5 Review the Energy Control permit listing energy control device locations to account for and remove all
devices.
6 Remove lockout/tagout devices and perform the start-up operation.
Post-Startup Guidelines
After completing the start-up operation:
• Review and critique each maintenance operation performed to identify
any problems or hazards encountered.
• Resolve any problems or hazards before initiating the next
maintenance operation, and
• Address the problems or hazards as needed during the next safety
meeting.

EXXONMOBIL USE ONLY
Appendix 5-5 - Notice of Personal/Tag Removal

Employee Name: _______________________________________________________
(please print)
Company:_______________________________________________________________
Date:_________________________________ Time:_________________________________
This is to notify you that your personal lockout/tagout device was removed
from________________
It was verified that you were not on-site prior to removal of the device. Attempts were made to
contact you, but they were unsuccessful. A safety check of the equipment was made by
__________________before your device was removed. You will be notified of the lockout/tagout
device removal before returning to work. Your device was removed and placed with the Energy
control equipment.
Removed by: Date:
Approved by (PIC): Date:
cc:______________________________________________________
(Lockout/tagout device owner)
NOTE: Refer to “Handling startup preparation” before lock removal and prior to startup of equipment

EXXONMOBIL USE ONLY
Appendix 5-6 - Hazardous Energy Control Permit Completion Guide

Section 1: Work Description By Permit Requester
This section be completed accurately to ensure that there are no mistakes as to
the content of the proposed work or to the identity of the equipment or location
involved. It must be completed in block letters.
Section 2: Isolation Checklist Completed By Permit Preparer

Operations or maintenance personnel complete this section. Initial each step of
the isolation and indicate N/A in any step that do not apply.
Section 3. Acknowledgement By Person In Charge

The PIC will acknowledge that work does not conflict with other activities on
the location by signing this section and shall indicate additional signatures
required. (e.g. Maintenance Supervisor, MPN Representative on Projects, other
affected contractors, etc.).
Section 4: List All Energy Control Steps - By Authorized Person

All steps in the isolation procedure are listed here. This section becomes the
written procedure.
Section 5: Isolation Personnel Involved With Work - By Authorized Person

Authorized Person will list the names of those personnel directly involved in
the isolation and they will sign in as work begins and sign out as they complete
their tasks.
Section 6: Affected Personnel Not Involved - By Authorized Person

Authorized Person will list the names of those personnel NOT directly involved
in the isolation but requires to be notified. (e.g. drillling/workover rig crew,
wireline crew, construction etc.).

EXXONMOBIL USE ONLY
Section 7: Authorization - By Responsible Person

work site and associated facilities have been checked and that all
precautions and actions necessary to make the work site safe have been
satisfied.
Permit Copies: There are three copies of the main permits, they shall be
distributed as follows.
Top Copy Posted on Permit Board by issuer (i.e. CCR, project
office)
Middle Copy Retained by Requester
Section 8: Acceptance - By Permit Requester

used.
Section 9: Work Status - By Permit Requester

Signed by Permit Requester / Authorized Person on completion of isolation
and when ready to either startup the facility or move the isolation to the Out of
Service category. The Requester is to circle the term "completion" or
"suspension" that describes the state of the work.
Section 10: Moved To Out-To-Service (Permit Closure) - By Permit Requester

The requester will print his name and signature to request for the equipment to
be moved to Out of Service if required, before the permit is closed out by the
Responsible person (RP) having conducted a risk assessment. The Requester is
to circle the term "completion" or "suspension" that describes the state of the
work.
Section 11: Startup Checklist - By Permit Preparer

To be completed prior to startup of equipment / machinery when returning
them back to operation. . The Preparer is to circle the term "completion" or

EXXONMOBIL USE ONLY
Section 12: Shift Change - By Authorized Person

Authorized Person sign here for permit transfer during shift change. No transfer
required unless work is or will be performed.
Section 13: Work Permit Closure - By Responsible Person

This section is to be completed by RP to confirm all actions have been
completed/suspended and that worksite has been cleaned and returned to safe
condition (either in preparation for startup or for moving the isolation to the Out
of Service category). The RP is to circle the term "completion" or
"suspension" that describes the state of the work at the time the permit is
closed.
use. It must be checked before startup.
The Top copy of closed certificates must be retained in file for a minimum of 3
months and if any incident occurs the permit will be retained for 12 months.
Permit Monitoring
Throughout the period of validity of a permit, the worksite and conditions must
precaution section. In addition the Responsible person should perform audits of
the permit system to ensure compliance.

EXXONMOBIL USE ONLY
Figure 5.1 - Control of Hazardous Energy Permit (LOTO)

CONTROL OF HAZARDOUS ENERGY PERMIT (LOTO) Permit No.
Proposed Isolation::

SECTION 2. ISOLATION CHECK LIST – TO BE COMPLETED BY PERMIT PREPARER
Personnel affected by this work notified? Are hazardous materials present? Is proper clothing, fire
fighting equipment, breathing air, or other PPE available?
Atmospheric vents, bleeders, and drain valves opened? Equipment drained?
Equipment and piping de-energized or disconnected? All isolation devices identified?
Electrical equipment de-energized or disconnected? Energy control tag completed?
Block valves closed, blinds in place and/or lines disconnected? All potential source of energy identified?
All switches/ control/valves in the off/neutral/proper position? Other needed permits completed?
All personnel performing the work applied personal locks? All isolation devices locked and/or tagged?
Group Control of Hazardous Energy applies? [Special PPE available?
procedures required]
Chocks, brakes, jacks, pins, or other shaft locking devices in
place to prevent rotation of fan, flywheel, crankshaft or
pumping units?
Other Permits /Certificates & Numbers Hazards Identified

SECTION 4. LIST ALL ENERGY CONTROL STEPS – BY AUTHORIZED PERSON

No. Isolation Status Energy Energy Lock Tag Location/ Installed Removed
Device Position Type Magnitude Identification Date Initials Date Initials

EXXONMOBIL USE ONLY
Key Isolation Device: Blind=BL, Status Position: Energy Type: Electrical= E, Energy Magnitude: Electrical=volts,
Valve=V, Spool=SW, Closed=C, Open=O, Chemical=C, Mechanical =M, Radiation=ur/hr, Thermal=degrees C or
Breaker=BR, Pulled = P, Installed =I, Hydraulic=H, Pneumatic=P, F, Mechanical=ft./Ib. torque or
Chocks/Pins/Jacks/Brakes/Oth Off =OFF, On = ON Presurized Liquid=PI, Pressurised horsepower, Gravity=weight,
er Mechanical Locking Gas=Pg, Radiation=R, Thermal= Chemical=corrosive or flammable,
Devices=MLD T, Gravity=G. Pressure, Hydraulic, or Pneumatic=psig
SECTION 5. PERSONNEL INVOLVED WITH ISOLATION (ISOLATION/SAFE TO START WORK) - BY AUTH.
PERSON
Name/Work Group Date In Date Out Name/Work Group Date In Date Out
SECTION 6. AFFECTED PERSONNEL - NOT INVOLVED IN WORK (May include drilling/workover rig crew, wireline
unit crew)
Name/Work Group Date In Date Out Name/Work Group Date In Date Out
SECTION 7. AUTHORIZATION SECTION – TO BE COMPLETED BY RP


I understand the workscope/equipment to be used and must inform all personnel involved of the safety precautions. I must terminate
the work upon activation of a fire/ESD alarm and return work permit on its expiry.
SECTION 9. WORK STATUS (PERMIT CLOSED) – TO BE COMPLETED BY PERMIT REQUESTER
I have completed/suspended the work and the worksite has been returned to safe condition (Delete as appropriate).
SECTION 10. MOVED OUT OF SERVICE (PERMIT CLOSED) – TO BE COMPLETED BY PERMIT REQUESTER
I have completed/suspended the work and the worksite has been returned to safe condition (Delete as appropriate).
Reason for Moving Out of Service:
Energy Control Permit Closed Out by: Signature: Date

SECTION 11. STARTUP CHECK LIST – TO BE COMPLETED BY PERMIT PREPARER
Work site cleaned and made safe Isolation devices returned to normal position
All locks/tags removed All affected personnel notified of startup
I have inspected the worksite. Work completed/suspended and housekeeping in good order (Delete as appropriate)
SECTION 12. SHIFT CHANGE (Shift Change not required unless active work is or will be required) - BY AUTH. PERSON
Signature (Outgoing): Date:
MONTHS

EXXONMOBIL USE ONLY
Appendix 5.7 - Hazardous Energy Control (LOTO) Logbook

. . . TIME
PERMIT No EQUIPMENT EQUIPMENT ISOLATION PURPOSE DATE

NAME TAG No
START END REMARKS

EXXONMOBIL USE ONLY
Figure 5.2 - Control of Hazardous Energy Assessment Checklist

LOCATION
DATE
ASSESSOR (S)

PIC acknowledgement and additional signatures obtained
Are all affected personnel trained to do the work
Are all energy sources identified
Are all isolation points properly locked and tagged
Are all affected employees notified of the lockout
If written procedure is available, is it being followed
If blinds or skillet blinds are used, are they tagged
Do lockout locks and lockout tags have identity of the Applier
Are locks the type used at the facility for energy control
Are energy control locks all the same colour
Is the control of energy isolated by individual person/group lockout locks
If group energy control, is group energy control lock used
Does contractor have his own set of energy control locks
Are tags, chains, and hasps, etc. being used properly
Has JSA been prepared for the job
Has the energy control permit been filled out completely and properly
Does permit have signatures/names of all authorized and affected personnel
When work is completed, are all locks/tags removed
Are startup procedures followed when work is completed
Do individuals performing the isolation have a good understanding of their responsibilities under the
Hazardous Energy Control Procedure
DEFICIENCIES NOTED:
CORRECTIVE ACTIONS:
OTHER COMMENTS:

EXXONMOBIL USE ONLY
Section 6 - Excavation, Trenching & Shoring Procedure Page 1 of 26
6. EXCAVATION, TRENCHING & SHORING PROCEDURE

6.1 Objective
To create a safe workplace by establishing standard work practices and policies
for operations involving trenching and/or excavation
6.2 Scope
Applies to all excavation, trenching, and shoring activities in MPN locations.
6.3 Definitions
6.1.2 RESPONSIBLE PERSON (RP): The location supervisor in charge of
the area (sometimes PIC). This could be Project Supervisor.
6.1.4 COMPETENT PERSON: An individual trained in soil analysis, use of
protective systems and who is capable of identifying existing and
predictable hazards in the surroundings, or working conditions which
are unsanitary, hazardous, or dangerous, and who has the authority to
correct and eliminate such hazards and/or stop work. However, the
competency level required depends on the scope of work as described
in Section 1 of the permit.
6.1.5 AFFECTED PERSON(S): All persons involved in excavation
activities in MPN facilities or projects.
6.1.6 ALUMINUM HYDRAULIC SHORING: Pre-engineered shoring
system comprised of aluminum hydraulic cylinders (cross bracing) and
vertical (uprights) or horizontal rails (Wales). These systems are
inserted to support excavation sidewalls and prevent cave-ins.
6.1.7 BENCHING: Method of excavation to form one (simple bench) or a
series (multiple benches) of horizontal levels or steps, usually with
vertical or near vertical elevations between steps. This method is used
in type A and B soil only, and is designed to prevent cave-ins.

EXXONMOBIL USE ONLY
Page 2 of 26 Section 6 - Excavation, Trenching & Shoring Procedure

6.1.8 CAVE-IN: Separation of a mass of soil or rock material from the side of
an excavation, or the incursion (often induced by subsurface water) of
soil or rock material into the working area; either of which is sufficient
to engulf, entrap, bury, or immobilize a person within the excavation.
6.1.9 CROSS-BRACE: Horizontal members of a shoring system installed
perpendicular to the sidewalls of an excavation, used to provide lateral
support to the shielding system.
6.1.10 EXCAVATION: Any man-made cut, cavity, or trench in an earth
surface formed by earth removal.
6.1.11 FAILURE: The breakage, displacement, or deformation of a structural
member or connection in a shielding system, which reduces its structural
integrity.
6.1.12 HAZARDOUS ATMOSPHERE: An atmosphere, which is harmful or
otherwise, may cause death, illness, or injury.
6.1.13 KICK-OUT: Accidental release or failure of cross-brace.
6.1.14 PROTECTIVE SYSTEM: Methods of protecting personnel from cave-
ins, collapse of adjacent structures, and from materials and equipment,
which could fall or roll into an excavation.
6.1.15 RAMP: An inclined walking or working surface.
6.1.16 SHEETING: Members of a shoring system that are flushed against the
side-walls and are supported in turn by other members of the shoring
system.
6.1.17 SHIELD SYSTEM: Structure that is able to withstand the force
imposed by a cave-in. Shield systems can either be pre-manufactured or
built (usually of timber) on site.
6.1.18 SHORING: Structures such as aluminum hydraulic shoring system,
mechanical (jacks) systems, or timber systems which support the
sidewalls of an excavation to prevent cave-in.
6.1.19 SIDEWALLS: Vertical or inclined earth surfaces formed during
excavation.
6.1.20 SLOPING: Method of excavation which form side-walls which are
inclined away from the excavation within established parameters based
on the type of soil and other factors such as depth.

EXXONMOBIL USE ONLY

6.1.21 STABLE ROCK: Solid, natural mineral that can be excavated with
vertical sides and will remain intact while exposed.
6.1.22 SUPPORT SYSTEMS: Structures such as underpinning, bracing or
shoring which provides support to an adjacent structure, underground
installation, or the sides of an excavation.
All isolations have been removed and the equipment is ready for
service.
continue the work.
6.1.25 (The Suspended Permit will be held on file and attached to the new
permit on reactivation of the work).
6.1.26 TABULATED DATA: Tables and charts approved by a Professional
Engineer, which are used to design and construct protective systems.
6.1.27 TRENCH: An excavation which is narrow relative to its length, and
which does not exceed 1 meter in width.
6.1.28 UPRIGHTS: Vertical members of a shoring system.
6.1.29 WALES: Horizontal members of a shoring system placed parallel to
the side-walls and which support the vertical members of the shoring
system, or the earth side-wall itself.
6.4 Procedure
6.4.1 GENERAL
Excavations should be considered inherently hazardous. Conditions
may change during different phases of the same excavation. Possible
hazards to be evaluated, and mitigated prior to and during all
excavations are:
• Striking underground vessels, piping and utilities.
• The potential for the excavation to become a permit required
confined space.

EXXONMOBIL USE ONLY

• The potential for entrapment (cave in).
• The potential for engulfment (introduction of water, chemicals, etc.
into the excavation)
• The potential for chemical exposure while excavating potentially
contaminated areas.
• The potential for persons or moving equipment falling into
excavation.
6.4.2 INITIAL (PRE-WORK) UNDERGROUND VERIFICATION
Use the attached checklist “Excavation Checklist” to ensure that all
necessary steps are taken.
All necessary-crossing agreements must be obtained before beginning
any excavation. Verbal approvals before receipt of written crossing
agreements must be documented. This documentation must include time,
date, location, and the identification of all personnel involved.
Notify owners of underground facilities at least 48hours in advance of
excavation.
Establish the length and width of the excavation required.
Complete a search of the entire excavation area, using:
• A pipeline locator and/or a pipeline locating service
• Maps showing where pipeline/cables currently exist.
• Existing marker signs
• As-built drawings
• Survey plans
• Land titles
• Crossing agreement information
• Operations personnel information
• Contractor familiarity with the site
6.4.3 INITIAL (PRE-WORK) JOB SITE SET-UP.
Prior to beginning any excavation, the following steps should be taken
by the Competent Person in charge of the excavation:

EXXONMOBIL USE ONLY

Hold an onsite specific meeting with all personnel involved in the
excavation.
Identification of existing and/or potential hazards in the excavation
area.
Notification of involved MPN departments to identify and locate
underground utilities structures pipelines, etc.
Soil classification using acceptable visual and manual tests (See
attached Appendix 6-A and 6-B)
Establishment of safety devices and safe work practices necessary to
mitigate identified and potential hazards including:
• Identify existing facilities in the excavation area.
• Identify line sizes, operating pressures and substances in lines
(obtain MSDS for substances in line)
• Identify cables and conduits
• Communicate how lines are marked
• Identify personal Protective Equipment
• Identify cathodic protection equipment in dig site boundary.
• Identify barricading and fencing requirement
• Establish escape routes, muster points and excavation procedures.
• Complete a Job Safety Analysis.
NOTE: Excavation Permit should be issued for the job. Other permits may be issued
as the job requires.
6.4.4 HAZARD IDENTIFICATION
Contact with underground facilities such as pipelines, conduits and
cables may result in fluid, steam or gas releases, H2S releases,
electrocution, high-pressure discharges (jetting), and release of other
toxic substances. The consequences of such results may include injury
or death, property damage, environmental contamination, loss of
essential services, production loss, loss of regulatory approvals and
may lead to criminal prosecution (both personal and corporate).

EXXONMOBIL USE ONLY

Expose the underground facility. Hand-dig a vertical walled trench to a
maximum depth of 1.5 meters (5 feet) at the location where the
underground facility is to be exposed. Probe the existing facility. If the
facility is not found, then a second trench crisis-crossing the first trench
may be hand dug. If the trench is deeper than 1.5 m, shoring or back
sloping @ 45 degrees to prevent cave-ins is mandatory
Mechanical excavation equipment may be used if closer than 60 cm. to
an underground facility only under the direct supervision of a
representative of MPN, and only after the facility has been exposed as
described above.
A designated signal person must be present at all times to direct
mechanical excavations in areas where buried facilities exist. The
equipment operator and the signal person must be vigilant for any signs
of previous ground disturbances in the area.
The bottom edge of the spoil pile must me kept back a minimum of 1
meter from the edge of the excavation and must be sloped a minimum
of 45 degrees.
When ditching parallel to and within 5 meters of an existing facility, the
existing facility must be exposed at least every 200 meters and must be
adequately flagged.
If a facility being paralleled is closer than 3 meters to the new ditch, a
Site Specific Work Procedure must be prepared for the work being
done.
NOTE: Any change in the project that affects the scope of the excavation will require
the above steps to be repeated.
If a buried line is struck and the coating damaged, the incident must be
reported to the person in charge of the area and any damaged areas
repaired.
If the pipe wall is damaged the pipeline owner must be notified and
engineering assistance obtained as to the proper course of action.
Damage to buried cables requires immediate reporting to the owner
6.4.5 INGRESS AND EGRESS
Trenches 4 feet or more in depth shall be provided with a fixed means
of egress.

EXXONMOBIL USE ONLY

Spacing between ladders or other means of egress must be such that a
worker will not have to travel more than 25 feet laterally to the nearest
means of egress.
Ladders must be secured and extend a minimum of 36 inches above
the landing.
Metal ladders should be used with caution, particularly when electric
utilities are present.
If equipment must be sited on the edge of the excavation, stops or
anchorage points must be provided.
6.4.6 EXCAVATION INSPECTION
After making the initial excavation and installation of protective
systems (if used), the following steps should be taken by the
Competent Person in charge of the excavation:
Inspection of the trench or excavation for proper slope, shoring, or
benching (note: for excavations greater than 6 meters in depth, a
registered professional engineer must design the slope).
Inspection to determine signs of potential cave-in hazard.
Inspection to determine signs of engulfment (e.g. water seepage, hydrocarbon
seepage,)
Inspection of protective systems to ensure proper installation (See
Appendix 6-C Sloping, Benching, and Shield Systems)
6.4.7 CONFINED SPACE ENTRY
If any aspect of the excavation or trench is greater than 1.5 meters/5
feet in depth, confined space permit procedures shall be followed.
Includes application of all safeguards required prior to permitting
personnel to physically enter the excavation or trench. The Competent
Person should refer to the confined space entry procedure.
A Confined Space Entry Permit authorizes entry under specified
conditions. A separate General, Hot Work or other applicable permit
is required to perform the work for which Confined Space Entry is
made.
NOTE: No entry shall commence unless an approved entry permit has been issued,
together with any appropriate additional permits/certificates

EXXONMOBIL USE ONLY

6.4.8 DAILY AND SPECIAL INSPECTIONS
A Competent Person must inspect the excavation daily, before work
begins. The excavation must also be inspected after rainstorms or
other hazard-increasing occurrences to ensure that the working
conditions remain within safe parameters.
Work shall cease and/or not be permitted until all potential safety
hazards (e.g. standing water, erosion, instability of protective devices,
etc.) have been assessed and mitigated.
6.4.9 FALL PROTECTION
Where persons or equipment are required or permitted to cross over
excavations, suitably designed walkways or bridges with standard
railings must be provided. At the cessation of work (e.g. end of shift)
all excavations must be properly barricaded (rigid barrier), covered or
back-filled to prevent persons, vehicles, or equipment from falling into
the excavation.
Excavations, to which any member of the public (including children)
could get access, must have a much greater degree of protection.
Special thought should be given to blind persons.
If any work is done after dark, all accesses and working areas must be
clearly illuminated
Warning lamps of an approved types and signs must be fitted after
working hours in all areas to which the public have access.
The overall responsibility for the implementation of this procedure at
all MPN Operations onshore rest with the PIC.
The PIC shall develop a list of competent relief personnel for his
facility. This list shall be kept evergreen as required by OIMS System
5-1.
The PIC will acknowledge in the permit that work does not conflict
with other activities on the location and shall indicate additional
signatures required (see Section 3 of the permit).

EXXONMOBIL USE ONLY

Ensure all personnel are properly trained.
Shall assign a Competent Person and ensure that those designated as
"Competent Persons" have completed specific training and evaluation
requirements prior to performing that role.
Periodically evaluate trenching and excavation operations to ensure
complete adherence to this procedure.
The RP shall authorize all permits to work within his area of authority.
6.5.3 COMPETENT PERSON
Responsible for the safety of personnel and the excavation site.
Ensures that section 6.4.3 of this procedure is completed before work
begins.
STOP THE JOB if any unsafe condition occurs or has the potential to
become hazardous.
6.5.4 AFFECTED PERSONNEL
Comply with all provisions of this policy to ensure all safeguards are in
place prior to conducting work within an excavation.
Visually inspect any excavation you are about to enter and bring any
potential hazards to the attention of the Competent Person.
Properly wear and use all required PPE.
Ensure that a permit has been issued for the job you are about to
perform.
Provide necessary technical support as required (See 6.4.2 of this
procedure).
Sign Permit as required.

EXXONMOBIL USE ONLY
6.6 Training
6.6.1 All personnel who issue or use this permit must be trained in the
application of this procedure. This qualification is listed as prerequisite
training in OIMS System 5-4 (Personnel Safety Management).
6.6.2 Personnel designated, as a "Competent Person" must be trained.
Training records must be maintained specifying the employee name(s),
date(s) of training, the subject(s) covered, the competency evaluation
method used, and the date(s) of field certification.
6.6.3 Training consisting of the elements listed below must be provided for
employees designated to assume the role and responsibility of
Competent Person:
• MPN Work Permit Systems Training
• Atmospheric Monitoring Equipment
• Soil Classification and manual testing methods
• Excavation Hazard Assessment
• Excavation Terminology
• Excavation Configurations, Sloping, Shoring, and
Benching
• Fall Protection
• Support Systems, Overview and Installation
• Inspections (including Practical Application)
6.7 Program Review


EXXONMOBIL USE ONLY

Management of Change process (OIMS Element 7).

EXXONMOBIL USE ONLY
Figure 6.1 - Excavation Permit Guide

EXCAVATION PERMIT Permit No.
Facility/Location Excavation Depth.
Proposed Work:
SECTION 2. PRECAUTIONS – TO BE COMPLETED BY COMPETENT PERSON

Informed personnel who are affected by this work Job procedure developed and approved
Additional access,ventilation,lighting provided Pre-job safety meeting conducted
Electric isolation checked by operation of switches Hazardous materials identified
Is planned excavation to be > 1.5 metes deep Radio communication provided
Does work performed involve entry and/or hotwork MSDS Attached to permit
Has location of underground utilities been determined Has the soil been classified (A/B or C)?
Does work have potential to undermine existing structure Energy isolation completed (LOTO)
Has an equipment "lay down" area been established? Is water removal equipment available?
Verification of Underground Utilities - Affected Personnel

ELECTRICAL SUPERVISOR INSTRUMENT SUPERVISOR GIS SUPERVISOR CONST. SUPERVISOR
Name:
Sign:
Comment:
PERSONAL; PROTECTIVE EQUIPMENT (all work requires safety helmet, glasses, boots and coverall)
Respirators Other
Is a designated trained signal person available to direct Mechanical Excavations Y/N SIGN

EXXONMOBIL USE ONLY

Other Permits /Certificates & Numbers Hazards Identified
I have checked the proposed worksite and have informed all personnel affected by this work. The requirements of the Safety checklist above have been
completed. In my opinion it is safe to begin work.


It is safe for work to commence (indicate additional signatures required)
REVALIDATION


Top copy to Permit Board ** Middle copy to Requester ** Bottom copy posted at job site ** RETAIN COPY IN THE FILE FOR 3 MONTHS

EXXONMOBIL USE ONLY
Excavation Permit Completion Guide

Important Notes
2. The Competent person is responsible for obtaining both the authorizing and
accepting signatures.
Section 1 - Work Description (to be Completed by the Requester)

work or to the identity of the equipment or location involved. Twelve-(12)
hours notice is preferred when submitting permits.
must be provided. It is not enough to simply put, for instance,
“PLANNED PREVENTATIVE MAINTENANCE”.
should be identified. (i.e. Mechanical, Instrument and other affected
contractors).
clearly specified .
MPN, JSA. In particular, all work involving breaking into a process
line or removal and disposal of equipment which may have been
contaminated by H2S gas or Pyrophoric dust/scale must be supported
by a relevant JSA.
followed.

EXXONMOBIL USE ONLY
Section 2 - Work Description (to be Completed by the Competent Person)

A Pre Job Safety Meeting is required. The Competent person will verify that a
pre job safety meeting was held. The supervisor of the work group shall keep a
record of the attendees and the subject discussed.
Section 3 - Acknowledgement by Person in Charge

The PIC will acknowledge that work does not conflict with other activities on
the location by signing this section and shall indicate additional signatures
required. (e.g. Maintenance Supervisor, MPN Representative on Projects, other
affected contractors, etc.)
Section 4 - Authorization by Responsible Person

The ‘Responsible Persons’ signature in this section certifies that the worksite
and associated facilities have been checked and that all precautions and actions
necessary to make the worksite safe have been satisfied.
On authorization, the Permit is valid for use.
PERMIT COPIES: There are three copies of the main permits, they shall be
distributed as follows.
control Room, Project Office)

EXXONMOBIL USE ONLY
Section 5 - Work Completed/Suspended (to be completed by Competent Person)

This section is to be completed on the top copy by the competent person to state
returned to safe condition (either in preparation for startup or for the waiting
period before restarting suspended work). The competent person is to circle the
term "completion" or "suspension" that describes the state of the work. All
copies of the permit are to be re-joined and presented to the RP to document the
completion/suspension of the work. After work site inspection the permit can
be closed out.
use.
Section 6 - Permit Closure by Responsible Person

have been completed and that worksite has been cleaned and returned to safe
condition (either in preparation for startup or for the waiting period before
restarting suspended work). The RP is to circle the term "completion" or
use.
Permit Monitoring

EXXONMOBIL USE ONLY
COMPLETE THIS''EXCAVATION CHECKLIST'' WITH JOB SAFETY PLAN AND ATTACH TO WORK
PERMIT (Initial as appropriate).
ITEM YES NO N/A CONTROL FACTORS
Is a trained MPN representative on site? Excavation may be carried out only under the direct visual
supervision of a Certified Mobil Excavation Supervisor /
Representative
Have you completed the Emergency plan Emergency Services, Contact Numbers and Excursion
Checklist? Routes.
Has hazards been identified? (i.e. Overhead Identify safe work area.
powerlines).
Existing underground facilities located? (i.e. All underground facilities should be clearly marked and
Pipelines, power cables, conduits, telephone recognized.
line, cathodic protection).
Have line sizes, operating pressures and All hazards and risks have been identified and discussed
substances been discussed? with all workers.
Are MSDS sheets for substances available? Product identification, handling procedures and safety
precautions clearly identified.
Has needed Personal Protective Equipment Maintain on-site and ready for use
been identified?
Fire fighting equipment identified and in place? Maintain on-site and ready for use
Has cathodic protection equipment been de- Eliminate ignition sources and contact local Electrical
nergized? Dept. and Utilities Companies where required.
Has the work place been barricaded to prevent Ensure suitable barricades are available.
inadvertent entry of personnel or vehicles?
Has a designated signal person been identified Equipment operator and signal person must be in
to direct Mechanical excavation? communication at all times.
Has an equipment “lay down” or spoil pile been Establish an equipment “lay down” area and insure
established which is at least 1.0 m away from equipment and material is > 1.0 m from edge of
the edge of the excavation and has sloped excavation.
sides?
If ditch runs axis parallel or within 5 m from an Refer to MPN Excavation Procedure
underground line, the underground line must be
exposed a minimum of 200 meter
INTERVALS.
Have you obtained other applicable permit(s) to Reference MPN Permit To Work Procedure.
do the work?
Are there other MPN procedures that apply to Review the SHE Procedures manual
this work that need to be reviewed? (i.e.
Confined Space e.t.c)
Do personnel have the proper training Review local SHE procedures manual
certificate?
Is the pre-work checklist completed? See checklist located in Excavation, Shoring and
Trenching Work Procedure.
CAUTION: STOP THE JOB IF ANY CONDITION IF ANY UNSAFE CONDITION

OCCURS OR HAS THE POTENTIAL TO BECOME HAZARDOUS
EXXONMOBIL USE ONLY
Appendix 6-A - Soil Testing Methods

The competent person in charge of the excavation shall be responsible for determining
whether the soil is Type B or C. The competent person shall use a visual test coupled
with one or more manual tests.
Visual Test
In addition to checking the items on the trench inspection form, the competent person
should perform a visual test to evaluate the conditions around the site. In a visual test,
the entire excavation site is observed, including the soil adjacent to the site and the soil
being excavated. The competent person also checks for any signs of vibration.
During the visual test, the competent person should check for crack-line openings along
the failure zone that would indicate tension cracks, look for existing utilities that
indicate that the soil has been previously disturbed, and observe the open side of the
excavation for indications of layered geologic structuring.
This person should also look for signs of bulging, boiling, or sloughing, as well as for
signs of surface water seeping from the sides of the excavation or from the water table.
In addition, the area adjacent to the excavation should be checked for signs of
foundations or other intrusions into the failure zone, and the evaluator should check for
surcharging and the spoil distance from the edge of the excavation.
Manual Tests
Thumb penetration Test.
Attempt to press the thumb firmly into the soil in question. If the thumb penetrates no
further than the length of the nail, it is probably Type B soil. If the thumb penetrates the
full length of the thumb, it is Type C. It should be noted that the thumb penetration test
is the least accurate testing method.
Dry Strength Test.
Take a sample of dry soil. If it crumbles freely or with moderate pressure into individual
grains it is considered granular (Type C). Dry soil that falls into clumps that
subsequently break into smaller clumps (and the smaller clumps can only be broken
with difficulty) it is probably clay in combination with gravel, sand, or silt (Type B).
Plasticity or Wet Thread Test.
Take a moist sample of the soil. Mold it into a ball and then attempt to roll it into a thin
thread approximately 1/8 inch in diameter by two inches in length.

EXXONMOBIL USE ONLY

If the soil sample does not break when held by one end, it may be considered Type B.
A pocket penetrometer, shearvane, or torvane may also be used to determine the
unconfined compression strength of soils.

EXXONMOBIL USE ONLY
Appendix 6-B - Soil Classification

The following table is provided as field guides for soil identification and classification.
A hand penetrometer should be used to ascertain Unconfined Compressive Strength. If
proper means of field classification are not available, the soil MUST be classified
Type C.
BASIC FIELD SOIL CLASSIFICATION

SOIL TYPE MATERIAL VISUAL IDENTIFICATION UNCONFINED
APPEARANCE COMPRESSIVE
(EXAMPLES) STRENGTH (TSF)
C Very soft clay, mud Runs between fingers when 0-0.25 TSF
squeezed
C Silt, soft clay Mould by light finger pressure 0.25 - 0.50 TSF
B Silty clay; sandy clay; Mould by strong finger pressure 0.50 - 1.00 TSF
Medium clay; firm clay; Thumb dents readily
sandy silt
B Dense silty clay; stiff clay Thumb dents with effort 1.00 - 1.50 TSF
A Very stiff clay; Thumbnail indents readily 1.50 - 4.0 (+) TSF
hard clay Thumbnail indents with difficulty
SOIL TYPE SOIL CHARACTERISTICS
C • Cohesive soil with an unconfined compressive strength of 0.5 TSF (48kPa) or less
• Granular soils and alluvium including gravel, sand and loamy sand
• Submerged solid or soil formations from which water is freely seeping
• Layered formations including any of the above which reach into the excavation
B • Cohesive soil with an unconfined compressive strength greater than 0.5 TSF(48kPa)
and less than 1.5 TSF (144kPa)
• Granular cohesionless soil such as angular gravel, crushed rock, silt, silt loam, sandy
loam, some forms of silty clay loam and sandy clay loam
• Previously disturbed soils except any of those classified Type C soil
• Soil which meets the unconfined compressive strength or cementation criteria for Type
A soil but is fissured (cracked) or subject to vibration
• Dry unstable rock
• Layered formations including any of the above which reach into the excavation where
no Type C soil is found
A • Cohesive soil with an unconfined compressive strength of 1.5 TSF (144kPa) or greater
• Cohesive soil examples include clay, silty clay, sandy clay, clay loam, and, in some
cases silty clay loam and sandy clay loam
• Cemented soils such as caliche (hard upper soil layer cemented by calcium carbonate)
and hardpan (hard unbroken ground) as long as fissuring is not evident and the area is
undisturbed

EXXONMOBIL USE ONLY
Appendix 6-C - Types of Excavation

EXXONMOBIL USE ONLY
Sloping, Benching and Shield Systems
Basic Excavation “Views”
Example
1.0V
6.1 mtrs max
0.75H
B
A
MULTIPLE BENCH VIEW
Multiple Bench Excavation: Maximum Depth and Horizontal to Vertical [H:V]Ratio

Type A soil, maximum depth = 6.1 mtrs from grade level @ 0.75:1
[Bench “A” maximum height = 1.2 mtrs ; Bench “B” maximum height = 1.5 mtrs]
Type B soil, (Cohesive only) same as Type A with [H:V] = 1:1
[Bench “A” maximum height = 1.2 mtrs ; Bench “B” maximum height = 1.5 mtrs]
Type C soil, Multiple bench excavation NOT ALLOWED
Required
2.5 mtrs max

1.0V
0.75H
UNSUPPORTED VERTICAL SIDED

LOWER PORTION (8” MAX)
Unsupported Vertical Sided Lower Portion Excavation < 2.4 mtrs

Type A soil, maximum depth = 2.4 mtrs from grade level @ 0.75:1
[Unsupported Vertical “A” 1mtr maximum height]
Type B soil, NOT ALLOWED
Type C soil, NOT ALLOWED

EXXONMOBIL USE ONLY
Sloping, Benching and Shield Systems
Required
3.6 mtrs max
1.0V
A
1.0H
UNSUPPORTED VERTICALLY SIDED

LOWER PORTION (3.6 mtrs MAX)
Unsupported Vertical Sided Lower Portion Excavations >2.4 mtrs
Type A soil, maximum depth = 3.6 mtrs from grade level @ 1:1
[unsupported vertical “A” maximum height = 1 mtrs]
Type B soil, NOT ALLOWED
Type C soil, NOT ALLOWED
Example
6.1 mtrs max A A

1.0V
0.75H
SHIELDED VERTICAL SIDED LOWER

PORTION (6.1 mtrs MAX)
Shielded Vertically Sided Lower Portion Excavation <6.1 mtrs Horizontal to Vertical[H:V]
Type A soil, H:V = 0.75:1 Top of shield system “A” must extend at least 0.5 mtrs above the vertical side
Type B soil, H:V = 1:1 same note as above
Type C soil, H:V = 1.5:1 same note as above

EXXONMOBIL USE ONLY
Appendix 6-D - Excavation, Trenching, & Shoring Flowchart
WILL THE EXCAVATION BE

> 1.5 METERS DEEP
DOES POTENTIAL EXIST FOR CAVE-IN NO YES IS THE EXCAVATION BEING MADE
BASED ON VISUAL INSPECTION AND
ENTIRELY IN STABLE ROCK?
SOIL FIELD IDENTIFICATION?
NO EXCAVATION MAY BE MADE WITH YES

VERTICAL SLIDES
YES EXCAVATION MUST BE SHORED NO

SLOPED, BENCHED OR SHIELDED
SHORING OR SHIELDING
SLOPING SELECTED
SELECTED
WILL SOIL CLASSIFICATION NO

BE PERFORMED?
YES SLOPING REQUIREMENTS

FOR TYPE C SOIL MUST
BE MET
FOR TIMBER SHORING, REFER TO

SLOPING REQUIREMENTS FOR TYPE
1962.652 APPN. A & C
A, B, C MUST BE USED DEPENDING
FOR ENGINEERING SHIELDING
ON CLASSIFICATION.
SYSTEMS,
SEE APPENDIX C (FIGS C.1 - C6)
REFER TO MANUFACTURER DATA

EXXONMOBIL USE ONLY
Figure 6.2 - Excavation Trenching And Shoring Assessment Checklist

LOCATION
DATE
ASSESSOR (S)

Pre-Job checklist completed before job commenced
Hazards identified
Additional access/ventilation provided stated and certified
Other permits used documented for excavation >1.25meters
Underground utilities confirmed by all concerned
Was soil class determined and documented
Was functional eye wash in place or around the location
Was proper PPE identified in the permit and used correctly
Was signal man directing the mechanical excavation trained
Permit Requester accepts permit with signature
Post-work inspection carried out with signature
RP Name and Signature on permit to close out permit
All sections of the permit properly filled out.
DEFICIENCIES NOTED:
CORRECTIVE ACTIONS:
OTHER COMMENTS:

EXXONMOBIL USE ONLY

EXXONMOBIL USE ONLY
Section 7 - High Voltage Access/Isolation Procedure Page 1 of 14
7. HIGH VOLTAGE ACCESS/ISOLATION PROCEDURE

7.1. Objectives
7.1.1 To ensure that a procedure is in place to protect personnel and the
integrity of MPN facilities.
7.1.2 To provide a formal communication process between all parties
involved with, or affected by the work to be carried out.
7.1.3 To ensure specific hazardous work is performed in a safe and organized
manner.
7.1.4 To communicate the responsibilities of those persons who must ensure
the safety precautions to be taken.
7.1.5 To communicate the requirements for all personnel working on High
Voltage equipment to be trained and demonstrate the level of
knowledge needed to work on such a system.
7.2. Scope
Covers all work performed at MPN location/facilities that involves high voltage
access.
7.3. Definitions
7.3.1 HIGH VOLTAGE is 2400 Volts and above. A certificate is required
when a specific task is to be performed on High Voltage equipment.
7.3.3 RESPONSIBLE PERSON (RP): Facility / location Supervisor or
Electrical Superintendent who ensures competent persons are qualified
to perform electrical Isolations as outlined by this procedure.
information as required in section 1 of the Access/Isolation certificate.
7.3.5 COMPETENT PERSON: Personnel who has demonstrated competence
in “High Voltage Isolations'' and associated electrical systems.
Competence as demonstrated and accepted by Electrical Superintendent.
7.3.6 ELECTRICAL SUPERINTENDENT: Based at QIT and maintains a
Register of all Electrical Competent Persons as accepted by him

EXXONMOBIL USE ONLY
Page 2 of 14 Section 7 - High Voltage Access/Isolation Procedure
7.4. Associated MPN Procedures and References

• MPN Hot Work Permit Procedure
• MPN General Work Permit Procedure
• MPN Confined Space Entry Procedure
• MPN Control of Hazardous Energy (LOTO)
• Oil Industry Advisory Committee Guidance on PTW in Petroleum
Industry.
7.5. Responsibilities
Ensure that all members of the work group required to work on systems,
or equipment requiring High Voltage Access are knowledgeable of the
contents of this procedure.
Ensure that they have approved safety equipment and tools on site to
work on High Voltage equipment. (See attached PPE Requirement list).
Ensure an evergreen list of authorized competent personnel is
maintained in his work area in compliance with OIMS System 5-1.
Ensures employees are trained on this procedure.
Review and approve all requests for High Voltage Access Certificate.
7.5.2 COMPETENT PERSON
7.5.3 Competent Person will be determined Facility/location Supervisor or
Electrical Superintendent
Shall ensure that all safety precautions are carried out and locks, tags
and warning signs are posted at work site.
Participates in Pre/Post site inspection.
Carry out isolations on High Voltage equipment in a safe manner.
The person who prepares High Voltage Access/Isolation Certificate
precautions. (see Section 2 )

EXXONMOBIL USE ONLY

Shall ensure that all safety precautions are carried out and locks, tags
and warning signs are posted at work site.
Participates in Pre/Post site inspection.
Carry out isolations on High Voltage equipment in a safe manner.
The person who prepares High Voltage Access/Isolation Certificate
precautions. (see Section 2 )
7.5.4 ATTENDANT
Trained in First Aid, has knowledge of basic electrical systems and site
emergency response procedure.
7.6. Prevention/Guidelines
7.6.1 No work shall be performed on energized High Voltage equipment
under any circumstances.
7.6.2 The High Voltage Access/Isolation Certificate only allows isolation/de-
isolation and it is not a permit to perform work. At a minimum, a Permit
to Work and Control of Hazardous Energy Permit (LOTO) is required.
7.6.3 No employee shall approach High Voltage equipment except by access
way provided.
7.6.4 Work shall not be carried out near energized High Voltage insulated
cables in such a way as to damage the insulation. Energized High
Voltage cables shall only be moved after serious consideration of the
effect of these movements on the cable and after suitable precautions are
in place.
7.6.5 Always keep to a safe distance when near exposed energized High
Voltage conductors. Refer to MPN Safety Manual (Section 12.2 for
distance requirement)
7.6.6 An attendant is required for High Voltage testing, proximity to or High
Voltage racking. Attendant must understand the work procedure, safety
implications, and emergency procedures.
7.6.7 No person shall remove any tags, locks, danger or warning signs, safety
barriers or other safety devices used in the execution of this procedure
until all work is completed as stated in the original work permit.

EXXONMOBIL USE ONLY

7.6.8 On-site record of High Voltage Access Log must be maintained. (See
attached High Voltage Access Log )
7.6.9 Work site must be kept safe and clean after job completion.
7.6.10 Ensure test equipment is functional.
7.7. Program Review

• Incidents that occurred due to the failure of this system.
• Periodic Audits/Gap Analysis to ensure that the procedure is
Lessons learned must be documented and communicated.

EXXONMOBIL USE ONLY
Figure 7.1 - PPE Requirements for High Voltage Access
Insulated Tools
Voltage Rated
Safety Glasses
Insulated Mat
Flash Jacket
Hood face
Gauntlets
Leather
Gloves
Shield
EQUIPMENT TASK CONDITION
TYPE
SWITCHGEAR Opening Enclosure Hinged Χ Χ Χ

ACB'S including Visual Inspection
MCC
INCOMER
Non-Hinged Χ Χ Χ Χ
Closing/Opening Door Secure Χ
Breaker Control
Switch
Door Open Χ Χ Χ
Racking Circuit
Breaker In/Out
Door Open Χ Χ X Χ
Voltage Testing
Trouble Shooting
Energised Χ X Χ Χ
Running (Pre-
terminating) Cables
Live MCC Χ X Χ Χ
MCC Opening Enclosure Hinged Χ Χ Χ
Visual Inspection
Non-Hinged Χ Χ Χ
Closing/Opening Enclosure Open Χ Χ Χ
MCCB Circuit
Breaker
Enclosure Secure Χ
Racking Off Starter Demount Module Χ Χ Χ Χ Χ
Module
Withdrawable Module Χ Χ Χ Χ
Disconnect Control
Circuit
Cables/Wires
Energised Χ Χ Χ Χ

EXXONMOBIL USE ONLY

EXXONMOBIL USE ONLY
Figure 7.2 - High Voltage Access Log
HIGH VOLTAGE ACCESS/ISOLATION LOG

CERT. No. EQUIP. PURPOSE FOR ACCESS REQUESTER'S COMPETENT DATE TIME ISOLATION TAG RP APPROVAL RP
TAG No. NAME PERSON'S PROPERLY FOR ISOLATION WEEKLY
NAME ATTACHED REVIEW
START END YES NO YES NO

EXXONMOBIL USE ONLY
Figure 7.3 - High Voltage Access/Isolation Certificate

HIGH VOLTAGE ACCESS/ISOLATION CERTIFICATE Cert. No.
Detailed Work Description:

SECTION 2. DETAILED ISOLATION REQUIREMENTS – TO BE COMPLETED BY COMPETENT PERSON
Indicate in all sections that apply by initials or N/A

Rack Out breaker (pre-Job) Work Approved
Grounding/Earthing (pre-Job) Other Permit Required
JSA Approved/Attached
Special Instructions:
Rubber Gloves High Voltage Phasing Tester
Leather Gauntlets Insulated Mats
Magneto Verifier Flash Shields
Hi-Voltage Tester Hi-Voltage Discharge Stick
Grounding/Earthing Bonds Motor Disconnected
Insulated Tools
Pre-work Site Inspection carried out YES NO Sign
Other Permits /Certificates & Numbers: Hazards Identified:
Name: Company: Signature:


EXXONMOBIL USE ONLY

SECTION 3. AUTHORIZATION THAT ISOLATION MAY COMMENCE – TO BE COMPLETED BY RP
Safe for work to commence and all personnel affected by this work has been informed. (indicate additional signature(s)
required)
SECTION 4. ISOLATION COMPLETED – TO BE COMPLETED BY COMPETENT PERSON

I have completed Access/Isolation as listed in Section 2 above
SECTION 5. REQUEST TO DE-ISOLATE/ENERGIZE – TO BE COMPLETED BY REQUESTER

I have completed the work as described in Section 1 and equipment is ready for de-Isolation/Energize
SECTION 6. AUTHORIZATION TO DE-ISOLATE/ENERGIZE – TO BE COMPLETED BY RP

I authorize the De-Isolation/Energization of equipment listed in Section 1
SECTION 7. SYSTEM DE-ISOLATED/ENERGIZED – TO BE COMPLETED BY COMPETENT PERSON

I have de-isolated equipment as listed in Section 2 and re-energized. All locks and tags have been removed.
SECTION 8. CERTIFICATE CLOSURE – TO BE COMPLETED BY RP

I accept work completed, system energized and equipment back in service. Worksite cleaned and in safe condition
Top copy to Board ** Bottom copy posted at job site ** RETAIN COPY IN THE FILE FOR 3 MONTHS

EXXONMOBIL USE ONLY
Appendix 7-1 - High Voltage Access/Isolation Permit Completion Guide

Important Notes
1. Apply for a Work Permit at least 12 hours before start of scheduled
work.
2. Competent Person is responsible for obtaining the authorizing
signatures.
3. Use block letters at all times except for signatures
Section 1 - Work Description (To be Completed by the Requester)

This section defines the scope of the work to be performed and the location to
which the request refers. It is essential that the work be properly planned before
a request for a permit is submitted. It is also important that this section be
completed accurately to ensure that there are no mistakes as to the content of
the proposed work or to the identity of the equipment or location involved.
Twelve (12) hours notice is preferred when submitting permits.
Section 1. This section is to be completed by the Requester.
• Full description of the isolation to be carried out must be provided.
clearly specified
Section 2 - Detailed Isolation Requirements – Completed By Competent Person

• The Competent Person will identify PPE that is required for this task.
• Provides detail instruction on access/isolation steps.
• It is essential that each work proposal is considered separately and
precautions listed appropriate to the operation. When identifying
• Permits will be required within this section. Such additional
permit/certificate numbers should be indicated in the appropriate
section.

EXXONMOBIL USE ONLY

• CERTIFICATE COPIES: On completion of Section 2, the Competent
Person will obtain authorization signatures and distribute the certificate
as follows ;
control Room)
Section 3 - Authorization That Work May Commence - By Responsible Person

• The ‘Responsible Person’ signatories to this section certify that the
worksite and associated facilities have been checked and that all
precautions and actions necessary to make the worksite safe have been
satisfied.
• Additional signatories are those persons who signify that they are aware
that work is being carried out. (i.e. MPN Representative on Projects).
• The Responsible Person may require that a JSA be provided to support
the Certificate. This would normally be in the form of MPN JSA.
• On authorization, the Certificate is valid for use.
Section 4 - Isolation Completed By Competent Person

The Competent Person completes this section to indicate that access/isolation
described in Section 2 has been completed.

EXXONMOBIL USE ONLY
Section 5 - Request to De-Isolate/Energize - By Requester

This section is to be completed by the Requester after work described in
Section 1 has been completed and equipment is ready to be de-isolated or re-
energized.
Section 6 - Authorization to De-Isolate/Energize by Responsible Person

The Responsible Person confirms all actions have been completed as described
in Section 1 and authorizes the de-isolation/energization of the equipment or
system if no conflicts exist with work covered by other permits.
Section 7 - System De-Isolated/Energized By Competent Person

This section is to be completed by the Competent Person on completion of de-
isolation/re-energization and equipment returned to service. This will be done
after confirmation that all isolation devices (i.e. locks and tags) have been
removed.
Section 8 - Permit Closure by Responsible Person

have been completed and that worksite has been cleaned and returned to safe
condition.
The Top Copy must be retained in file for a minimum of 3 months and if an
incident occurs the permit will be retained for 12 months.
Permit Monitoring

EXXONMOBIL USE ONLY
Figure 7.4 - High Voltage Access/Isolation Assessment Checklist

LOCATION
DATE
ASSESSOR (S)
Authorized individual has signed certificate
Was permit correctly completed
Were other required work permits obtained and number listed
on certificate.
Approved work procedure prepared
JSA prepared for the work
PPE listed on permit used
Were hazards identified and documented on certificate
Was Lockout/Tagout performed
Were all other personnel affected by work informed
Was a pre-work site inspection carried out
Was a post work site inspection carried out
Is Access permit entered in the log
Was certificate closed out correctly
Are certificates filed and retained for a minimum of 3 months
If an incident occurs, are certificates retained in file for 12
months
DEFICIENCIES NOTED:
CORRECTIVE ACTIONS:
OTHER COMMENTS:

EXXONMOBIL USE ONLY

EXXONMOBIL USE ONLY
Section 8 - Shift/Hitch Handover Procedure Page 1 of 10
8. SHIFT/HITCH HANDOVER PROCEDURE

8.1. Objectives
8.1.1 To ensure that a safe and effective continuity of operations is maintained
between teams, working day and night shift cycles.
8.1.2 To ensure that a safe and effective continuity of operations is maintained
between two teams handing off responsibilities during changes in
working shifts or hitches (i.e. 7 & 7, 14 & 14, etc.)
8.1.3 To communicate information across shift changeover to update
oncoming shift of all activities. During daily shift change over, there is
an increased potential for lack of communication and loss of vital
information
8.2. Scope.
This procedure applies to all MPN facilities where a day and night shift is in
operation and /or teams work under a hitch/shift scheme. (i.e. 14 days on / 14
days off) and where integrity critical operations are involved (i.e. production,
shutdown maintenance, construction )
8.3. Key Requirements

• Maintain detailed and accurate logbooks to record information for
handover.
• Conduct morning and evening shift handover meetings.
• Ongoing work activity updates.
• Ensure correct handover of permit status including suspended permits.
• Conduct Hitch changeover meetings
8.4. Associated Procedures and References.

• General Work Permit Procedure
• Hot Work Permit Procedure
• Confined Space Entry Procedure
Continued next page

EXXONMOBIL USE ONLY
Page 2 of 10 Section 8 - Shift/Hitch Handover Procedure

• Temporary Bypass of Safety System
• Management of Change
8.5. Responsibilities.
8.5.1 PERSON IN CHARGE: (PIC)
The overall responsibility for the implementation of this procedure, at
all MPN Operations both Onshore and Offshore, rests with the ‘Person
in Charge’ (PIC).
8.5.2 RESPONSIBLE PERSON: (RP)
The RP is responsible to the PIC and in some cases may be the PIC.
The RP shall conduct the Shift/Hitch handover meeting sessions
8.5.3 GENERAL RESPONSIBILITIES FOR SHIFT/HITCH HANDOVER
Everyone working in MPN Operations must understand the importance
of keeping an effective handover logbook and attending handover
meetings.
Work team members from the incoming Shift/Hitch are responsible to
review logbooks and daily Shift/Hitch Change Over Checklists to
inform themselves of the status of the operations, ongoing work and
planned work. Additional clarification should be obtained from the RP
if required.
8.6. Management of The Shift/Hitch Handover Process

8.6.1 Operators/Technicians in the team will ensure that an updated and
detailed logbook is maintained to record the activities during their
Shift/Hitch cycle. The logbook will be kept in the respective
workshops/control rooms or other designated place and its contents
will be used for discussion when the on-coming team arrives for the
handover meeting before they begin their Shift/Hitch cycle.

EXXONMOBIL USE ONLY
(Continued from previous page

8.6.2 Changeover Checklists
Daily Shift Change Handover Logging - Operators/Technicians must log
the status of the work being undertaken during their shift cycle on the
Daily Shift Changeover Checklist.(refer to Figure 8.1) In particular it will
detail all items that have a safety concern.
Information to be recorded in the daily log book should include:
• Active Hot work Permits and status
• Active General Work Permits and status
• Active Entry Permits and status
• Suspended Permits and reason for suspension.
• Lockout/Tagouts in place and why
• Status of any Job Preparation
• Plant Equipment status
• Temporary Bypasses in place
• Simultaneous Operations
• Incidents that have occurred
• MoC Raised/Closed during the shift
• Safety Alerts
• Alarm Management (i.e. list of alarms on shift)
• Any other information considered relevant to the arriving
workforce
The outgoing Responsible Person should review the log with the
incoming team members to ensure full understanding of the operation and
work status.
NOTE: It is especially important that oncoming personnel know the status of
work that began on the previous shift. Work permits must clearly and accurately
indicate whether the work was "completed" or was "suspended."
COMPLETED: All work on the permit has been completed. All isolations ahve
been removed and the equipment is ready for service.
SUSPENDED (permit/work): Work that is not completed by the time the
permit expires. The facility is not ready for normal use. The old permit
is closed as "suspended" and a new permit must be prepared to continue
the work.

EXXONMOBIL USE ONLY

Hitch Changeover Logging - The Responsible Person must keep a
summary log of the status of work undertaken during their work cycle.
The summary is to be recorded on the Hitch Changeover Checklist
(refer to Figure 8.2). In particular it will detail items that have safety
concerns.
Information to be recorded in the handover summary should include the
following:
• Work Permits and status - General Work, Hot Work, Confined
Space Entry and other permits that may have been used.
• Active Bypass and Lockout/Tagouts and why
• Status of safety equipment and systems
• Status of Alarms - Bypasses / nuisance alarms / out of service
• MOC Raised / Closed during the hitch
• Safety Alerts / Incident Lesson Learned during outgoing Hitch
• Plant equipment status
• Simultaneous Operations
• Review of Daily Shift Handover Checklist with the incoming
shift
• Any other information considered relevant to the incoming shift
8.6.3 Shift Changeover Meeting - A formal changeover meeting will be held
between shifts. During this meeting, the outgoing shift will brief the
incoming shift of all the activities which have taken place since the
previous shift change and update the current status and follow-up with
further work requirements, if any.
• Open floor to all personnel for safety concerns.
• Highlight any permit violations for the past 24 hours.
• Discuss location specific items.
• The outgoing Responsible Person will conduct the shift
changeover meetings.
NOTE: To effectively manage the meeting; on high activity facilities, the PIC has the
discretion to determine a representative number of contractor personnel to attend the
meeting. However, this number must include all contractor supervisors. Contractor
supervisors are responsible to convey relevant information to their team members at
pre-job safety meetings.
Continued next page

EXXONMOBIL USE ONLY
(Continued from previous page

NOTE: It is especially important that oncoming personnel know the status of work that
began on the previous shift. Work permits must clearly and accurately indicate whether
the work was "completed" or was "suspended."
COMPLETED: ALL work on the permit has been completed. All isolations have been
removed and the equipment is ready for service.
SUSPENDED (permit/work): Work that is not completed by the time the permit
expires. The facility is not ready for normal use. The old permit is closed as
"suspended" and a new permit must be prepared to continue the work.
• Hitch Changeover Meeting - A changeover meeting will be held
between the outgoing and incoming hitch Leads and Supervisors.
8.6.4 During this meeting, the outgoing hitch will brief the incoming hitch of
all the activities which have taken place since the previous hitch and
update the current status and follow up with further work requirements.
The incoming supervisors will conduct a changeover meeting with the
incoming hitch upon their arrival, to brief them of the status of the
facility and ongoing work. As a minimum the following items should be
discussed:
• Safety Alerts
• Work Permits and status, including that of Suspended Permits.
• Lessons Learned
• MoC status
• Ongoing planned work activities
• Workplace hazards
• Personnel safety concerns
• Location specific items
NOTE: To effectively manage the meeting; on high activity facilities, the PIC has the
discretion to determine a representative number of contractor personnel to attend the
meeting. However, this number must include all contractor supervisors. Contractor
supervisors are responsible to convey relevant information to their team members at
pre-job safety meetings.
NOTE: It is especially important that oncoming personnel know the status of work that
began on the previous shift. Work permits must clearly and accurately indicate whether
the work was "completed" or was "suspended."
COMPLETED: ALL work on the permit has been completed. All isolations have been
removed and the equipment is ready for service.

EXXONMOBIL USE ONLY

SUSPENDED: (permit/work): Work that is not completed by the time the permit
expires. The facility is not ready for normal use. The old permit is closed as
"suspended" and a new permit must be prepared to continue the work.
8.6.5 At each MPN facility, a list with the names of the Person in Charge
8.7. Program Review

PIC

EXXONMOBIL USE ONLY
Figure 8.1 - Daily Shift Changeover Checklist

DATE: ________________________TIME: FROM:__________________________ TO:_________________________
Active/Suspended/Closed Hot Work Permits:
Active/Suspended/Closed General Work Permits:
Active/Suspended/Closed Entry Permits:
Lockout/Tagout Work in Progress:
Critical Safety Devices currently in Bypass mode:
MOC Raised/Closed during shift:
Simultaneous Operations (SIMOPS):
Significant Changes That Occurred During the Past Shift:
Safety Alerts/Incidents:
Alarm Status:
Number of Personnel on Duty:

EXXONMOBIL USE ONLY
Figure 8.2- Hitch Changeover Checklist

FACILITY
DISCIPLINE PREPARED BY
HANDOVER DATE PERIOD COVERED FROM: TO:
ACTIVE / SUSPENDED WORK PERMITS AT HAND-OVER
PERMIT NO. TYPE: STATUS DESCRIPTION
(Gen, HW, CSE) (ACTIVE/SUSP)
ACTIVE BYPASSES/ISOLATIONS (Also refer to CCR logbook)

DESCRIPTION PURPOSE/REASON
SAFETY SYSTEMS STATUS NORMAL REMARKS

Firewater/Fixed Gas (CO 2 Inergen) Y N
Portable Fire Fighting Y N
Fire & Gas Detection Y N
ESD Y N
Escape Y N
ALARM STATUS
MANAGEMENT OF CHANGE ACTIVITY DURING HITCH

MOC No. DESCRIPTION STATUS
SAFETY ALERTS / INCIDENTS
ONGOING ACTIVITIES INCLUDING SIMOPS
PLANNED ACTIVITIES (Oncoming Contractors, Logistics, High Priority Maintenance, etc.)

EXXONMOBIL USE ONLY
Figure 8.3- Shift/Hitch Handover Assessment Checklist

LOCATION TYPE: SHIFT HITCH
DATE
ASSESSOR (S)
Authorized RP is on the facility/location list
Are handover meetings conducted
Does RP preside over the handover meetings
Is shift handover logbook maintained
Is handover logbook signed by the RP
Are all Hot Work Permits entered in the logbook
Are all General Work Permits entered in the logbook
Are all Confined Space entry Permits entered in the logbook
Are all Suspended Permits entered in logbook
Are all Lockout/Tagouts entered in the logbook
Are all Temporary Bypasses entered in the logbook
Are all MOCs raised/Closed entered in the logbook.
Are individual MOCs reviewed
Are all Simultaneous Operations (SIMOPS)entered in the logbook
Are significant changes entered in the logbook
Are Safety Alerts entered in the logbook
Are incidents entered in the logbook
Is number of personnel entered in the logbook
Are Shift/Hitch handover summaries prepared for each workgroup
Are all sections of the Shift/Hitch Changeover Checklist completed.
Are safety alerts and Lesson learned reviewed
Are contractors present at changeover meetings.
Do contractor supervisors discuss relevant information with their workgroups
at pre-job safety meetings.
DEFICIENCIES NOTED:
CORRECTIVE ACTIONS:
OTHER COMMENTS:

EXXONMOBIL USE ONLY

EXXONMOBIL USE ONLY
Section 9 - Stand-By Fire Watch Procedure Page 1 of 6
9. STANDBY FIRE WATCH PROCEDURE

9.1. Objectives
9.1.1 To have designated personnel available at the job site whose purpose is
to provide surveillance of the work area when Hot Work is being
performed and to provide immediate assistance and communicate any
emergency that may arise to affected persons.
9.1.2 Define requirements to establish a Designated Safe Welding Area
(DSWA)
9.2. Scope
Applicable to all MPN Operations and Facilities
9.3. Definitions
9.3.1 FIRE WATCH: A person specifically designated on a Hot Work site
for the purpose of providing surveillance of the work area and
immediate assistance and communication in case of any emergency.
9.3.2 DESIGNATED SAFE WELDING AREA (DSWA). An area that does
not require special preparation to isolate either horizontally or
vertically from hazardous area. A designated welding area must meet
one of the following conditions;
o The boundary of the area is located at least 35 feet horizontally
from any combustible material or any process equipment
containing hydrocarbons, the floor of the area within 35 feet is
either the ground, or made entirely of solid steel plate or solid
concrete and a risk analysis is performed to determine the
probability of a flammable gas mixture to be present when
performing Hot Work.
o A permanent fire resistant barrier separates the welding area
from any combustible material or process equipment containing
hydrocarbons closer than 35 feet, and the floor is entirely solid
steel plate, solid concrete, or ground.
o New area projects where no flammable or combustible liquids or
gases are present and all new equipment and materials are being
used.

EXXONMOBIL USE ONLY
Page 2 of 6 Section 9 - Stand-By Fire Watch Procedure

o All Designated Safe Welding Areas must be approved by the
PIC.
9.3.3 GAS FREE: An area is gas free, if with respect to explosion hazards
associated with flammable gasses and liquids, an atmospheric reading
less than 1% LEL is obtained
9.4. Reference
MPN Hot Work Procedure
MPN Atmospheric/Gas Testing Procedure
9.5.1 RESPONSIBLE PERSON
When a Standby Fire Watch is required the Responsible Person on
Location/Facility will ensure that the Standby Fire Watch has
completed the approved training for this duty.
The Responsible Person shall ensure that the Standby Fire Watch
knows the location of ESD & Alarm stations as being part of the pre-
job worksite inspection and is aware of any hazards identified.
The Responsible Person will ensure appropriate fire protection
equipment is positioned at the work-site and it has been inspected for
proper operation prior to the start of Hot Work.
NOTE: If fire extinguishers are required, a designated standby extinguisher shall be
used. Standby Fire Watch Extinguishers will be identified by a "caution yellow" band
painted on the top half of the extinguisher.
CAUTION: UNDER NO CIRCUMSTANCES SHOULD OTHER FIRE
EXTINGUISHERS BE REMOVED FROM THEIR PERMANENT
LOCATIONS FOR STANDBY FIRE WATCH SERVICE.
The Responsible Person will assign a Standby Fire Watch when
required. (In some cases carrying out Hot Work inside a designated
welding area does not require a dedicated Standby Fire Watch).
Fire Watch has the authority to shutdown hot work when conditions are
unsafe.

EXXONMOBIL USE ONLY

9.5.2 STANDBY FIRE WATCH RESPONSIBILITIES
Complete the Standby Fire Watch checklist Appendix 3 - 2
The Standby Fire Watch may serve as fire watch for more than one job
if in close proximity to each other (i.e. both jobs can be fully monitored
simultaneously)
The Standby Fire Watch will ensure all safety precautions for the Hot
Work remain in place at all times and the work site is kept clean and in
a safe condition
The Standby Fire Watch will ensure that the appropriate fire fighting
equipment is always available and close at hand. Fire hoses if
stipulated on the Hot Work Permit must be kept charged. (Never leave
a charged fire hose unattended )
The Standby Fire Watch will identify the nearest ESD/alarm stations
and escape routes.
The Standby Fire Watch will maintain all barriers and warning signs
throughout the work period and keep the site clear of all flammable
materials.
Ensure compliance with all permits that may be needed for job.
Fire Watch is required to wear an identification vest and armband
whenever on site.
The Standby Fire Watch will also sign the Hot Work Permit to state he
understands his duties and responsibilities.
9.6. Procedure
9.6.1 The Standby Fire Watch will continuously observe the work site. If any
sparks or sources of ignition escapes from designated Hot Work area,
he will immediately stop the Hot Work until the escape area has been
sealed off. He must give clearance for Hot Work to resume.
9.6.2 The Standby Fire Watch will monitor the area with a gas detector
periodically in a Designated Safe Welding Area (offshore) if assigned
by the PIC, and continuous if in an undesignated welding area.

EXXONMOBIL USE ONLY

9.6.3 In the event a FIRE occurs The Standby Fire Watch will immediately
activate nearest Fire Alarm. Only then should he attempt to extinguish
the fire and only if it is safe to do so.
9.6.4 The Standby Fire Watch will not perform any other duties while serving
in this capacity. If he must leave the assigned location for any reason he
will stop all Hot Work activities and ensure the work site is properly
cooled down and in a safe condition before departing.
9.6.5 The Standby Fire Watch will remain at Hot work location for 30 minutes
after Hot work ceases to ensure no fire exists and work area is returned
to safe condition.
9.6.6 At each MPN facility, a list with the names of the Person in Charge
9.7. Qualifications of Standby Fire Watch

• All designated “Fire Watch” must have completed/and be able to
demonstrate the required tasks listed below:
• Basic and Intermediate Fire Fighting courses.
• Demonstrate the operation of Fire Extinguishers/Fire Hose Reel/Fire
Monitor
• Demonstrate the use of the emergency alarm system
• Knowledge of Atmospheric/Gas Testing procedure
• Be trained to demonstrate the proper use of monitoring equipment and
testing procedure.
• Knowledge of the MPN Hot Work Permit Procedure

EXXONMOBIL USE ONLY
9.8. Program Review

• This procedure will be reviewed under the following scenarios:
• Annual OIMS Assessment.
implemented and used, procedure is current and applicable to the
management of change process (OIMS Element 7)

EXXONMOBIL USE ONLY

EXXONMOBIL USE ONLY
Section 10 - Temporary Bypass Procedure Page 1 of 14
10. TEMPORARY BYPASS PROCEDURE

10.1. Objectives
10.1.1. To provide a uniform procedure for controlling all activities relative to
the “Temporary bypass" of Safety Systems.
10.1.2. The issue of the Temporary Bypass Certificate is part of the Permit to
work requirements. Issue of a Temporary Bypass Certificate alone does
not provide clearance to perform work on a safety system.
10.2. Scope
Applicable to operations, maintenance and construction activities at MPN
facilities.
Any work involving the temporary bypass (isolation) of a safety system in order
to repair, conduct preventive maintenance, perform calibration/function testing, or
any other work affecting the operation of a safety system shall be covered under
this procedure. . For clarity the following systems are included within the Scope
of this procedure. The list is not exhaustive.
• Distributed Control Systems (DCS)
• Emergency Shutdown (ESD) Systems.
• Fire and Gas protection systems
• Fire fighting Systems including Fire pumps, deluge sets and all related
equipment.
• Metering Systems
• Process equipment and related systems including relief and trip protection
devices
• Platform /Facility Alarms and associated equipment
• Uninterruptible Power Supplies (UPSs)

EXXONMOBIL USE ONLY
Page 2 of 14 Section 10 - Temporary Bypass Procedure
10.3. Definitions
10.3.1. TEMPORARY BYPASS: The temporary deactivation of alarm,
shutdown, or control devices, or any other critical safety equipment. The
Safety systems considered in this definition include but not limited to,
Fire Detection and Protection systems, ESD systems, PSV's, Fire Water
System, etc.
10.3.2. PERSON IN CHARGE (PIC): Is the most senior person at the location.
10.3.3. RESPONSIBLE PERSON (RP): Is the supervisor on the location. (e.g..
10.3.4. PREPARER: The person who ‘prepares’ Section B – Pre-Work site
inspection.
10.3.5. REQUESTER: The person requesting for the bypass to carry out a task.
10.4. Associated Procedures and References
• MPN Temporary Bypass Certificate.

• MPN JSA Procedure
• OIMS System 6.4 (Work Management)
10.5.1. PERSON IN CHARGE (PIC)

The overall responsibility for the implementation of this procedure rests
with the ‘Person in Charge’ (PIC).
The Person in Charge (PIC) is responsible for ensuring that the risks
associated with temporary bypass are understood.
The PIC will ensure that persons nominated to hold specific
responsibilities for temporary bypass operations are competent and
trained to identify and deal with the risks involved.
The PIC shall develop a Site Specific Competent Relief Personnel list for
his facility. This list shall be kept evergreen as required by OIMS
System 5-1.

EXXONMOBIL USE ONLY

The PIC shall approve all Temporary Bypasses Certificate required for a
period greater than one shift but not greater than 7 days.
PIC shall ensure MoC process is implemented if the bypass extends
beyond 90 days
The PIC shall perform and document a weekly review of the Safety
Device Temporary Bypass Log, to check the status of all Temporary
Bypasses and ensure compliance with this procedure, especially
concerning extensions of Temporary Bypasses.
administer the Temporary Bypass of Safety System Procedure. The PIC
will perform periodic assessments on this procedure. (refer to Figure 10
- 4 Temporary Bypass Assessment Checklist)
10.5.2. RESPONSIBLE PERSON’ (RP)
The RP is responsible to the PIC (and in some cases may be the PIC).
Whenever it is necessary to temporarily bypass critical safety equipment
within his area of responsibility.
The Responsible Person (RP) will approve the Temporary Bypass
Certificate for one/less than one shift.
NOTE: In the event that the RP is also the PIC the approval for the
temporary defeat greater than one shift will pass to the next level of
authority (AOM).
The RP is responsible for ensuring that a JSA is written and monitors
the Bypass activities for compliance with OIMS system 6-4.
The RP will identify any additional personnel he wishes to acknowledge
the certificate. (see list of Site Specific Competent Relief Personnel
identified in 10.5.1 above)
The RP may also sign as Preparer, on the permit form, if operational
Ensure a Pre Job Safety Meeting is conducted prior to commencement
of work.
Review and Approve Hazard/Risk Analysis conducted for the purpose
of the temporary bypass.
Terminate the certificate at the completion of the job and close out
properly.

EXXONMOBIL USE ONLY
10.5.3. CERTIFICATE PREPARER

Ensure compliance with this procedure.
Maintain written on-site record (Safety Device Temporary Bypass
Log) of safety system isolations/bypasses.
Inform other units of activities that may impact on their own safety
systems.
Ensure required safety precautions / mitigation methods from the
risk/hazard assessment are carried out during the period of isolation.
Check and monitor the safety system during the period of isolation and
ensure proper operation when returned to service.
Coordinate with other activities on-site.
10.5.4. CERTIFICATE REQUESTER
Preparation of work-scope prior to bypass of any safety system (i.e.
JSA, special monitoring, identify alternate protective systems, risk
analysis and suspension of other work activities as may be warranted).
Ensure Temporary Bypass Certificate is completed. Provides detailed
information as required in section A.
Coordinate regularly with Operations on status of the work.
Ensure the site is safe and clean after job completion.
Monitor along with Operations during period of isolation and when
returned to service.
10.5.5. AREA MANAGER (AOM)
The AOM is authorized to approve temporary bypass beyond 7 days but
less than 30 days. See Note in 10.5.2 Above.
10.5.6. JOINT VENTURE MANAGER
The JVO Manager is authorized to approve temporary bypass for
periods in excess of 30 days.
Note: If a temporary bypass extends beyond 90 days, the Management of
Change Procedure, OIMS 7-1 must be implemented.

EXXONMOBIL USE ONLY
10.6. Procedure
10.6.1. The following Levels of Authority are required for temporary bypass in
relationship to the duration.
RP One / Less than One Shift
PIC 1 Shift to 7 Days (see note 10.5.2 above)
AOM 7 Days to 30 Days
JVO M 30 Days to 90 Days.
ABOVE 90 Days Review and Implement MOC Process.
NOTE: IN the event that the RP is also the PIC the approval for the temporary defeat
greater than one shift will pass to the next level of authority (AOM).
10.6.2. Whenever a job requires the temporary bypass of a safety system, a detailed
description of the following shall be provided in the Temporary Bypass
Certificate
• The specific work to be performed
• Name of the system or device to be bypassed
• Reason for the bypass
• Potential impact of the temporary bypass.
• Alternate measures to provide suitable risk protection.
• The date and time the bypass will begin and end.
• Notification made to affected personnel.
• Name of the person initiating the bypass.
• Name of the person responsible for returning the system or device to
normal service
• Appropriate level of approval authority. (see 10.6.1 above)
10.6.3. The Requester, Person performing the work shall obtain a Temporary
bypass Certificate and complete Section A, then forward it to the Preparer
for assessment and onward approval.
10.6.4. The Preparer and the Requester will then inspect the site and go through all
safety precautions specified on the Temporary Bypass Certificate and
applicable Permit to Work. The RP/Designee shall complete Section B.

EXXONMOBIL USE ONLY

The safety precautions stated in the certificate will remain in force until
the completion of the work scope and the bypassed device is returned to
service
10.6.5. The RP will then approve the Bypass certificate by signing SECTION
C and route the bypass certificate for the appropriate LEVEL OF
AUTHORITY.
10.6.6. Section D of the Bypass Certificate should now be completed.
LEVEL OF AUTHORITY APPROVAL
10.6.7. IF APPROVAL IS REQUIRED FROM OTHER THAN ONBOARD
THE FACILITY, SIGNED FAX COPY/E-MAIL FROM
APPROPRIATE LEVEL OF AUTHORITY MUST BE RECIEVED
ON THE FACILITY BEFORE THE TEMPORARY BYPASS CAN
BE MADE ONCE RECEIVED THE TEMPORARY BYPASS CAN
BE INSTALLED
10.6.8. Section E of the Bypass Certificate should now be completed
All safety devices placed on bypass shall be tagged as described in
section 10.7.4 of this procedure
10.6.9. Before Bypass begins the RP/Designee will distribute the completed
Temporary Bypass Certificate as follows:
Top Copy Posted on the Board by issuer (i.e. Central Control Room)
Bottom Copy Retained by Requester
10.6.10. The Preparer records the Bypass details in the Bypass Logbook.
Upon completion of the work, SECTION F of the Bypass Certificate should be
completed by Requester / preparer and Responsible Person
10.6.11. The Preparer shall inspect the affected safety system(s).
The Preparer shall complete SECTION F of the Bypass Certificate.
Upon his approval the safety system shall be returned to service.
The Preparer shall indicate on both copies of the Temporary Bypass
Certificate and the logbook
• Time and date work was completed.
• Time and date the safety system(s) were returned to service.

EXXONMOBIL USE ONLY

10.6.12. A copy of the Temporary Bypass Certificate shall be posted in the
control room until the Bypassed device is returned to normal service
and the Certificate is signed off.
10.6.13. Closed out Temporary Bypass Certificates shall be filed at the facility
for 3 months and if an incident occurs as a result of the bypass the
certificate will be retained for 12 months.
10.6.14. At each MPN facility, a list with the names of the Person in Charge
10.7. Safety Systems Operating Guidelines

10.7.1. Surface or subsurface safety devices shall not be bypassed or their
shutdown functions blocked unless they are temporarily bypassed for
startup, maintenance, construction, or testing.
10.7.2. Only the minimum number of safety devices shall be bypassed to
perform work.
10.7.3. Personnel shall monitor the process/equipment protected by the
bypassed device until the device is put back in service.
10.7.4. Any surface or subsurface safety device function that has been
temporarily bypassed or blocked-out shall be tagged with a durable
fluorescent pink tag. The tag should read “This Safety Device is in
Bypass”, and must include the approved Temporary Bypass Certificate
number, time, date, and name of person performing the Bypass (refer
to Figure 10.2, Safety Device Bypass Tag).
10.7.5. Platform or facility personnel are responsible for maintaining the
integrity of their safety systems.
10.7.6. SCSSV’s may be temporarily removed or locked out for routine
operations such as cutting paraffin, bailing sand, swabbing, BHPS, etc
10.7.7. Installation of temporary defeats must be pre-planned and all relevant
alternative controls/mitigation measures must be in place prior to
initiation.

EXXONMOBIL USE ONLY

10.7.8. Testing and/or bypass of any safety device that will impair the
Emergency Shutdown (ESD) System should be done with scheduled
platform shut-ins when practical, to reduce the number of devices in
Bypass at any one time. This will also minimize the number of
personnel needed to monitor them.
10.8. Training
Employees shall receive training to provide them with necessary knowledge and
skills required to use this Temporary Bypass of Safety System procedure. This
qualification is listed as prerequisite training in OIMS System 5.4 (Personnel
Safety Management).
10.9. Program Review

• Job close out reviews to capture lessons learned and to ensure the
Temporary Bypass Certificate work permit is closed out properly with
all applicable steps completed. Lessons learned must be documented and
communicated to the RP and PIC.

EXXONMOBIL USE ONLY
Figure 10.1 - Temporary Bypass Certificate

TEMPORARY BYPASS CERTIFICATE Certificate No.
This certificate is required whenever a safety device, a system or part of a safety system is to be bypassed.
SECTION A
1. REQUESTER NAME: _____________________________________________________________ 2. DATE:______________________
3. DEPARTMENT/CONTRACTOR:____________________________________________________
4. EQUIPMENT TO BE BYPASSED: ___________________________________________________ TAG No:. ______________________ _
5. DURATION OF BYPASS: DATE :________________ START TIME: __________ ESTIMATED END DATE: _______________ END TIME;:____________
6 TEMPORARY BYPASS LEVEL OF APPROVAL (Tick Level of Approval Required)
1 SHIFT OR LESS RESPONSIBLE PERSON ......
> 1 SHIFT TO 7 DAYS PERSON IN CHARGE (UNLESS SAME AS RP)
7 DAYS TO 30 DAYS AREA MANAGER
30 DAYS TO 90 DAYS JVO MANAGER
6. REASON AND DESCRIPTION OF WORK TO BE PERFORMED: ____________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
7. OTHER PERMIT REQUIRED & No.: ____________________________________________________________________________________________________
I understand the scope of work, equipment to be used and Safety Precaution to be taken. I understand that I must terminate the work upon activation of any alarm and
close out permit when job is completed
REQUESTERS SIGNATURE: ____________________________________________________________________________________________
SECTION B - PRE-WORK SITE INSPECTION - TO BE COMPLETED BY THE PREPARER

ALL ITEMS TO BE INDICATED YES NO NA INITIAL
Is bypass required to be removed during ESD. IF YES, CONSIDER PLANT SHUTDOWN
Is device(s) bypassed properly tagged.
Does device(s) bypassed require a standby
Inform other personnel who might be affected by the job.
Is warning sign posted
Provide alternative measures to address risk protection
Identify the person responsible for returning the system or device to normal service
Is device bypassed logged
Does the bypass conflict with any other activity or process. IF YES, COORDINATE
SPECIAL INSTRUCTIONS __________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
PREPARED BY: _______________________________________________ SIGN: _______________________ TIME: _____________________
SECTION C - TO BE COMPLETED BY RESPONSIBLE PERSON

I HAVE CONFIRMED THE ACTIONS TAKEN IN THE BYPASS CHECKLIST AND IN MY JUDGEMENT THE EQUIPMENT MAY BE SAFELY
BYPASSED..
RESPONSIBLE PERSON: NAME:_________________________________________ SIGN:_____________________ DATE: ________________________
SECTION D - LEVEL OF AUTHORITY APPROVAL.

LEVEL OF AUTHORITY: NAME -________________________________________ SIGN:_____________________ DATE: ________________________
NOTE: IF APPROVAL IS REQUIRED FROM OTHER THAN ONBOARD THE FACILITY, SIGNED FAX COPY/E-MAIL FROM APPROPRIATE LEVEL OF
AUTHORITY MUST BE RECIEVED ON THE FACILITY BEFORE THE TEMPORARY BYPASS CAN BE MADE ONCE RECEIVED THE TEMPORARY
BYPASS CAN BE INSTALLED

EXXONMOBIL USE ONLY

SECTION E.
TEMPORARY BYPASS INSTALLED: NAME:_____________________________ SIGN:____________________ DATE/TIME ________________________
SECTION F- CERTIFICATE OF CLOSURE - TO BE COMPLETED BY RP/REQUESTER/PREPARER

I HAVE COMPLETED/SUSPENDED THE WORK AND WORKSITE LEFT IN SAFE CONDITION. EQUIPMENT CAN BE RETURNED TO SERVICE
REQUESTER NAME:____________________________________________________ SIGN: ____________________DATE/TIME:_______________________
I HAVE INSPECTED WORKSITE. WORK COMPLETED/SUSPENDED. EQUIPMENT CAN SAFELY BE RETURNED TO SERVICE.
PREPARER NAME:__________________________________________________SIGN:________________________DATE/TIME________________________
I HEREBY AUTHORIZE THAT THE SAFETY SYSTEM BE RETURNED TO SERVICE .

RESPONSIBLE PERSON NAME:____________________________________________ SIGN: ___________________ DATE/TIME: __________________
SYSTEM RETURNED TO SERVICE BY-NAME: ______________________________ SIGN: ___________________ DATE/TIME ______________________
RETAIN COPY IN FILE FOR 3 MONTHS

EXXONMOBIL USE ONLY
Figure 10.2 - Safety Device Bypass Tag

EXXONMOBIL USE ONLY
Figure 10.3 - Safety Device Temporary Bypass Log

CERT No. EQUIP. PURPOSE OF BYPASS REQUESTERS DATE TIME OPERATORS INITIAL PIC
BYPASS NAME APPROVAL WEEKLY
TAG No. OBTAINED LEVEL OF SIGNED STATUS OF REVIEW
AUTHORITY
COPY ON BYPASS
GRANTED FACILITY
START END YES NO YES NO YES NO
NOTE: The PIC can extend bypass to 24 hours and document on Bypass Certificate and in Bypass LogBook

EXXONMOBIL USE ONLY
Section 10 - Temporary Bypass of Safety System Procedure Page 13 of 14
Figure 10.4 - Temporary Bypass Assessment Checklist

LOCATION
DATE
ASSESSOR (S)

Was the bypass necessary for startup, maintenance or testing
Was PIC and needed additional signatures obtained
Level of Approval Authority has signed Certificate
Has Risk Analysis been performed to evaluate operational risks and
compliance with safety requirements
Was the bypass equipment tagged with a pink bypass tag
Was the bypass tag initiated by the person performing the bypass
Was the start time and the initials of the person performing the bypass on the
bypass certificate and log
Was the equipment monitored while in Bypass
Was Bypass Logbook weekly review done and documented
Was the bypass equipment properly placed back in service
Was the bypass authorized for a specific
time period
Was another device bypassed as part of this process
Was procedure developed as part of this bypass
Was temporary Management of Change (MOC) completed if required
Was notification sent to affected personnel and units
Are certificates filed and retained for a minimum of 3 months
DEFICIENCIES NOTED:
CORRECTIVE ACTIONS:
OTHER COMMENTS:

EXXONMOBIL USE ONLY
Page 14 of 14 Section 10 - Temporary Bypass of Safety System Procedure

EXXONMOBIL USE ONLY
Section 11 - Scaffolding Procedure Page 1 of 14
11. SCAFFOLDING PROCEDURE

11.1 Objective
To establish a minimum and uniform procedure for the safe erection, inspection,
certification, use, maintenance and dismantling of scaffolds at all MPN
Facilities/Locations.
11.2 Scope
Applies to all scaffolds used at MPN Facilities/Locations.

• MPN General Work Permit
• Guidance Notes GS 15 - General access scaffolds
• BS 5973: 1981 - Access and working scaffolds and special scaffold
structures in steel
11.4.1. PERSON IN CHARGE (PIC)
The overall responsibility for implementation of this procedure at all
MPN Operations rest with the PIC.
Will ensure that individuals associated with construction or use of
scaffolds fully understand this procedure.
Will acknowledge in the permit that work does not conflict with other
activities on the location and shall indicate additional signatures required

EXXONMOBIL USE ONLY
Page 2 of 14 Section 11 - Scaffolding Procedure

11.4.2. RESPONSIBLE PERSON (RP) - Location Supervisor or Project
Representative
Will ensure that an MPN Scaffold Inspector inspects and certifies the
scaffolds using MPN scaffolding checklist Figure 11.1.
Will ensure safety checklist is held in the location scaffold register sheet
(Figure 11.4).
Will ensure the MPN scaffold “SCAFFTAG” (Figure 11.3) Tag be
completed and fitted to the scaffold access ladder.
Will ensure the scaffold is re-inspected by a MPN scaffold inspector
weekly or as need arises and MPN “SCAFFTAG” has been signed.
Will ensure that all scaffolds that are under construction have the red
"DO NOT USE" “SCAFFTAG” attached.
11.4.3. MPN SCAFFOLD INSPECTOR
Will inspect newly erected scaffolds in accordance with MPN
Scaffolding Inspection checklist prior to scaffold being used.
Will complete and attach MPN scaffold “SCAFFTAG” on inspected
scaffolds.
Will inspect scaffolds, sign and date “SCAFFTAG” on weekly basis
and/or as need arises.
Will provide technical assistance and expertise when required for
scaffolding Construction.
Will carry out inspection before and after any alteration that affects the
integrity of the scaffold. The inspector will also inspect the scaffold after
any damage to the scaffold.
11.5 Scaffolding Requirement

11.5.1. GENERAL
All Scaffolding requirements shall comply with BS 5973
All scaffolding used at MPN Facilities/Locations must have a completed
Scaffolding Inspection Checklist and MPN scaffold “SCAFFTAG” tag
fitted before it can be used (refer to Figure 11.1 Scaffolding Inspection
Checklist and Figure 11.3 MPN “SCAFFTAG” Inspection Label.)

EXXONMOBIL USE ONLY

A General Work Permit is required for erection of scaffolding in MPN
Facilities/Locations.
Scaffolds must be constructed to support at least four times the
maximum intended load and labeled with maximum load capacity.
Never exceed the safe working load of scaffolds.
All scaffolds should be erected level and plumb on a firm base. The
vertical scaffold poles (standards), must be fitted with steel base plates;
and where necessary timber sole plates should be used to prevent the
scaffold sinking into the ground.
Foot ties are required. The distance between the foot tie and base plate
shall not exceed 10cm. This is repetition of the next statement below.
The distance between standards shall not exceed 2.5 meters.
Adjusting or leveling screws must not be used on scaffold equipped
with wheels.
Adjusting screws should not be extended more than 30.5 centimeters.
Scaffolds must not be altered by:
• Welding
• Burning
• Cutting
• Drilling
• Bending.
Scaffolding must be:
• Equipped with standard guardrails and midrails (midrails will be
at a minimum of 60 centimeters from work platform,
• Completely decked with safety planks or manufactured
scaffolding decking,
• Equipped with rigidly secured toeboards on sides and ends,

EXXONMOBIL USE ONLY

• Personnel working on scaffolding must wear appropriate fall
protection.
• Labeled with maximum load capacity.
Nonconductive scaffolds must be used when working on energized
circuits.
Rescue craft or field boat to be in location while outboard scaffolding
operations is ongoing. Operatives shall wear safety harness attached to
fall arrestors and work vests at all times when working outboard of the
platform.
11.5.2. MATERIALS
Steel tubes for scaffolding shall be welded or seamless. Close jointed
tubes are not permitted. Tubes with thickness of not less than 4
millimeters, outside diameter of 48.25 millimeters and a tolerance of no
more than 0.5 millimeters should be straight, and free from cracks,
dents, and extreme rust and other defects. The ends of the tubes should
be square with the axis of the tube with smooth edges.
Companies/Contractors shall furnish MPN on request copies of
manufacturer certificates for steel scaffolding parts to ensure they
comply with requirement in this procedure.
Standards shall be plumb and fitted to the ledger with a load bearing
right-angled coupler. (Double).
Ledgers shall be level and affixed to the standard with a load bearing
right-angled coupler. (Double).
Transoms on the working platform shall be 1.2 meters apart maximum,
and affixed to the ledgers.
Transoms not on the working platform will be located from one
standard to another using load bearing coupler. (Double).
Swivel Couplers (Non Loading Bearing) shall be used for bracing
whenever possible. The exception shall be plan bracing where load
bearing right angled couplers (Double) shall be used.
Single Couplers (Non Load Bearing) maybe used on the transoms at the
working height and shall be attached to the ledgers.

EXXONMOBIL USE ONLY

The space between two adjacent boards must not exceed 1inch (25mm).
All scaffold boards should have at least four supports.
Adequate precautions shall be taken to prevent the scaffold boards from
movement during use.
11.5.3. WORKFLOOR
Shall be closed over the whole width of the scaffold in order to prevent
materials from falling.
Distance between scaffold floor and platform structure shall not exceed
10 centimeters.
The length of any scaffold board protruding outside the scaffold shall be
a minimum of 15 centimeters and maximum of 30 centimeters.
Tools or materials must be placed on work platforms so that they will
not create a tripping hazard or become dislodged and fall.
11.5.4. HANDRAILS AND TOE-BOARDS
Handrails and Toe boards (width 200 millimeters, thickness 30
millimeters) are required around all scaffold floors.
Hand rails and toe-boards may be interrupted at the access to ladder and
platforms as well as at the location used for loading and discharging of
materials and must be barricaded when not in use.
Handrails should be installed at a height of 0.90 meters – 1.0 meters
above the work floor, and the toe boards should fit properly against the
work floor.
11.5.5. SAFETY FLOORS
If the height of a work floor is 3.5 meters or more above ground level
and there is no other work floor below at a distance of maximum 3.0
meters, it is recommended that a safety floor be installed under the work
floor at a distance of maximum 2.0 meters. This safety floor should be
closed.
11.5.6. ACCESS TO SCAFFOLD BY LADDER
Access to work floors should be reached in a safe way. If the height of a
work floor is 3.0 meters or less fixed ladders can be used, these ladders
can be constructed from scaffolding material consisting of cross bars at
a distance of 30 centimeters from each other and extending 25
centimeters at both sides of the stand tubes.
EXXONMOBIL USE ONLY

Clear access/egress must be maintained at all times to all scaffolds, and
all ladders being used to give access must be of sound construction and
should be set at a working angle of 75 degrees to the horizontal and
must be tied at the top and bottom. Ladders should be free of distortion,
oil, grease and other solvents.
If the work floor height is more than 3.0 meters it has to be reached via
offset ladders and platforms which shall not be further apart than 7.5
meters.
The length of a ladder should be at least 1meter more than the height of
the work floor
A MPN “SCAFFTAG” should be fitted by the main access way or
ladder access.
Scaffold guardrails, midrails, or brace members must not be climbed.
11.5.7. GROUNDING
All scaffolds should be grounded if electric cables connected to an
electric source run on or above the scaffold.
11.5.8. INSPECTION OF SCAFFOLD
An MPN “SCAFFTAG” should be fitted to each scaffold.
After Completion of Scaffold.
• The constructor and the RP shall inspect scaffolds in accordance
with MPN Scaffold Inspection Checklist..
• The trained Scaffolding Inspector will then fit the MPN
“SCAFFTAG”
• RP will then approve the work permit.
Daily/Weekly Inspection
• Using MPN Scaffold Inspection Checklist, an inspection will be
done to ensure that the Scaffold is suitable for use before a work
permit is approved.
• The Scaffolding Inspector will inspect the scaffold and sign the
appropriate section on the “SCAFFTAG” weekly.

EXXONMOBIL USE ONLY

11.5.9. HOISTING EQUIPMENT
The Scaffold shall be sufficiently re-enforced where hoisting
equipment is attached, and additional anchoring installed if necessary.
11.5.10. SPECIAL SCAFFOLD SYSTEMS
Where a scaffold system comprises of a complete set of components of
unique design capable of erection without the aid of any other
equipment or unique clamp on systems of scaffolding is planned to be
used, the company/contractor will supply MPN with:
• Complete job procedure sufficient to ensure safe erection and
use of scaffold and calculations of the maximum safe working
load capacity of the scaffold.
• When using a rolling scaffold tower the maximum height shall
be no more than 9.5 meters this can be extended to 12.0 meters
if tied into a suitable structure. No personnel shall be on board
the tower when it is being moved.
• Calculations of the maximum permissible stresses.
11.6 Light Alloy/Aluminum Scaffolding

Scaffolding tubes, fittings, boards etc made from aluminum alloys are not
permitted in hazardous areas on any offshore platform, without prior approval
of the Person in Charge. This material can be used onshore only with the
approval of the Construction Manager
11.7 Use Of Scaffolds

11.7.1. Material on a work floor may be stacked to a maximum height of 0.55
meters.
11.7.2. Temporary scaffolds may be built on a work floor. The width of the
temporary scaffold may not be more than 2/3 of width of the work
floor and shall be provided with handrails.
11.7.3. Loose material, which is subject to being blown off or falling from the
scaffold, may not be left unattended.
(continue on next page)

EXXONMOBIL USE ONLY

11.7.4. Adequate lighting shall be installed, to illuminate the work floor, access
to the work floor and the location where hosting equipment is installed.
11.7.5. No scaffold shall be used without the completion of a Scaffold
Inspection Checklist.
11.7.6. The scaffold should at all times be used for the purpose it was erected
for.
11.7.7. No removal of any part of the scaffold that serves the firmness, rigidity
or anchoring is allowed.
11.7.8. No scaffold shall be used without an attached “SCAFFTAG” to the main
access way.
11.8 Training Requirements

Scaffolding Inspectors must be certified by a recognized institution. e. g.
Construction Institute Training Board (CITB).
Contractors will ensure that scaffolders are competent.
All personnel expected to inspect scaffolds, as part of their job duties must
receive training on general overview of scaffolding. This qualification is listed
as prerequisite training in OIMS System 5-4 (Personnel Safety Management).
This includes:
• Regulation and standards
• PPE and proper Procedures
• Fall Protection
• Material Handling
• Access
• Working Platforms
• Foundations
• Guys, ties and braces

EXXONMOBIL USE ONLY
11.9 Program Review

Annual OIMS Assessments.
Incidents that occurred due to the failure of this system.
Periodic Audits/Gap Analysis to ensure that the procedure is implemented and
Needed changes to this procedure will only be made using the Management of
Job close out reviews to capture lessons learned and to ensure the work permit
is closed out properly with all applicable steps completed. Lessons learned
must be documented and communicated to the PIC.

EXXONMOBIL USE ONLY
Figure 11.1 - Scaffold Inspection Checklist

Client: Site: Date
Inspector: Time:
Location: Position:
Ladder No.: No. of Rungs:
Scafftag: Contractors Name:
Items to be Inspected: Compliance Description of Fault Date Rectified
No. Yes No
1 Are foundations/deck/soulplates satisfactory.
2 Check scafftag reference number and status.
3 Check scafftag is clearly displayed at point of entry onto scaffold.
4 Check spacing of upright tubes to super - imposed loading.
5 Bottom/base lift installed. Lift heights at 2000mm generally.
6 Ledgers fixed to uprights with load bearing couplers.
7 Check transom centers - generally 1220mm maximum.
8 Check that 1 no transom tube occurs at ledgers to upright to full height of scaffold.
9 Check ledger bracing is fixed to 4 sides of tower to full height.
10 All towers must be tied/stabilized
Check transverse bracing is fixed every 6inches line to full height.
11 Check scaffold boards, condition, tied down securely, min. bearing length 50mm, 150mm max.
Check gaps.
12 Check ties (is existing main structure capable of reactions) load bearing couplers. If ties are not
installed in accordance with regulations, buttering or plan bracing back to main structure is
required for stability. Ties must be located at upright/ledger node points (strong points of
scaffold)
13 Check guardrails and toe-boards.
14 Check ladder access, securely tied, caged in for safety if required. Ladders must project at least
1050mm above boarded deck.
15 Joints in upright and ledger tubes must be staggered
16 If ledgers bracing are omitted at the base, lift to allow clear access through scaffold.
17 Check that no loose materials are left on scaffold lifts.
18 If scaffold requires sheeting, consult design engineers, as scaffold requires strengthening plus
additional ties to withstand wind forces.
19 The design engineer must approve any special/heavy duty loading imposed onto scaffold.
Design drawing and calculations may be required.
20 Check width of cantilever if applicable.
21 Check that ties are fitted to main structure at cantilever level.
22 Check transoms are butting against main structure at base of cantilever raker.
23 Ledgers and transoms max overhang should not exceed 1500mm.
Action Required:
Action Complete: Yes No Signed: Date:

EXXONMOBIL USE ONLY
Figure 11.2 - Scaffold Defects Inspection Checklist

Location: Date:
Location and Description of Date of Results of Inspection (State Name of Person who
Scaffold Inspection whether in good order or made Inspection
not)
Short Checklist
Check at each Inspection that your scaffold does not have these faults:
Footings: Bracing: Ties:
Soft and uneven Ledger Some missing
No base plates Some missing Loose
No sole boards Loose
Undermined Wrong fittings
Standards: Transoms: Boarding:
Not plumb Wrongly spaced Bad boards
Jointed at same height Loose Trap boards
Wrong spacing Wrongly supported Incomplete boarding
Insufficient supports
Ledgers: Couplings: Guardrails & Toeboards:
Not level Wrong fitting Wrong height
Joint in same bays Loose Loose
Loose Damaged Some missing
Damaged No check couplers
Bridles: Ladders:
Wrong spacing Damaged
Wrong couplings Insufficient length
Weak support Not tied

EXXONMOBIL USE ONLY
Figure 11.3 - MPN SCAFFTAG
SCAFFTAG
WARNING
!
UNLAWFUL REMOVAL OR INTERFERENCE
WITH THIS SIGN COULD MAKE YOU LIABLE
TO PROSECUTION AND FINES
ERACTION AND INSPECTION RECORD
AUTHORISED PERSON:
LOCATION:.....................................
REF. NO......................................... . DATE SIGNED
DATE ERECTED.
........................................................
REQUESTED BY.
........................................................
BUILT BY.........................................
FOREMAN........................................
SIGNATURE
........................................................
STRUCTURE TO BE USED FOR
Very Light Duty

0.75kN/M2
LADDER No. RUNGS: ......................

General Purpose
2.00kN/M2 No. OF STANDARDS: ......................
No. OF LIFTS: .................................

Heavy Duty
2.50kN/M2 M2 BOARDING: ...............................
STRUCTURE DECOMMISSIONED
DATE:
Special Purposes REF. No. S.T.S.I.
KN/M2

EXXONMOBIL USE ONLY
Figure 11.4 - Scaffold Register Sheet
JOB NUMBER DATE DATE TYPE OF ERECTED PROPERLY LOCATION ERECTED BY INSPECTED
ERECTED DISMANTLED SCAFFOLD
( CONTRACTOR ) BY

EXXONMOBIL USE ONLY

EXXONMOBIL USE ONLY
Section 12 - Atmospheric Gas Testing Procedure Page 1 of 6
12. ATMOSPHERIC GAS TESTING PROCEDURE

12.1 Objectives
12.1.1 Establish standards, and controls for atmospheric/gas testing.
12.1.2 Potential atmospheric/gas hazards are identified, frequency of testing
and precautions to be taken are specified on the controlling work
permit.
12.1.3 To document the type of equipment to be used, and how the testing
will be performed.
12.1.4 To ensure personnel are properly trained and are competent in the use
of atmospheric/gas monitors.
12.2 Scope
Covers all work in MPN facilities both on and offshore where there is a need to
perform atmospheric/gas testing.
12.3 Definitions
12.3.1 MAXIMUM EXPOSURE LIMIT (MEL): The maximum listed
threshold concentration of a substance to which personnel may be
exposed. When a MEL is reached, steps must be taken to reduce the
concentrations to levels that can be justified to be as low as practicable.
12.3.2 OCCUPATIONAL EXPOSURE STANDARD (OES): The maximum
concentration of an airborne substance at which, according to current
knowledge, there is no evidence that it is injurious to personnel if they
are exposed day after day, to that concentration.
12.3.3 COMBUSTIBLE GASES: Gases that will burn or explode when the
fuel/air mixtures are within certain proportions with presence of
ignition source. The minimum concentration of a particular gas in air,
which can be ignited, is defined as the lower explosive limit (LEL).
The maximum concentration that can be ignited is defined as the upper
explosive limit (UEL).
12.3.4 DEAD SPOT: An area where high concentration of potentially
hazardous gases could be entrapped.

EXXONMOBIL USE ONLY
Page 2 of 6 Section 12 - Atmospheric Gas Testing Procedure

12.3.5 PERMISSIBLE EXPOSURE LIMIT (PEL): This represents the levels
of contaminants that personnel may be safely exposed to for up to 8
hours in one day.
12.3.6 HAZARDOUS ATMOSPHERE: An atmosphere that may expose
personnel to the risk of death, incapacitation, impairment of ability to
self-rescue (i.e. escape unaided from a permit space), injury, or acute
illness from one or more of the following causes:
• Flammable gas, vapor, or mist in excess of 10% of its lower
flammable limit
• Air-borne combustible dust at a concentration that meets or
exceeds its Lower Flammable limit.
• Atmospheric oxygen concentration below 19.5% or above
23.5%
• Any other atmospheric condition that is immediately dangerous
to life or health (IDLH)
12.3.7 IMMEDIATELY DANGEROUS TO LIFE OR HEALTH (IDLH):
Any condition that poses an immediate or delayed threat to life or that
would cause irreversible adverse health effect or that would interfere
with an individuals ability to escape unaided from a permit space.
.
12.4 Associated Procedures And References

• MPN Hot Work Permit Procedure
• MPN Tank/Vessel Cleaning and Maintenance Procedure
• MPN Confined Space Entry Procedure
• Oil Industry Advisory Committee Guidance on PTW in Petroleum
Industry.
• Excavation Procedure

EXXONMOBIL USE ONLY
12.5.1. RESPONSIBLE PERSON (RP)
Ensure that all members of their work group required to work on
systems, or equipment requiring atmospheric/gas testing are
knowledgeable on the contents of this procedure.
Ensure that an MPN approved portable atmospheric/gas testing
apparatus is available on sites under their control. The equipment should
be designed to test for the presence of oxygen, flammable gas/vapor and
all other likely hazardous gases/vapors such as H2S. This apparatus
should be of same standard and brand across MPN Operations.
12.5.2. MAINTENANCE
MPN Maintenance Department will ensure that all portable detectors are
included in the planned preventative maintenance (PPM) program. They
must be inspected, and calibrated by competent persons, in accordance
with the manufacturer's instructions.
12.5.3. ATMOSPHERIC/GAS TESTING PERSONNEL.
Competent person performs and documents the results of an
atmospheric/gas test on Work Permit. (i.e. Permit Preparer) or Fire
Watch on job sites.
Understands the work to be carried out, and the atmospheric/gas tests
that are to be performed, and ensures precautions to be taken are
recorded on the Permit to Work.
Test atmospheric/gas testing equipment before use. Ensure equipment
has current calibration date.
Ensure that sufficient representative tests are obtained, and that all
results are satisfactory.
Tag “Out Of Service” any atmospheric/gas testing equipment that is
damaged or mal-functioning and return it to MPN Maintenance
Department for repair and recalibration.

EXXONMOBIL USE ONLY
12.6 General Guide

12.6.1 Testing Examples
• Flammable/explosive atmospheres (gas, vapor, mists)
• Toxic atmospheres (gas impurities, fumes)
• Oxygen deficient atmospheres
• Flammable gas content Should be 0% LEL prior to hot work being
carried out. Risk assessment must be completed if above 0% limit.
• Toxic gas allowable standard: See MPN Industrial Hygiene Standards.
• When fixed continuous atmospheric/gas monitoring is required,
sufficient detectors should be deployed and suitably positioned, taking
into account the source of any hazards and the wind direction or
ventilation system.
• Confined Space Entry atmospheric/gas testing is a crucial activity and
accurate atmospheric/gas testing is essential. Without making an entry,
the oxygen concentration should first be checked at the ventilation exit.
Use an extension hose and other available sample probes, test oxygen
concentration throughout the confined space, particularly in any
obvious "dead spots." Following testing for oxygen levels, testing for
potential toxic and flammable gases should be conducted. (Use of multi
testing capability equipment required)
12.6.2 Sampling Techniques
• Zero the gas detector in safe, gas free area.
• Check all flanges, valves, instrument exhausts, instrument
cabinets, and screwed connection for leaks.
• If H2S is suspected, check all low areas for H2S. If performing
hot work in an area underneath process equipment or pipe racks,
the entire area is to be considered a low area.
• Monitor for oxygen, explosive/flammable gases, and H2S (if
necessary) from outside of confined spaces prior to entering.
• Monitor continuously when performing hot work outside of a
designated welding area. It is recommended that flanges within
10ft of spark travel hot work (cutting, welding and grinding) be
taped and checked.

EXXONMOBIL USE ONLY
12.7 Portable Gas Detection Equipment

12.7.1 Gas Testing Instruments used within MPN facilities must be
intrinsically safe with audible alarms and visible readout of component
being tested.
12.7.2 Portable gas detection devices used for authorization of Hot Work
permits must be able to detect combustibles. The combustibles should
read out in percentage of the LEL. If equipped for H2S detection, the
H2S reading should be in PPM.
12.7.3 Portable gas detection devices used in confined Space Entry must be
able to detect Oxygen deficiency and combustibles. The detectors must
be capable of continuous monitoring and have out of limit audible
alarms.
12.7.4 All portable gas detection devices must be function tested before using
in Hot Work or Confined Space Entries. A Competent technician shall
calibrate all portable gas detectors after suspected sensor damage and as
PM schedule dictates.
12.7.5 Portable gas detection devices used for authorization of Entry permits
should be of "sample draw" design. This means that the detector
incorporates a pump and a length of hose to draw the sample across the
sensors. This allows for the sensing of vapors inside of small, hard to
reach areas such as inside of tanks and vessels prior to them being
completely opened.
12.8 Training Requirement

Personnel shall be trained in the use, calibration and operation of all
atmospheric/gas testing equipment used in MPN Facilities. They should also be
knowledgeable of MPN Atmospheric/Gas testing Procedure.
MPN Training Department is responsible for arranging courses to qualify
personnel on equipment use and testing limits. Supervisors shall coordinate
employee training.

EXXONMOBIL USE ONLY
12.9 Program Review

• Job close out reviews to capture lessons learned. This must be
documented and communicated to the PIC.

EXXONMOBIL USE ONLY
Section 13 – Radiation Safety Procedure Page 1 of 12
13. RADIATION SAFETY PROCEDURE

13.1 Objectives
13.1.1 To define the procedure and requirements for the transportation,
storage and control of radioactive isotopes on MPN facilities, and/or
any other off-site facility where radiographic work is performed for
MPN.
13.1.2 To ensure that only classified personnel are allowed to work with
and/or handle radioactive isotopes and materials.
13.1.3 To establish appropriate storage techniques that must be used
whenever radioactive materials are transported to and from any MPN
facility.
13.1.4 To define responsibilities of MPN and Contractors using Ionizing
radiation including radioactive substances and X-ray machines.
13.1.5 To ensure that personnel are aware that radiation may be hazardous to
health.
13.1.6 To establish a contingency plan to be used in the event of an
emergency involving radiation source.
13.2 Scope
Covers all personnel involved in transportation, usage, storage and control of
radiographic work and radioactive isotopes on MPN facilities for QC
Activities.
13.3 Definitions
13.3.1 DOSE: The quantity of ionizing radiation absorbed, per unit mass, by
the body or by any portion of the body.
13.3.2 LEAK TEST: A check for the escape of radioactive material from its
source holder.
13.3.3 RADIATION: Includes alpha particles, beta particles, X-rays,
neutrons, high-speed electrons, high-speed protons, and other atomic
particles.
13.3.4 RADIATION DEVICE: Uses ionizing radiation to obtain
measurements of materials, fluid, flows, or levels.

EXXONMOBIL USE ONLY
Page 2 of 12 Section 13 – Radiation Safety Procedure

13.3.5 RADIATION SOURCE (OR GAUGE): A radiation device, which uses
a sealed source capsule of radioactive material to provide its radiation
energy.
13.3.6 RESTRICTED AREA: Any area to which access is controlled by the
employer for the protection of individuals from exposure to radiation
or radioactive materials.
13.3.7 HAZARDOUS AREA: An area where radioactivity is detected at or
above 0.75 mr / hr.
13.4 Associated Procedures & References

• MPN Permit to Work Procedure
• MPN Waste Management Plan
Ensure compliance with the required personal protective equipment as
stated on the request form.
Approve the radiographic work after confirmation that all necessary
precautions have been taken.
Identify hazards associated with radiographic/radioactive isotope jobs.
Notify MPN Management immediately in the event of a lost
radioactive source.
Ensure work is within acceptable exposure levels.
Possess a current copy and have knowledge of the source handlers
Emergency Procedures and guidelines.
13.5.2 RADIOGRAPHER
Only certified radiographers shall be used. Radiographers will notify
the MPN Management/Supervision or designee, prior to starting
work, and at the conclusion of their shift.

EXXONMOBIL USE ONLY

When taking x-rays of piping or equipment, radiographers shall post
barrier tape or rope, and radiation warning signs, to delineate areas
where elevated (>7.5 usy/hr in any one hour) radiation levels will be
present. The barrier must be surveyed to ensure calculated location
is accurate. At no time will unauthorized personnel and/or vehicles
enter a radiation barricaded area. (See Attachment 2– Radiographer
Isolation Distances)
Those performing radiography will document equipment to be used
on the Radiation Review Inventory Sheet (See Attachment 3)
Radiographer will have written emergency procedures, wear
dosimeters, perform radiation survey and record on radiation survey
record (See Attachment 4).
13.5.3 PERSON(S) REQUESTING RADIOGRAPHIC WORK OR USE OF
RADIOACTIVE ISOTOPES
Complete MPN Radiographic work request form (See Attachment 1).
Obtains his Manager's approval and forwards form to the Field
Technical Support Group.
Ensure that safety precautions stated in the form are carried out by
the Contractor to perform the work.
13.5.4 FIELD OPERATION TECHNICAL
Reviews work procedure and verifies method to accomplish the
planned work.
Identify site-specific hazards associated with the job.
Ensure procedure to dispose of waste is available if needed.
Develop method to perform whip test of the area if necessary.

EXXONMOBIL USE ONLY
13.6 General
13.6.1 MPN is committed to a policy that will keep radiation dosages to
individuals As Low As Reasonably Achievable (ALARA). The
ALARA principles will be incorporated into all decisions involving
radiation exposure to employees, contractors or the public.
13.6.2 In general, the handling of instruments and equipment containing
radioactive materials or producing ionizing radiation should be done
with care and knowledge of the consequences of misuse. With this
attitude, radioactive materials are no more hazardous than commonly
used industrial products.
• Storage/Transport cases shall be securely locked whenever the
isotope is not in use, and/or during transportation. Transport
cases shall bear the internationally recognized symbol for
radioactive hazard.
• An isolated and secure temporary storage location for the
storage case shall be designated jointly by Location Supervisor
and MPN representative in charge of the Contractor.
• Prior to removing the source from its storage case, the
immediate area in which work is to be performed, shall be
isolated by rope barriers, marked with the radiation symbol
affixed to the signs. The Contractor shall prohibit entry of
personnel at all approaches to the perimeter of the isolated area
to guard against unauthorized entry during work.
NOTE: If the platform has a Public Address System, an announcement shall be
made stating the location and time the isotopes will be used and warning all
personnel of the affected area(s).
• A hazardous area shall remain isolated until the isotope is
securely stored in its container. Contractor personnel using
radioactive sources shall be responsible for monitoring
radioactivity levels throughout the work.
• The transport, use and control of radioactive substances shall be
in accordance with regulatory requirements of the Federal
Republic of Nigeria and/or with the Atomic Energy Commission.

EXXONMOBIL USE ONLY

13.6.3 Labels and Signs
• Each radioactive source holder must be identified with a
permanent, legible, securely attached manufacturer's label that
lists the radioactive material and strength.
• Any area or accessible space with radiation intensity at or above
5mrem/hr
shall be identified as a radiation area, and have signs posted
stating "CAUTION: RADIATION AREA".
• Any area, which has radiation intensity at or above 100mrem/hr,
shall be identified as a high radiation area, and have signs posted
stating "CAUTION: HIGH RADIATION AREA".
• "CAUTION: RADIATION AREA - RESTRICTED" signs will be
appropriately posted when necessary during radiography and
handling of source holders.
• The X-ray source housings will have a sign stating "CAUTION -
HIGH INTENSITY X-RAY BEAM"
• The generators will have a sign stating "CAUTION RADIATION -
THIS EQUIPMENT PRODUCES RADIATION WHEN
ENERGIZED" near the switch which energizes the x-ray tube.
13.7 Emergencies
13.7.1 In the event of an emergency, evacuate the area around the radiation
device, identify and isolate any personnel who may have become
exposed or contaminated, notify the PIC and/or initiate an incident
notification.
13.7.2 Leak tests will be conducted as soon as possible on devices that may
have been damaged or exposed to fire.
13.7.3 If a source holder is lost or suspected of being lost, it will be the
responsibility of the PIC to notify MPN Management immediately.
13.7.4 In general, leaking source holders and/or disasters (loss, fire, etc.)
involving radioactive sources must be reported following approved
MPN Emergency Response Procedure.

EXXONMOBIL USE ONLY

13.7.5 Security of the radioactive material shall be the responsibility of the
device owner.
13.7.6 Any incident resulting in employee exposure which may have caused or
threatens to cause whole body exposure to 5 rems or greater; skin of the
whole body to 30 rems or greater; or exposure of the feet, ankles, hands,
or forearms of any individual to 75 rems or greater; or reports of
overexposure and excessive levels and concentrations, the PIC should
make immediate notification to the Area Manager.
13.8 Procedure
13.8.1 Radiography work request form shall be completed before any
radioactive material is transported to any MPN facility.
13.8.2 The Requester for radiographic/radioactive work in MPN facilities will
complete MPN radiographic work request form (Attachment 1).
13.8.3 The Requester will then send the form to his Manager and obtain his
signature and forward the form to the Field Technical Support Group.
13.8.4 The Field Technical Support Group will review the work request,
approve the work procedure and identify any other hazards/precautions
to be taken, and then forward the form to the SHE Support Group.
13.8.5 SHE Support Group will check and include any other safety
precautions required for the job and return form to the requester.
13.8.6 The requester will then send the completed form to the PIC for
approval.
13.8.7 The approved form will be attached to relevant work permit (i.e.
General Work Permit).
13.9 Training
Employees shall receive adequate training to provide them with necessary
knowledge and skill required to use this procedure. This qualification is listed
as a prerequisite training in OIMS System 5-4 (Personnel Safety Management).

EXXONMOBIL USE ONLY
13.10 Program Review

Annual OIMS Assessments.
Incidents that occurred due to the failure of this system.
Periodic Audits/Gap Analysis to ensure that the procedure is implemented and
used, the procedure is current and applicable to the organization and
operation.
Needed changes to this procedure will only be made using the Management of
Job close out reviews to capture lessons learned and to ensure the work permit
is closed out properly with all applicable steps completed. Lessons learned
must be documented and communicated to the PIC.

EXXONMOBIL USE ONLY
Attachment 1 - MPN Radiographic Work Request

MPN RADIOGRAPHIC WORK REQUEST
REQUESTER NAME: Date:
DEPARTMENT: Request #.
NATURE AND DESCRIPTION OF WORK:
LOCATION OF WORK:
JUSTIFICATION:
SAFETY PRECAUTIONS TO BE TAKEN:
REQUESTER'S MANAGER:
TECHNICAL SUPPORT GROUP COMMENTS:
SHE SUPPORT GROUP COMMENTS
LOCATION SUPERVISOR'S
APPROVAL

EXXONMOBIL USE ONLY
Attachment 2 - Radiographer Isolation Distances

The majority of industrial radiography conducted in MPN facilities will involve
the use of Iridium-192 as a radiation source, using a 5 Half-Value Layer (5
HVL) collimator. Radiation "shots", similar to using a camera for photography,
are taken to detect flaws in objects (e.g., measure the integrity of welds). The
radiation emitted during radiography is in the form of intermittent shots,
instead of a constant transmission. The majority of radiography work will
involve less than 5 total minutes’ worth of radiation "shots" in any given hour.
Therefore, the following isolation distances will provide adequate protection
for employees, when an Iridium-192 source is used, the total time for all shots
is less than 5 minutes in a single hour, and a five (5) HVL collimator is used:
SOURCE STRENGTH (CURIES) MINIMUM ISOLATION DISTANCES

(FEET)
30 37
40 43
50 48
60 53
100 68
200 96
CAUTION: USING AN IRIDIUM-192 RADIATION SOURCE NEAR

HEATERS AND BOILERS CAN CAUSE THE BURNER
MANAGEMENT SYSTEM TO READ FALSE "NO FLAME" SIGNALS,
LEADING TO HEATER OR BOILER SHUTDOWNS. RADIATION
EMITTED DURING RADIOGRAPHY CAN ALSO CAUSE FALSE
SIGNALS IN A FACILITY'S NUCLEAR FLOW GAUGES OR LEVEL
DETECTORS. OPERATORS THEREFORE NEED TO DETERMINE IF
RADIOGRAPHY MAY AFFECT THEIR EQUIPMENT, AND TAKE
THE PROPER CORRECTIVE MEASURES (E.G., PLACE HEATERS
AND BOILERS IN "FLAME BYPASS").

EXXONMOBIL USE ONLY
Attachment 3 - Radiation Device Inventory

Type of Location of Manufacturer Device Model Source Type of Strength of
Device Device & Serial # Model & Isotope Isotope
Serial #

EXXONMOBIL USE ONLY
Attachment 4 - Radiation Survey Record

RADIATION SURVEY RECORD
GENERAL DATA
GAUGE:
MANUFACTURER: MODEL/SERIAL #
SOURCE
MODEL/SERIAL #
RADIOISOTOPE
ACTIVITY (mCl)
RECORD OF RECEIPT
SURVEY DATA (All reading in MREM/hr
LOCATION SHUTTER: ON OFF
TOP FRONT RIGHT BACK BOTTOM

MODEL/SERIAL #
LAST CALIBRATION DATE:
RECEIVED BY: DATE:
RECORD OF INSTALATION ( ) REMOVAL ( ) RELOCATION ( )

SURVEY DATA (All reading in MR/hr
LOCATION SHUTTER: ON OFF
TOP FRONT RIGHT BACK BOTTOM

MODEL/SERIAL #
LAST CALIBRATION DATE:
LEAK TEST YES or NO
If leak test was conducted, attach the wipe test results, when received, to this Document
SURVEYED BY: DATE:

EXXONMOBIL USE ONLY
Figure 13.1 - Radiation Safety Assessment Checklist

LOCATION
DATE
ASSESSOR (S)
ITEM YES NO REMARK
Have risk assessments performed showed that personnel will
not be exposed to unacceptable levels of radiation?
Are radiographer(s) knowledgeable of MPN OIMS 6-4
radiation procedure and in compliance with procedure
expectations.
Verify Radiographer Training.
Have work areas been properly designated, defined, and
access suitably restricted?
Is spare source on site (if any) stored in proper container?
Records of incoming isotopes available.
The method of transport of isotopes on and off site
adequate?
Adequate containment (trays, etc) used in the work area?
Suitable and adequate shields provided in the work area if
necessary?
Is Personal Protective Equipment available and being used?
Are radiation checks being made, and recorded to

demonstrate safe work practice and safe level of radiation at
job site?
Are waste arrangements for accumulation and disposal of
waste suitable and comply with MPN waste disposal plan?
Rules regarding eating, drinking, smoking, chewing, etc
observed to reduce ingestion risk?
DEFICIENCIES NOTED:
CORRECTIVE ACTIONS:
OTHER COMMENTS:

EXXONMOBIL USE ONLY
Section 14 – Elevated Work Practices / Fall Protection Procedure Page 1 of 12
14. ELEVATED WORK PRACTICES/FALL PROTECTION

PROCEDURE
14.1 Objectives
14.1.1 To ensure all MPN personnel working within MPN facilities from an
elevated / suspended work platform have a uniform procedure
outlining safe work conditions and practices.
14.1.2 To establish safety standards specifically designed to prevent falls
when working from elevated or suspended work platforms.
14.1.3 To establish the conditions that specify an elevated / suspended work
platform.
14.1.4 To establish personnel training requirement for working on elevated or
suspended platform.
14.2 Scope
Covers all work carried out on elevated/ suspended work platforms in MPN
facilities.
14.3 Definitions
14.3.1 PERSON IN CHARGE (PIC ): Is most senior person at the location.
14.3.2 RESPONSIBLE PERSON (RP ): Is Supervisor on location.
14.3.3 SAFETY MONITOR: Is designated competent person for monitoring
worksite.
14.3.4 PERSONNEL FALL ARREST SYSTEM: System used to arrest
personnel in a fall from a working level. It consists of an anchorage,
connectors, a full body harness with double lanyard and 100% tie off
capability.
14.3.5 ANCHORAGE: A secure point of attachment for lifelines, lanyards or
deceleration devices.
14.3.6 BODY HARNESS: Straps which may be secured about the personnel
in a manner that will distribute the fall arrest forces over at least the
thighs, pelvis, waist, chest and shoulders with means for attaching it to
other components of a personal fall arrest system.

EXXONMOBIL USE ONLY
Page 2 of 12 Section 14 – Elevated Work Practices / Fall Protection Procedure
(continued from previous page)

14.3.7 CONNECTOR: A device which is used to couple parts of the personal
fall arrest system and positioning device systems together (i.e., buckle,
D-ring, or snap-hook).
14.3.8 DECELERATION DEVICE: Any mechanism, such as rope grab, rip-
stitch lanyard, specially-woven lanyard, automatic self-retracting
lanyard, etc., which serves to dissipate a substantial amount of energy
during a fall arrest, or otherwise limit the energy imposed on personnel
during fall arrest.
14.3.9 GUARDRAIL SYSTEM: A barrier erected to prevent personnel from
falling to lower levels.
14.3.10 LANYARD: Flexible line of rope, wire rope, or strap which generally
has a connector at each end for connecting the body harness to a
deceleration device, lifeline, or anchorage point.
14.3.11 LIFELINE: Component consisting of a flexible line for connection to
an anchorage at one end to hang vertically, or connection to anchors at
both ends to stretch horizontally, and which serves as a means for
connecting other components of a personal fall arrest system to the
anchorage.
14.3.12 SAFETY MONITORING SYSTEM: Safety system in which a
competent person is responsible for recognizing and warning
employees of fall hazards.
14.3.13 WARNING LINE SYSTEM: Barrier erected on a roof to warn
personnel that they are approaching an unprotected roof side or edge.
Inside the designated area (Warning Line) roofing work may take
place without the use of guardrail, safety harness, or safety net systems
to protect employees in the work area.
14.3.14 A CONTROLLED ACCESS ZONE: is an area designated and clearly
marked, in which leading edge work may take place with the use of
guardrail, safety net, or personnel fall arrest equipment.
14.3.15 UNPROTECTED SIDES AND EDGES: Any side or edge (except at
entrances to point of access) of a walking/working surfaces e.g. floor,
roof, ramp or runway where there is no wall or guardrail system at
least 39inches (1.0m) high

EXXONMOBIL USE ONLY

• MPN General Work Procedure.
• MPN Scaffolding Procedure
Responsible for the implementation of this procedure, at all MPN
Operations/Facilities.
The PIC will perform periodic compliance assessments of this
procedure.
Ensure personnel in the elevated/suspended work area have required
safety equipment and must be used properly.
Ensure that working at elevated/suspended platforms over open sea are
coordinated with other activities. (e.g. Diving work should not be
carried out when a standby boat is within the work area).
Ensure a Pre-Job Safety Meeting, review of required active permits on
Permit Board and JSA prepared prior to commencement of work.
Ensure all Personnel carrying out work on elevated/suspended
platforms have appropriate training.
Provide a standby boat and or zodiac support if work is performed over
open sea.
Ensure personnel in the elevated/suspended work area have required
safety equipment and must be used properly.
Ensure work site monitoring and compliance with permit
requirements.

EXXONMOBIL USE ONLY

Ensure a competent person is assigned as a Safety Monitor, when
guardrails, barriers and other conventional fall protection systems are
not in place.
14.5.3 Supervisory staff, MPN and Contractor, have additional
responsibilities to provide adequate information, instruction and
training to all persons under their control. They must ensure that
everyone understands the operation of, and the consequences of non-
compliance with this procedure.
14.5.4 Personnel involved in work carried out on elevated/suspended
platforms must have an understanding of this procedure.
14.6 Procedure
14.6.1 FALL PROTECTION PROCEDURE
The Fall Protection Plan will include the use of guard rail systems,
personnel fall arrest systems, safety net systems, positioning device
systems, warning line systems, safety monitoring systems, controlled
access zones, and other protection to be used in either conventional or
non-conventional applications.
When it is required to work outside the permanent walkways, a
scaffold shall be erected if possible. (See MPN Scaffolding
Procedure.)
If erection of scaffolds is not practical, other approved device shall be
used (e.g. suspended work platforms).
In addition to the standard personal protective equipment, the
minimum mandatory personnel safety equipment for work outside
permanent walkways over open sea, is an approved Personal Flotation
Device (PFD) and full body harness with lifeline.
Lifting hooks shall be equipped with spring tension devices (safety
latch).
Air hoist used for personnel lifting shall be of approved type with
clearly marked designed load capacity and equipped with a positive
action drum brake capable of holding 200% of the designated
maximum working load.

EXXONMOBIL USE ONLY

Safety lock wires/devices shall be used on all flexible hoses utilized
for power supply to air hoist.
The air supply control valve to the hoist shall be affixed with a
warning tag, “DO NOT OPERATE "
MPN ‘Scaffold Label’ signed by Inspector must be affixed to each
scaffold.
All scaffolds shall be clearly and permanently marked with their
maximum load capacity.
In the event that a crane is to be used, a certified crane operator shall
operate the crane.
To control inadvertent movements, one or more ropes shall be
mounted between the elevated/ suspended platform and the platform
structure.
Working/activities beneath the cellar deck shall not be conducted in
bad weather conditions with wind velocity exceeding 25 knots, or in
darkness.
14.6.2 CONTROLLED ACCESS ZONES
The Responsible Person shall designate Controlled Access Zones as
necessary to ensure that the work site is safe for the persons
performing the work.
Control access zones shall comply with the following provisions:
• When used to control access to areas where leading edge and
other operations are taking place, access to the controlled zone
shall be defined by a control line, or other means that restricts
access.
• The control line shall extend along the entire length of the
unprotected or leading edge and shall be approximately parallel
to the unprotected or leading edge.
• The control line shall be connected on each side to a guardrail
or wall.
• Control lines shall consist of rope, wire or equivalent material,
and supported by poles, or other stanchions.

EXXONMOBIL USE ONLY

• Each line shall be flagged or otherwise clearly marked at not
more than 6-foot intervals with high-visibility material.
• Each line shall be rigged and supported in such a way that its
lowest point (including sag) is not less than 39 inches from the
walking/working surface, and its highest point is not greater than
45 inches from the walking/working surface.
• Each line shall have a minimum breaking strength of 200 pounds.
• All openings must have perimeter guarding or covering. On
floors where guardrail systems are in place, but need to be
removed to allow leading edge work to take place, only that
portion of the guard rail necessary to accomplish that day's work
shall be removed.
All guard rail systems that are temporarily removed for special
considerations will be replaced immediately after the work is
performed.
14.6.3 FALL PROTECTION PROGRAM IMPLEMENTATION
Fall Protection Plan shall be implemented prior to the start of any work
performed at the job site.
The Requester and Preparer will:
• Visit the location and conduct a Job Safety Plan using the
appropriate checklist (see Figure 14.1), then use that information
to prepare the people to safely and effectively perform the work.
• Conduct an on-site inspection of the work area to collect
information necessary to develop and implement the site-specific
Fall Protection Plan. The plan should include the following:
If conventional systems can not be utilized?
What non-conventional systems will be required?
What are the equipment and rigging requirements?
What are the additional requirements (crane, helicopter, boat,
etc.)?
Where will the controlled access zones be located?
What will constitute the safety monitoring system?

EXXONMOBIL USE ONLY

• Verify employees and contract workers are competent and
trained according to the Plan.
• Hoist Areas. Each person in a hoist area shall be protected from
falling six (6) feet or more to lower levels by guardrail systems or
a full body harness with double lanyard and 100% tie off
capability.
• Holes. Each person on walking/working surfaces shall be
protected from falling through holes more than six (6) feet above
lower levels, by a full body harness with double lanyard and
100% tie off capability, covers, or guardrail systems erected
around holes.
• Excavations. Excavations, wells, pits, shafts, etc., six (6) feet or
greater in depth shall have a guardrail system, fence, or barricade
installed to protect personnel.
• Walkways. shall be provided where personnel or equipment are
required or permitted to cross over excavations between storage
tanks etc. Guardrails must be installed where walkways are six
(6) feet or more above lower levels.
• Roofing Work. Personnel engaged in roofing activities with
unprotected sides or edge six (6) feet or more above lower levels
shall be protected from falling by guardrail systems, safety net
systems, or a full body harness with double lanyard and 100% tie
off capability.
• Cranes and Derricks. Crane-hoisted personnel platforms shall
be capable of supporting its own weight and at least five times
the maximum intended load.
• Scaffolds. Personnel must wear a full body harness with double
lanyard and 100% tie off capability when working from
scaffolds, which have incomplete guardrail systems.
• Aerial Lifts - Scissors Lifts. An aerial lift is a vehicle-mounted
device, which is used to elevate personnel to job sites above the
ground. Employees are required to stand on the floor of the
basket, not climb or sit on the edge or use planks or ladders in the
basket. A personal fall arrest system shall also be used, with the
lanyard attached to the boom or basket at all times.

EXXONMOBIL USE ONLY

14.6.4 SAFETY MONITORING SYSTEM
A Safety Monitor will be assigned as part of the Fall Protection Plan
to provide constant surveillance of the job site when the guardrails,
barriers and other conventional fall protection systems are not in place.
The Safety Monitor(s) will be a Designated Competent Person(s)
responsible for recognizing and warning employees and contract
workers of fall hazards and other hazardous conditions while the work
is being performed. However, the responsibility for safety rests with
anyone who detects a fall hazard or other hazardous condition. The
Safety Monitor(s) shall comply with the following requirements:
• Shall be competent to recognize fall hazards.
• Shall warn the employees when it appears that the personnel is
unaware of a fall hazard or is acting in an unsafe manner.
• Should be on the same walking/working surface and within
visual sighting distance of the employees being monitored.
• Shall be close enough to communicate orally with the
employees.
• Shall not have other responsibilities, which could take away
attention from the assigned monitoring function.
14.7 Training
All MPN Employees and Contractors working in MPN facilities must be
trained in the use of this procedure and on the following:
• The nature of fall hazards in the work area.
• The correct procedures for erecting, maintaining, disassembling and
inspecting the fall protection systems to be used.
• The use and operation of guard rail systems, personnel fall arrest
systems, safety net systems, positioning device systems, warning line
systems, safety monitoring systems, controlled access zones, and other
protection to be used.
• The role of each person in the Fall Protection Plan/safety monitoring.

EXXONMOBIL USE ONLY

• The limitations on the use of mechanical equipment during the
performance of work
14.8 Program Review


EXXONMOBIL USE ONLY
Figure 14.1 - Fall Protection Plan Implementation Checklist

FALL PROTECTION
PLAN IMPLEMENTATION CHECKLIST
REQUESTER PREPARE:
Date: __________________ Location:
Construction or Dismantling copy of plan at Job Site Yes No
Conventional Systems to be used: (Initial or NA as applicable)
Guard Rail Personal Fall Controlled Access Zones Warning Line Safety Safety net Position Device
Arrest Monitoring
Other:
Situations - Locations in which conventional systems can not be used (describe):
Steps to be taken to reduce/eliminate fall hazards when conventional systems can not be used.
Describe:
Has adequate protection against falling objects been provided? Yes/No Yes No
Describe:
Describe other steps that were taken to provide protection:
Describe Controlled Access Zone(s):

Describe Safety Monitoring System:
Equip. Required for Full Body Self Rope PFD Retractable With Lanyard With Tie-Off Self Retractable Other
Work (Check) Harness Locking Lifelines Adapters Lifelines
Hooks
Yes
NA
CHECK LIST (Initial or NA as applicable) Yes No
Has the Preparer inspected all equipment?
Has all equipment been issued to qualified personnel?
Have required Company employees training and skills been verified?
Have contract workers' training and skills been verified?
Has any training been provided at the job site?
Has the job site been prepared and all equipment checked and rechecked?
Personnel Carriers Personnel Lifting Equip. Hoisting Equip. Scaffolding Leading Edges Ramps
Runways Walkways Holes/Openings Workspaces Dangerous Equip.
Yes
NA
CHECK LIST (Initial or NA as applicable) Yes No
Are safety meetings held daily to discuss the work planned?
Has this checklist been used during these safety meetings to explain the provisions of the Plan?
Have there been any changes to the Plan?
Describe:
Yes No
Has PIC authorized change of the Plan??
Have these changes been presented to the employees/contract workers for discussion?
Preparer: Requester: PIC:
Sign
Date

EXXONMOBIL USE ONLY
Figure 14.2 - Elevated Work Practices Assessment Checklist
ELEVATED WORK PRACTICES ASSESSMENT CHECKLIST

LOCATION
DATE
ASSESSOR (S)
INDICATE YES, NO, OR N/A Y N N/ COMMENTS

A
Was Toolbox meeting held.
Is work plan in use for work
Has the fall protection implementation checklist been
completed
Are personnel trained in the use of fall protection equipment
Is correct fall protection safety equipment in use
Is work area properly secured against falling objects
Is safety monitor in place
DEFICIENCIES NOTED:
CORRECTIVE ACTIONS:
OTHER COMMENTS:

EXXONMOBIL USE ONLY

EXXONMOBIL USE ONLY
Section 15 - Mechanical Isolation Procedure Page 1 of 18
15. MECHANICAL ISOLATION PROCEDURE

15.1 Objectives
15.1.1 To establish uniform work practices and controls for mechanical
isolation activities involving use of bull plugs, caps and blinds or the
breaking, parting and disconnection of a flange.
15.1.2 To ensure that hazards associated with isolation are identified and
minimized as low as reasonably practicable (ALARP).
15.1.3 To minimize the possibility of personnel injury and/or damage to
property from a release of gases or liquid from a line, vessel, or tank
which may contain material under pressure even after all preliminary
checks and tests have been made.
15.2 Scope
Covers all mechanical isolations and reinstatement of processes carried out at
MPN facilities.
15.3 Definitions
15.3.1 PROCESS LINES: Pipe work or vessels containing any process or
utility fluid.
15.3.2 FLUID TYPES: For the purpose of isolation requirements fluid types
are defined as follows:
• Highly Flammable - highly flammable gas (e.g. acetylene,
methane, propane), liquid with a flash point below 32 degrees C
(90 deg. F) (e.g. crude oil, methanol) or fluid released at
temperature above flash point (e.g.diesel above 38 deg. C).
• Flammable - liquid with a flash point 32 deg. C (90 deg.F) or
above (e.g.diesel, glycol).
• Toxic - vapor is toxic/nauseous/irritant and should not or must
not be inhaled (e.g. H2S, chlorine, ammonia).
• Corrosive - skin/eye contact is likely to cause injury (e.g.
caustic soda, acid).
• Hot - fluid above 60 deg. C (140 deg. F).
• Cold - fluid below - 18deg. C (0deg. F).

EXXONMOBIL USE ONLY
Page 2 of 18 Section 15 - Mechanical Isolation Procedure

15.3.3 MEANS OF ISOLATION:
• Physical Disconnection and Blinds: Removal of pipe sections or
spool and blinding open ends.
• Spades and Blinds: Pressure rated metal barrier designed to be
installed onto the open-end flange or inserted between the flange
faces.
• Vapor Barriers: Non-pressure rated barrier used to stop
gravitation of liquid or vapour, or act as a rubbish barrier.
• 'Lazy' Spades/Slip Blinds: This term applies to physical spade
like barriers which are not fully pressure rated for the equipment.
The lazy spade should nominally be 6 mm thickness and be
machine faced. This method of isolation can be used in place of
fully rated spades ONLY within a unit isolation, (i.e., as part of a
shutdown), where the process unit has been process isolated and
the battery limits (all units lines in and out) have been spaded
with fully rated spades. This battery limit isolation effectively
'decommissions' the unit and its equipment.
• Valve Isolation: Different types of valves are known to provide
varying degrees of positive seal depending on design, type of
seal, fluid service and maintenance. If the isolation can be tested
and the integrity proved, the valve is a suitable isolation. Choke
valves, non return valves, flow control valves and recycle valves
by nature of design and application are not considered suitable
isolation valves.
• Double block and bleed: The closure of a line, duct, or pipe by
closing and locking or tagging two in-line valves and by opening
and locking or tagging a drain or vent valve in the line between
the two closed valves. The vent valves should be monitored for
the duration of the work.
• Double Wedge Gate and Parallel Expanding Valves: A single
valve body with double seals, providing separate upstream and
downstream seal with an external body vent/bleed, is an
acceptable double block and bleed isolation. As with all
isolations the method of proving the seal and securing the valve
is critical.

EXXONMOBIL USE ONLY

• Self-Sealing Orifice Plate Carriers: Self-sealing orifice plate carriers
provide a single isolation from the process line.
• Pipe Freeze: The use of pipe freeze techniques as a means of
isolation must be reviewed for each job, the method statement
should have reference to available guidance on the application
of pipe freeze techniques. A procedure must be prepared by
Engineering with particular attention to thawing.
• Stopple Bags: Stopple bags must not be utilized as a primary
retaining barrier. Their use as a barrier to gravitating liquid or
vapor must be reviewed for each application and job specific
procedures developed.
• Bull Plugs: Threaded Plug

• MPN General Work Procedure
• MPN Control of Hazardous Energy - Lockout/Tagout Procedure
• MPN Shift/Hitch Handover Procedure
Ensure that personnel are trained and competent to do Mechanical
Isolation.
Ensure that all materials and equipment necessary to properly perform
the mechanical isolations are available.
Ensure compliance and effectiveness of this procedure.

EXXONMOBIL USE ONLY

Identify and document on the relevant permit to work, (General Work,
Hot Work or Confined Space Permit, Lock Out – Tag Out), the
procedure to be followed regarding the technology of the specific
system or operation involved.
Establish requirements for:
• Depressurizing and/or draining of lines, vessels or tanks,
including positive blocking in the flange work area.
• Purging, water washing or neutralizing vessels, tanks etc.
• Chaining or Tagging of valves (DO NOT OPERATE) associated
with the project to prevent accidental manipulation of valves by
others.
Visit the work site and identify the flanges to be opened and valves to
be utilized for tagging, blocking and blinding purposes.
Review equipment preparation requirements for mechanical isolation
(depressurize, purge, drain, etc.)
Review MSDS sheets that are applicable to the process involved.
Ensure that blinds have been approved for the same pressure as the rest
of the system.
Responsible for administering the permits, certificates and P&ID's
relating to this procedure
All isolations and all new isolations initiated during the tour/shift must
be clearly noted in the area log and discussed at the handover meeting.
15.5.3 MAINTENANCE SUPERVISOR
• Liaise with the Location Supervisor responsible for the
equipment to establish all activities associated with the job.
• Conduct a Job Safety Analysis of activities associated with the
job to be performed including:

EXXONMOBIL USE ONLY

• Identification and documentation of relevant work permit,
(General Work, Hot Work or Confined Space Permit, Lock Out
– Tag Out), the procedure to be followed regarding the specifics
of the system or operation involved.
• Provides proper tools and equipment to be used.
• Ensures prescribed protective clothing, devices and equipment
are provided and worn.
Visit the work site and identify the flanges to be opened and valves to
be utilized for blocking in and blinding purposes.
Review equipment preparation requirements for mechanical isolation
(depressurize, purge, drain, etc.)
Ensure that blinds have been approved for the system pressure.
15.6 Mechanical Isolations Procedure

All valve openings, nipples, pipe collars or similar threaded connections must
be provided with steel bull plugs, steel cap or blind.
15.6.1 REQUIREMENT FOR TASK - The urgency of maintenance tasks
requiring mechanical isolation of live plant must be evaluated. If it is
possible to wait until a planned shutdown without reducing safety or
efficiency of plant, the overall risk associated with the task will be
reduced.
15.6.2 EVALUATE SYSTEM AND TASK - To evaluate the system, the
process fluids, and the maximum anticipated operating pressure during
the period of isolation must be known. The anticipated scope and
duration of a proposed task must be supplied by the RP to enable
evaluation of the task.
15.6.3 IDENTIFY ISOLATION STANDARD REQUIRED - For a Confined
Space/Vessel Entry the preferred isolation standard is by physical
disconnection (See Appendix 15.1 – Breaking and parting flanges) and
blinding open ends. The next practicable solution for isolation is full
rated spades or blinds at the closest possible flange.

EXXONMOBIL USE ONLY

15.6.4 Vapour barriers, not full pressure rated often termed 'lazy spades' are
only permissible when supported/protected by a fully rated spade or
blind at the closest possible location. Valve isolations will be required
to prepare/reinstate a vessel.
15.6.5 PROCESS LINES LEFT UNATTENDED FOR GREATER THAN
ONE HOUR - Fully rated spades or blinds must be installed if a
process line, within a live plant, is broken into and will be left
unattended for a time greater than one hour. Short-term valve isolations
will be required to install/remove these.
15.6.6 VALVE ISOLATIONS - Single valve isolation is normally acceptable
for all low-pressure systems, below 30 psi. The only exception is for
flammable, or highly flammable fluids, where good local ventilation is
also required (i.e. within buildings additional precautions maybe
required to ensure that even a very low-pressure leak is not hazardous).
The preferred isolation for a process line operating above 2 psi is
double block and bleed. Where double block and bleed is not
reasonably practicable, the minimum acceptable isolation standard is
obtained from the table below. In some cases a risk assessment is
required to verify the isolation standard for the specific application.
ISOLATION TABLE
System Operating Up to 30 psi Above 30 and up Above 400 and Above 750 psi
Pressure (Psi) to 400 Psi up to 750
Highly flammable/toxic SV SV SV & RA DB&B
Flammable SV SV SV & RA DB&B
Corrosive SV SV SV & RA DB&B
Hot/Cold SV SV SV & RA DB&B
Non Hazardous SV SV SV & RA DB&B

EXXONMOBIL USE ONLY

• Whenever volume is more than 100m3 a Risk Assessment is
required.
• SV – Single valve isolation with method of testing and
monitoring integrity.
• SV & RA- For single valve above psi in table and verified by a
risk assessment.
• DB&B – Double block and bleed or equivalent
15.6.7 RISK ASSESSMENT - Where required a risk assessment should be
conducted by evaluating the isolation and comparing the score to set
acceptance criteria. When the risk assessment demonstrates that the
proposed isolation standard is not acceptable, a review of the
calculation of the Hazard, Probability Factors may highlight areas to
change in order to reduce the risk to acceptable levels. If potential risk
reduction methods are possible the risk assessment must be conducted
again to verify the acceptability of the isolation. Once performed, a
risk assessment may be utilized for the same isolation providing all
conditions are unchanged.
15.6.8 REDUCE RISK - All aspects of work involving isolation must be
considered to reduce the risk to "As Low As Reasonably Practicable
(ALARP)". Areas where additional precautions may reduce risk are:
• Reduce operating pressure, vessel operating levels or throughput
• Plan task to reduce time where potential large volumes would
leak
• Identify back-up isolation points
• Improve access and egress
• Control/limit other nearby work
• Access and operation of nearby emergency and critical
equipment
• Alter alarm/trip points for improved ESD systems
• Provide radio/phone link to control point
• Identify local shutdown and alarm points

EXXONMOBIL USE ONLY

• Test Operation of F&G detection and ESD systems
• Ventilate the area
• Continuous monitoring of isolation
• Availability of fire fighting equipment
• Personal protective equipment for residual fluids
• Containment/Clean-up of spillage
• Impact of weather conditions and/or changes in weather.
15.6.9 TEST ISOLATION - All isolations, must be proven, by testing for
leakage at a local vent/drain or pressure gauge. The vent/drain point or
gauge tapping must be verified as clear prior to use, and where
applicable the pressure gauge accuracy must be confirmed. A second
vent point should be used to verify the equipment is depressurized.
Alternatively for only one vent point, pressure must be zero on a gauge
to verify that the vent point is clear. All leak tests should be for 10
minutes at a pressure within 15% of the maximum anticipated operating
pressure the isolation will experience. If operational circumstances
change and the isolation will experience a pressure greater than 15%
above the test value, a new leak test is required. The sequence of
isolation may be critical to ensure the isolation integrity is proved and
tested.
15.6.10 LEAKING VALVES - If a valve is found to be leaking, judgment is
required to determine whether the leak is acceptable, or not. In all cases
attempts must first be made to seal the leak (e.g., by tightening, or
opening and re-closing the valve or by injecting sealant), rather than
merely accepting the leak. Possible considerations to accept a leak are:
• The hazards of the initial leak and whether the work party can be
adequately protected against these. Suitable vents/drains,
flushing, temporary barriers and PPE, may help reduce the risk to
an acceptable level.

EXXONMOBIL USE ONLY

• The likelihood that the leak might increase during the break-in
or restoration work. This will depend upon the specific system
and the valve type concerned, and the site experience of similar
situations. If the permit issuer and receiver agree that a
particular leak is acceptable and the breaking/ de-isolation work
can commence, any necessary additional precautions must be
included on the Work permit.
Double Wedged Gate Valves - A particular problem arises with these
valves, when one seal is leaking. Depending on its location, the
following considerations apply, provided that the leak testing is carried
out.
• If the "good" seal is on the process side of the isolation point,
the valve becomes equivalent to a single valve, and thus the
standard pressure limits apply, see section 6.5 and 6.6. If the
"good" seal is on the break-side of the isolation point, the
quality of the vent determines the resulting body-cavity
pressure. If all parties agree the observed leak rate is very low
(e.g. slow pressure build-up when the vent is closed by using a
test pressure gauge on the body cavity, and minimal observable
vapour cloud from the body vent pipe when it is opened), then it
can be assumed that the process-side seal is reducing the
pressure below 400 psi, and the valve can still be regarded as an
adequate DB&B. If the leak rate does not meet these criteria
then the valve must be regarded as a single isolation and the
standard pressure limits apply ( see section 15.6.5 and 15. 6.6)
15.6.11 SECURE - To secure an isolation valve the hand wheel, handle or
actuator must be locked or disconnected ensuring it cannot be
unintentionally moved during the isolation period.
Manual valve - Handwheel or handle must be secured in a position by
metal car seal, strong cable tie strong cable tie or similar, with the
isolation tag connected. Locking will prevent movement from
vibration.

EXXONMOBIL USE ONLY

Actuated Valve - Hydraulic, electrical or air supply (and where
reasonably practicable the actuator linkage) must be put in a safe
condition for the isolation. A metal car seal, or similar, with the
isolation tag secured to the valve operator will be fitted. Any positive
isolation, isolate supply air/hydraulic any supplies disconnected, or
required to be live, i.e., air actuated valves to close for the isolation
must also be tagged.
15.6.12 ENSURE - Instruments and electrical isolations must be in place and
proven effective. The physical position of all isolating valves after the
pipework has been opened must be considered to ensure that any short
term additional load or vibration can not effect the isolation security.
Where there is potential for the isolation valve to be struck by moving
objects, e.g. crane loads, precautions must be taken to minimize the
risk.
15.6.13 RECORD - All isolations must be identified locally by a tag (See
Appendix 15.3) and recorded. Valve isolations must be recorded on a
LOTO Logbook. Spades/blinds must be recorded on a Spade/Blind list
(See Appendix 1) and marked on a P&ID or simplified process
diagram. The certificate/list must be referenced on all associated
permits, prominently displayed and remain in force until all associated
work in conjunction with the isolations is complete. Refer to the
Permit to Work Procedure for details. Where electrical or instrument
isolations are utilized to isolate actuator power the relevant electrical
and instrument isolation procedures must be followed.
• MONITOR - It is important to monitor the integrity of all
isolations. Process conditions, which may effect the integrity of
the isolation, must be monitored to ensure there are no changes
during the period of isolation. It is essential to be able to
monitor for build up behind a long-term blind to ensure safe de-
isolation of the system. The preferred method to monitor the
integrity of an isolating is dependent on many factors. An open
vent/drain point is preferable but may present a hazard in a
closed or confined area with a highly flammable or toxic fluid.
Vent and bleed valves that are left open and unattended
effectively diminish the standard of the isolation between the
process and the area to a single valve and should not be left
unattended in a closed or confined area

EXXONMOBIL USE ONLY

15.6.14 . Periodic checks of the upstream valve integrity by opening the
vent/bleed may be preferable to leaving the vent/bleed open and
constantly attended. Monitoring by pressure build-up with a local low
range gauge is an alternative if frequent checks are made to verify the
isolation. All vent/drain points or tappings to be utilized for isolation
monitoring must be proven to be clear of obstructions and
representative of the conditions in the section of the process being
monitored.
15.6.15 DE-ISOLATION AND RECOMMISSIONING - Safe de-isolation and
recommissioning is essential to safe operations.
Prior to permitting the removal of blinds/spades it must be ensured
that:
All associated permits have been signed off as complete
• All associated isolations are secured and tagged as per this
procedure
• Pipe work behind all blinds/spades is free of pressure and/or
fluid via a monitoring point that is known to be clear.
Prior to removing any isolation the integrity of the plant or equipment
must be affirmed. As a minimum the following checks must be
completed:
• Verify all associated permits have been signed off as complete.
• All broken flanges have been fully made up, and pressure tested
as necessary.
• All open ends and vents are closed.
• All associated local and remote indicators and sensors are in
commission.
• All associated process/fire and gas overrides/isolations have
been removed.
• All associated controls are functioning.
• All broken flanges are taped on gas systems, and clean and dry
on liquid systems to check for leaks, (remove tape after leak
test).

EXXONMOBIL USE ONLY

• Equipment/Plant is in a clean and safe condition.
Where pipe work integrity has been disturbed in order to perform a task,
a leak test must be carried out on completion of plant/equipment
reinstatement. The preferred method of leak testing is to utilize water or
nitrogen/helium to the maximum operating pressure of the system.
(Nitrogen should only be used on tests of less than 30 psi, pressures
above this require the PIC approval). Non hazardous process fluid may
be utilized where the use of water or nitrogen may present an additional
hazard. Leak testing using hazardous fluids is only permitted with
approval of the PIC.
Where it is not reasonably practical to carry out a leak test, service
testing using the normal contents of the pipe or equipment to its normal
operating pressure is permitted subject to the following:
• No hot work in area and full ESD/Contingency plan available in
case of leak.
• All flanges taped for leak testing efficiency.
• Pressure slowly to 50% of normal pressure hold for 15 minutes
and leak test.
• Pressure slowly to 100% of normal pressure hold for 15 minutes
and leak test.
All instrument-tapping points that are left disconnected and unattended
must be capped/plugged.
15.7 Appendices
• Appendix 15.1 – Breaking and Parting Flanges
• Appendix 15.2 – Blind Tag Examples
• Appendix 15.3 – Blind List

EXXONMOBIL USE ONLY
15.8 Program Review

Management of Change process (OIMS Element 7.1).

EXXONMOBIL USE ONLY
Appendix 15.1 - Breaking and Parting Flanges

Procedure
The workers opening a flange must guard against the possible presence of
material inside the pipe by wearing proper protective equipment and by using
an unbolting sequence that will direct any unexpected release of material away
from the worker.
BREAKING AND PARTING FLANGES
4 3 IF APPROACHING FLANGE FROM LEFT

SIDE BOLT NO 4 IS PER DIAGRAM.IF
APPROACHING FROM RIGHT SIDE
BOLT NO 3 BECOMES NO 4.
1
7 5
4 3
6 8
2

EXXONMOBIL USE ONLY
FOUR BOLT FLANGE (Sequence for loosening bolts in the four-bolt flange):
• Loosen Bolt No. 1 three threads
• Loosen Bolt No 2 two threads
• Loosen Bolt No 3 two threads
• Loosen Bolt No. 4 two threads
In the sequence, Bolt No 4 should be considered the one closest in line with the
workman's chest. This procedure should direct any release of liquid or gas
away from the workman should the flange or gasket part during these
preliminary steps.
After all nuts are loosened and backed off two threads, break the seal on the
flange. Avoid having face, arms, legs and other parts of the body in line with
the flange opening while the seal is being broken.
Should there be any indications of gas or liquid pressures on the line,
immediately re-tighten all nuts or bolts to reseal the flange, reversing the
sequence used in the steps above. The Supervisor/Operator who authorized the
work should be required to fully investigate the reason for pressurization and
follow through procedures for elimination.
After the flange is parted and there continues to be no evidence of pressure,
proceed to loosen or remove the nuts or bolts as required.
EIGHT BOLT OR LARGER FLANGES (Sequence for loosening bolts in the
eight bolt flange):
Remove every other bolt except those designated as No. 1, 2, 3, and 4. The
remaining bolts are to be loosened in the same sequence as outlined in the
instructions covering a four-bolt flange.

EXXONMOBIL USE ONLY
Appendix 15.2- Blind Tag Examples
BLIND
001
CAUTION
TOXIC GAS BLIND - RESPIRATORY
PROTECTION MUST BE USED
WHEN REMOVING THIS BLIND

EXXONMOBIL USE ONLY
Appendix 15.3 - Blind List

WO N.o ___________________________________
KEEP BLIND LIST SIGNED OFF, DATED AND CURRENT
Installed Removed
Size Type Rating Service Special Precautions Location Maintenance Prod/Drl. Maintenance Prod/Drl.

EXXONMOBIL USE ONLY
Figure 15.1- Mechanical Isolation Assessment Checklist

MECHANICAL ISOLATION ASSESSMENT CHECKLIST
LOCATION
DATE
ASSESSOR (S)
Blind list developed, dated and signed
Mechanical Isolation tags used
Hazards identified/communicated
MSDS available and used
Was leak test carried out
DEFICIENCIES NOTED:
CORRECTIVE ACTIONS:
OTHER COMMENTS:

EXXONMOBIL USE ONLY
Section 16 – Hot Tapping Procedure Page 1 of 20
16. HOT TAPPING PROCEDURE

16.1 Objectives
16.1.1 To establish a safe procedure to use when making Hot Taps on
pipelines, vessels or tanks which contain flammable liquids or gases.
Work of this type usually involves equipment that cannot be taken out
of service or cannot be safely purged for welding.
16.1.2 To ensure that activities involving Hot Tapping on equipment
containing flammable material MUST comply with this procedure.
16.2 Scope
Includes all Hot Tap operations within MPN Facilities/Operations
This procedure will discuss the safety considerations when making hot taps
and will provide guidelines on hot tapping procedures, calculation methods,
and hydro-testing of branch connections. Included is a suggested checklist,
which may be used to accomplish the necessary steps to perform most Hot
Taps.
This checklist should NOT be considered as including all preparation steps for
performing Hot Tapping.
16.3 Planning a Hot Tap

To prepare an adequate job plan for a safe hot tap, facts must be known about
the line on which the branch connection is to be made. The Person in charge
(PIC) should ensure that proper engineering has been done to determine the
following information
• Composition, grade and thickness of base metal
• Operating temperature and pressure of the line
• Pipe size and type (welded or seamless)
• Line content
• Any special consideration
(See Appendix 1 for detail explanation on planning the Hot Tap)

EXXONMOBIL USE ONLY
Page 2 of 20 Section 16 – Hot Tapping Procedure
16.4.1 PERSON IN CHARGE (PIC) /TECHNICAL SUPPORT
REPRESENTATIVE (Engineering)
Prepare procedure for Hot Tapping on equipment containing
flammables using applicable codes and guidelines.
Participate in JSA as required by JSA Procedure.
Prepare the hot tap procedure and review with
Maintenance/Contractor, Operations and SHE support group and also
coordinate activities of the hot tap with these units.
Physically inspect the site and ensure that activities contained in the
MPN Hot Tap checklist have been carried out and initial the checklist
accordingly.
Ensure that only qualified personnel are involved in the Hot Tap work.
Inform MPN Hot Tapping crew of any hot tapping job to be done in
MPN facilities.
Ensure correct welding procedure is used.
16.4.2 MAINTENANCE REPRESENTATIVE (Requester)
Participate in Hot Tap work planning and job procedure development.
Participate in JSA preparation, obtain required work permit(s)
approval.
Physically inspect the site and ensure that activities in the MPN Hot
Tap checklist have been carried out and initial the checklist
accordingly.
Ensure that all materials, tools and equipment for the Hot Tap work are
correct and tested before Hot Tapping is carried out.
Ensure that experienced and qualified personnel perform the welding
procedure.
Ensure that fire watch is established and adequate fire fighting
equipment is available and on site. (See Standby Fire Watch
Procedure)
Ensure personnel are trained to perform Hot Tap

EXXONMOBIL USE ONLY

If Contractors are to perform the Hot Tap, MPN Personnel responsible
for hot tapping should oversee Contractors handling this activity on
MPN facilities.
Clean up site after Hot Tap has been completed.
NOTE: If the person performing the Hot Tap is not satisfied with any aspect of the
hot tapping procedure, work must be stopped until the situation is clarified or
corrected.
Participate in Hot tap planning to verify scope and impact on
Operations.
Participate in JSA as required by JSA Procedure.
Review and physically check with Supervisor in charge of the group
doing the hot tap, all aspects pertaining to the hot tap.
Maintain the established process conditions throughout the period of
the hot tapping.
Approve/sign work permits involved with the job.
Standby for any emergency during the hot tap work.
16.4.4 CONTRACTOR (Requester)
Same as for Maintenance Representative (Requester) 16.4.2 above.
16.5 Procedure
16.5.1 GENERAL
• Hot tapping is a two-stage technique for attaching connections
to equipment in service by welding and drilling. The first step is
to weld a fitting to live equipment and the second step is to drill
through the fitting into the equipment while on stream. Because
air is excluded from inside the equipment where hydrocarbons
are present, the chance of fire or explosion is less than with
methods where the equipment is opened. A hot tap connection
can be made without interfering with the process. This
procedure covers the safety aspects to be considered when
welding a hot tap connection onto a pipe or vessel.

EXXONMOBIL USE ONLY

It applies to piping and equipment fabricated from ferric and
austenitic steel. Other materials such as aluminum, copper and cast
iron requires special procedures.
16.5.2 PRELIMINARY
Before performing the hot tap, the following conditions must be
satisfied:
Review and approve the hot tap procedure and JSA with Maintenance,
Operations, Technical Support and SHE group
• A competent MPN representative is present during the hot tap
activity.
• The area to which a connection is to be made has been
identified and physically marked by the Engineer in charge of
the work.
• The wall thickness inspection report is completed/signed by the
Corrosion Engineer.
• The MPN hot tap checklist must be reviewed and all items
answered and endorsed by Engineer/Person In Charge of the
work.
• The MPN 14- Inspection Report and Appendix 16.1- Hot Tap
Checklist and JSA, must be attached to the Hot work permit.
• MPN Area Operations must approve procedure and permit to
work.
16.5.3 WELDING
Upon completion of the steps outlined in 16.5.2 above, the following
steps should be taken:
• Exercise care to see that the fitting is properly positioned before
welding so that misalignment of the hot tap machines will not
occur.
• If the metal temperature is less than 10 degrees Centigrade (50
F), preheating of the weld area prior to welding to 38 degrees
Celsius (100.4 F) is required.

EXXONMOBIL USE ONLY

• When metal temperatures are below the atmospheric dew point;
apply a low preheat of about 30 degree Centigrade (47 F) to
reduce the moisture content in the weld area. Moisture inclusion
could result in weld porosity and under-head cracking.
• If blowing sand, dirt, or rain is present, the weld area should be
sheltered or protected during cleaning, preparation, and
welding.
• When welding the fitting, use downhill passes (unless a low
hydrogen weld rod is needed) which reduces the exposure time
in any one spot. Also, wait a short time between consecutive
passes to allow the metal to cool. A concave fillet weld is
recommended. (follow welding procedure developed for job).
16.5.4 TESTING AND CUTTING
A pressure test (hydrostatic or air testing) must be carried out on
welded attachment before starting hot tap. The welded attachment
should be visually inspected during and after welding and before the
hot tap machine is installed. Testing by radiography, dye penetrant,
ultrasonic or magnetic particle may be specified, particularly on the
first pass and on final weld. If these tests are used after the first pass,
the weld area must be thoroughly cleaned of any foreign material or
residues. Follow the machine installation instructions of the
manufacturer and check the following items:
• The hot tap valve to be used must be full opening. It should be
pressure tested for seat leakage prior to installation and be
properly designed for service (see API Standard 598).
• During installation, the valve should be centered on the nozzle
flange.
• Run the boring bar through the valve opening to be sure the
cutter does not jam or drag.
• Carefully calculate the travel of the cutter, to ensure that the tap
can be completed within those dimensional limits; that the cut
will be stopped before the cutter touches the opposite side of the
tapped pipe; and that the cutter can be retracted far enough to
allow unimpeded closure of the Hot Tap valve.

EXXONMOBIL USE ONLY

• Check that the bleed-off valve will hold pressure and is not
plugged.
• Ensure that precautions have been established for safe bleed-off
and disposal of material collected in the machine above the hot
tap valve
16.6 Completion
It is often possible to tell when the cut is complete by the reduced resistance to
the hand cranking or by the speed up of the air or hydraulic motor. The
manufacturer's instructions should be followed when retracting the bore and
closing the valve. If the blank or coupon is lost, no attempt should be made to
search for it. In some cases it will be necessary to shut down the equipment and
depressurize the line to recover a lost blank. Coupons that are retrieved are to
be submitted to the Corrosion Engineer.
16.7 Safety Precautions

16.7.1 The operating pressure and temperature of equipment or piping being
hot tapped should at no time exceed the rated pressure and temperature
of the cutting, closure, or stopple machines used. Care should be taken
to ensure that neither the pressure nor temperature will rise appreciably
during the hot tapping operation as a result of a surge of pressure or a
temperature rise of the fluid contents of the equipment or piping being
hot tapped. Wherever feasible, the flow in pipelines should be
maintained during welding operations, to reduce heat accumulation. A
minimum flow rate is recommended in gas lines. Where flow cannot
be maintained, ascertain that the pressure relief valve is operational.
Wherever practical, it is recommended that the pressure be reduced
one-third to one-half the normal operating pressure during the tapping
operation.
16.7.2 When making a hot tap on a pipeline, it must be determined that the
correct line is being tapped. In the case of underground lines,
assurance shall be made that a sleeve is not being tapped rather than
the pipe.

EXXONMOBIL USE ONLY

16.7.3 The contents of storage tanks should not be circulated during hot
tapping. There should be a three foot minimum liquid level above the
highest weld on the hot tap connection reinforcing pad. Hot tapping in
the vapor space of a tank is permissible only when an inert gas blanket
is maintained. Even then, frequent testing shall ensure that the gas in
the vapor space is at no time in the flammable range. On heated tanks,
heating coils shall be turned off during hot tapping.
16.7.4 A hot tap shall not be made on :
• Air receivers and air lines where lubricating oil may have
entered the system, resulting in a hazardous atmosphere.
• Equipment and piping in amine or caustic service where
embrittlement could occur.
• Equipment and piping in hydrofluoric acid service where iron
fluoride could occur.
• Equipment containing acids, ammonia, chlorine, or chlorine
compounds which the heat of welding could cause to
decompose.
• Lines and equipment containing hot hydrogen and sour gas
when hydrogen can cause embrittlement of the welds.
• Lines or equipment with cladding or linings such as glass, lead
refractory, plastic, or alloy strip.
16.7.5 Hot tap connections on pressure vessels should be no less than 460
mm (18 in) from flanged or threaded connection or 75 mm (3 in) from
a welded seam.
16.7.6 Facilities Engineering must be consulted prior to hot tapping
equipment or piping containing toxic materials.
16.7.7 When welding is performed on hot equipment over 400 degree Celsius
(752F) care should be taken that the metal is not weakened to the point
of failure.
16.7.8 Assurance shall be given that the hot tap equipment, including packing
and elastomers, will not be affected adversely by the fluid in the pipe
or equipment.

EXXONMOBIL USE ONLY

16.7.9 When welding is performed on equipment or piping under vacuum, the
welding procedure shall be selected to avoid excessive temperatures
that could result in structural collapse

• MPN Permit to Work Procedure
• Mobil Engineering Guide, EPG 16-B-41 Hot Tapping.
• ANSI (American National Standard Institute) standard; B31.2 Fuel gas
piping.
• API - American Petroleum Institute standards; API PUBL 2201 -
Procedure for Welding or Hot Tapping on Equipment Containing
Flammables. API RP 1107 - Recommended Pipeline Maintenance
Welding Procedures. PI STD 620 - Design and Construction of Large,
Welded, low-pressure Storage Tanks. API STD 650 - Welded Steel
Tanks for Oil Storage. API STD 1104 - Welding or Pipelines and
Related Facilities.
• ASME - American Society of Mechanical Engineers; ASME SEC VIII
- Rules for Construction of Pressure Vessels. ASME SEC IX -
Qualification Standard for Welding and Brazing Procedures, Welders,
Bracers, and Welding and Brazing Operators.
• NFPA- National Fire Protection Association codes; NFPA 51B -
Cutting and Welding Processes.
• MPN Hot Tap Checklist (Appendix 16.2)
16.9 Program Review

• This procedure will be reviewed under the following scenarios:

EXXONMOBIL USE ONLY

Lessons learned must be documented and communicated to the PIC

EXXONMOBIL USE ONLY
Appendix 16.1 - Planning the Hot Tap

Hot Tap Planning
To prepare an adequate job plan for a safe hot tap, several facts must be known
about the line on which the branch connection is to be made. The supervisor in
charge should be sure that proper investigation has been done to determine the
following information.
1 Composition, grade, and thickness of base metal.
2 Operating temperature and pressure of the line.
3 Pipe size and type (welded or seamless).
4 Line content.
Any special consideration.
Composition, Grade, and Thickness of Base Metal

Some equipment is unsuitable for hot tapping because the metallurgy or
thickness of the metal requires stress relieving, which normally cannot be done
while the equipment is pressurized. Special treatment is required for high-
tensile-strength alloy steels and special welding electrodes must be used. Also,
the metallurgy of the hot tap fitting and weld rod must be compatible with the
base metal.
A thorough inspection of each connection area must be made to verify that the
metal thickness is adequate and that there are no laminations or other defects.
The wall thickness could have changed subsequent to equipment installation
due to external and /or internal corrosion or erosion. Ultrasonic testing by a
qualified technician should be performed to be certain of actual wall thickness.
A minimum base metal thickness of 0.25 inches is recommended in ALL
cases. Welding on too thin material could result in overheating and burn
through.
Operating Temperature and Pressure of Line

These two factors must be known to safely apply the equations discussed later
under CALCULATION METHODS. Generally, hot work should not be
performed when the atmospheric temperature is less than 50 degrees F. Under
all circumstances, hot tapping should be limited to the temperature and
pressure rating of the hot tapping machine.

EXXONMOBIL USE ONLY

. Depending on the service, it is sometimes possible to temporarily reduce the
pressure and/or temperature within the line to provide an additional safety
factor while welding takes place
Pipe Size and Type (welded or seamless)

The branch pipe should be heavy wall thickness to provide added structural
strength for the connection. The pipe selected should be scheduled 80 for
8inches sizes and under, and 0.500inch wall thickness for 10inches sizes and
over.
Line Contents
Hot tapping should not be performed on lines that contain:
1 Hydrogen, and has operated above the Nelson Curve limits because of
possible hydrogen embrittlement (see API Publication 94I)
2 Flammable vapor/air or oxygen mixtures within the flammable or
explosive range.
3 Chemical, such as acids and chlorides, which will decompose due to
heat of welding.
4 Caustic or Amine if the concentration and temperature is such that
stress relieving is required.
5 Unsaturated hydrocarbons, unless evidence precludes the possibility of
explosive decomposition of the material under initiation of the welding
hot spot.
Welding should never be performed on compressed air lines or air receivers
under pressure. Such equipment may contain a residue of lubricating oil or
carbon, which may ignite. Even when depressed, welding should be done only
after cleaning or other steps are taken to ensure combustible material is not
present and oxygen has been excluded.

EXXONMOBIL USE ONLY
Calculation Methods
Knowing the criteria of the line to be tapped, it can now be determined if hot tapping
can be performed in accordance with code requirements. The minimum design thickness
of the line is calculated and then compared to the actual, measured wall thickness minus
the amount of undercutting due to welding on the connection. A conservative valve of
1/16-inch is recommended for use as the amount of undercut. If this pseudo wall
thickness is greater than the calculated design thickness, the connection may be safely
welded not withstanding other limitations included herein.
For straight pipe under internal pressure, the following equation from ANSI B31.3,
Petroleum Refinery Piping Code Section 304.1.2(a) should be used to determine the
pressure design thickness:
t= PD____
2(SE + PY)
Where;
t = pressure design thickness, inches
P = internal pressure, Psig
D = outside diameter of pipe, inches
SE = allowable stress at 500 degrees F, psi obtained from Appendix A of ANSI
B31.3, Petroleum Refinery Piping Code.
S = basic allowance stress for material, psi.
E = casting quality or weld joint factor applied to S as required.
Y = coefficient for ductile ferrous materials. Obtained from Table 304.1.1 of
ANSI B31.3 (1976). The value of Y is 0.4 for materials (except cast iron) at
temperature 900 degrees F and lower.

EXXONMOBIL USE ONLY
Special Considerations
The allowable stress of the base metal is dependent on the temperature of the metal. As
the temperature increases, the allowable stress decreases. Maintaining sufficient flow
helps dissipate the build up of heat from welding. In addition, there is a critical cooling
rate above which cracking occurs in the weld. Suggested flow rates during welding per
API 2201 are:
• Liquids – 1.3 ft/sec minimum; 4.0 ft/sec maximum
• Gas – 1.3 ft/sec minimum; No maximum limit
In cases where there may be insufficient of interrupted flow, such as a flare line, a
continual purge of steam, inert gas, or hydrocarbon gas is necessary to ensure the
absence of a flammable mixture.
Hot tapping should not be done on lines with cladding or linings such as glass, lead,
refractory, plastic, strip lining, etc.
Generally, avoid hot tapping closer than 18 inches to a flange or threaded connection or
approximately 3 inches to a welded seam. Also avoid hot tapping upstream of rotating
equipment unless such equipment is protected from cuttings by means of filters and
traps. The branch pipe should be installed on a straight run of carrier pipe and may be
installed in the horizontal or vertical plan.
The above equation should be used only when t is less than D/4. Pipe with t equal to or
greater than D/4, or P/SE greater than 0.6 requires special consideration taking into
account design and material factors such as theory of failure, fatigue, and thermal
stresses.
A temperature of 500 degrees F has been selected for determining allowable stress
values in the above equations based on field experiments. The 500 degrees F de-rating
factor is recommended for lines operating at less than 100 degree F. Operating
temperatures above100 degrees F should be added to 500 degrees F to determine
allowable stress. Also special consideration should be given to any operating
temperature greater than 50 degrees F and to thin-walled pipe.

EXXONMOBIL USE ONLY
Hot Tap Guide

Hydro Testing Connections
The branch connection or stub should be tested for a minimum of 30 minutes to observe
the soundness of the weld or occurrence of pinhole leaks. The proper test pressure for
shells and pipe under external pressure should be determined to preclude the collapse of
the carrier pipe. The maximum allowable hydrotest pressure should be the smallest of
the following pressure:
Stub hydrotest pressure determined in accordance with requirements of
ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code, Section VIII, Division
I (Equation 2).
Hydrotest pressure required for new pipe (Equation 3).
Lowest allowable test pressure of all valves and flanges in the piping
system.
The following equation is used to determine the stub hydrotest pressure:
When D/t > 10:
P a = 1.5 [ ___4B___ ] + P _ _ _ Eq. 2
3 ( D/t)
where;
P a = hydrotest pressure, psi
B = factor determined from the applicable material chart in Appendix V of the
ASME Pressure Vessel Code.
D = outside diameter of carrier pipe, inches
t = available thickness of carrier pipe from ultrasonic test, inches
p= operating pressure of pipe, psi
For values of D/t < 10, refer to the ASME Pressure Vessel Code to determine P a
multiply the calculated value by 1.5 and add the operating pressure.
Normally, new pipe is tested to 85% of minimum yield base upon it’s normally wall
thickness. The test pressure of the branch pipe beyond the tapping flange should be
determined using the following equation:
P a = (2)(S)(t)(.85) _ _ _ Eq.(3)
D

EXXONMOBIL USE ONLY

Where;
P a = hydrotest pressure
S = specified minimum yield strength, psi
t = nominal wall thickness, inches
D = outside diameter of brake pipe, inches
The results of equation 2 and 3 are compared to the allowable test pressures for valves
and flanges in the system as determined by ANSI B16.5 – 1981 edition.
For an example, using equation (2), what would be the maximum test pressure applied
within a 6” Schedule 80, grade B Seamless stub welded onto a 10” Schedule 80, Grade
B Seamless pipe operating at a 1200psig pressure?
B = 16,000 (See ASME Section VIII for sources of data.)
D = 10.75
T = 0.593
P a = ___4(16,000)____ 1.5 + 1200 = 2964 psi Max. Test pressure
3(10.75/0.593
The remainder of the new 6” Schedule 80 pipe beyond the tapping flange would be
tested to:
P a = (2)(S)(t)(8.5) = (2)(35,000)(.432)(.85)
D 6.625
P a (Test Pressure) = 3880 psi
In the example above, the limit of hydrotest of the stub or maximum test pressure would
be the code safe pressure of the flanges and valves unless their service rating is ANSI
900 or greater.

EXXONMOBIL USE ONLY
Appendix 16.2 - Hot Tapping Job Checklist

To be completed by Person In Charge of work.
This checklist is to be used as a reminder to accomplish the steps in sequential order. Particular
circumstance of the job however, may require additional preparatory steps. The safety of operation
requires that all items contained in the checklist be answered affirmatively. If an affirmative answer is not
possible, appropriate precautions and agreement between Operations, Maintenance, Engineering and Loss
Prevention before the Hot Tap is carried out. All sections of the checklist should be initialed.
BEFORE STARTING HOT TAP

1 Authorized individual has signed permit
2 Authorized individual is on authorized facility/location list
3 Has an approved engineering department drawing or sketch
been obtained?
4 Does the Tapping machine have a suitable pressure and
temperature rating and adequate cutter travel for the job?
5 Has the exact location of the hot tap on the line or vessel
been identified and marked?
6 Has the area to be welded been inspected for the thickness
and freedom from lamination or other metallurgical
defects?
7 Has the hot tapping inspection report been obtained from
the Technical Department Inspection Group?
8 Has the metallurgy of the line or vessel been established?
9 Has the need for stress-relieving the welded area been
considered?
10 Do the flanges, bolts, gaskets, pipe and valve to be installed
meet the piping code for the line or vessel to be hot tapped?
11 Is there sufficient external clearance to accommodate the
operation of the hot tap machine?
12 Is there sufficient internal clearance to retract the cutter
through the valve?
13 Is there hot tap fitting of the proper length to accommodate
operation of the hot tap machine?
14 Have combustible and toxic gas tests been conducted in the
area of hot tapping?

EXXONMOBIL USE ONLY
15 Has the chemical composition of the line or vessel contents

been considered to avoid welding on equipment containing
flammable mixtures, hydrogen or chemicals affecting metal
strength?
16 Is the material in the line stable under heated conditions and
free of oxygen?
17 Has fire-fighting standby equipment been provided?
18 Is protective equipment required for personnel in hot
tapping area?
19 Is the area to be hot tapped located below the liquid level of
a tank or on a line or piece of equipment in which fluid
flow has been established?
20 Is there adequate hoisting and support equipment for the hot
tapping machine and subsequent piping, satisfactory and
emergency access?
BEFORE WELDING
21 Is a preheat of the weld area required?
22 Is the fitting properly positioned so
misalignment of the hot tap machine will not
occur?
23 Has the pressure and temperature of the
contained material been reduced as much as the
process operations will allow?
24 Is there liquid or flowing gas in contact with the
area to be hot tapped?
BEFORE CUTTING
25 Has the weld been tested?
26 Have the hot tap valve, gaskets, and bolts been
checked for possible leakage?
27 Has the bleed-off valve been checked to be sure
it is operable and unobstructed?
28 Are all bolts on the cutter and pilot bit tight?

EXXONMOBIL USE ONLY
29 Is the coupon catcher on pilot bit ?

30 Is the valve centered on the flange?
31 Has the cutting depth been calculated to avoid
cutting the opposite side of the pipe?
32 Has the boring bar been run through the valve to
ensure free passage?
BEFORE REMOVING HOT TAPPING MACHINE

33 Follow the manufacturer’s instructions to be
sure the boring bar is fully retracted before
closing the hot tap valve.
34 Close the hot tap valve.
35 Open the bleeder valve.
36 Be sure all pressure is off the hot tap machine
before removing bolts from the flange.

EXXONMOBIL USE ONLY
Figure 16.1 - Hot Tapping Assessment Checklist

LOCATION
DATE
ASSESSOR (S)
Job procedure is developed
JSA developed & approved
Pre-Job checklist completed before job commenced
Hazards identified
Was there an approved engineering drawing or sketch
Was stress relief done on the welded area
Was combustible/toxic gas test conducted and recorded
Was proper PPE identified in the permit and used correctly
Permit Requester accepts permit with signature
Post-work inspection carried out with signature
RP Name and Signature on permit to close out permit
All sections of the permit properly filled out.
DEFICIENCIES NOTED:
CORRECTIVE ACTIONS:
OTHER COMMENTS:

EXXONMOBIL USE ONLY

EXXONMOBIL USE ONLY
Section 17 – Equipment Out of Service Procedure Page 1 of 18
17. EQUIPMENT OUT OF SERVICE PROCEDURE

17.1 Objectives
To establish a minimum standard that must be implemented at MPN facilities
when placing any process equipment out of service to prevent unexpected
release of stored energy, and start up of equipment or machinery which could
cause injury to personnel and equipment.
To improve and maintain safe working standards when equipment is required
to be permanently isolated and placed out of service. (e.g. vessels,
compressors, generators etc.)
To provide practical guidance on the removal of redundant process equipment
in MPN facilities.
To identify and manage hazards associated with isolation, depressurizing,
draining, purging and cleaning equipment prior to it being removed from
service.
To ensure that the equipment placed out of service remains safely isolated to
prevent accidental repressuring or re-energizing of equipment throughout the
out of service time period.
To document minimum safety requirements and establish a safe and systematic
approach when equipment is being isolated, depressurized, drained and locked
out before being placed in an OUT OF SERVICE condition.
17.2 Scope
Covers all process equipment isolations for short term, long term and no future
utilisation including equipment identified to be abandoned and moved from the
operating areas.
17.3 Definitions
17.3.1 GENERAL WORK PERMIT: A general work permit authorizes work
to be carried out under specified conditions. The term General Work
Permit refers to the form, which is used as part of an overall system of
work control.
17.3.2 SHORT TERM ISOLATION: Equipment is temporarily out of service
(LOTO) for less than 90 days.

EXXONMOBIL USE ONLY
Page 2 of 18 Section 17 – Equipment Out of Service Procedure

17.3.3 LONG TERM ISOLATION: No near term plans to re-commission the
equipment; however, system Integrity should be maintained for potential
future use either at the existing facility or moved to another site.
17.3.4 Long Term Isolation applies to activities that render, process equipment
open to atmosphere for more than 90 days and will not be attended at all
times.
17.3.5 NO FUTURE UTILITY: The facility is isolated and preserved in
preparation for abandonment.
NOTE: All open process lines must be blinded with line rated blind flanges unless the
equipment is perimeter blinded and free of hydrocarbons with normal over pressure
protection installed.
17.3.6 FACILITIES: Applies to pipelines, flowlines, vessels, process piping
and equipment, machinery and ancillary equipment necessary to support
process operations.
17.3.7 GAS CONCENTRATION: Amount of a particular gas or gases present
in a given space, usually expressed in percent of total volume, parts per
million (PPM) or percent of Lower Explosive Limit (LEL).
17.3.8 HYDROCARBON SOURCE: Defined as any exposed pipe, vessel or
equipment containing hydrocarbons.
Operations Supervisors on Platforms, or Supervisor at a location)

• MPN Safety Manual.
• MPN Job Safety Analysis
• MPN MoC Process Procedure
• MPN Work management Manual
• MPN Control of Hazardous Energy Procedure (LOTO)
• MPN Temporary Bypass of Safety Systems

EXXONMOBIL USE ONLY
The overall responsibility for the implementation of this procedure, at
all MPN Operations both Onshore and Offshore, rests with the ‘Person
in Charge’ (PIC).
The PIC must approve all equipment out of service requests and ensure
that the MoC process is followed to analyze risks involved in the
isolation of process equipment no longer needed.
The PIC should have overall knowledge of the operation process where
the work is to be performed.
The PIC is responsible for ensuring that the hazards associated with
isolation of process equipment are identified, communicated, and
understood by all involved in the task.
The PIC will ensure that persons assigned specific responsibilities for
this operation are competent and trained to identify the hazards and
risks stated in this procedure
Ensure that this procedure is consistently implemented.
The RP shall ensure that equipment placed out of service is properly
isolated, depressurised, drained, locked and an Out of Service tag is
placed on the equipment (see Appendix 1)
Ensure a Pre-Job Safety Meeting is conducted and a JSA is prepared
prior to commencement of work.
Shall ensure that all safety precautions are carried out, locks and tags
are attached to the equipment placed out service and warning signs are
posted at the work site.
Must ensure the equipment Out of Service Procedure is followed.

EXXONMOBIL USE ONLY
17.6 Procedures
When a piece of equipment or machinery has been isolated for ninety (90)
days, and no work has been performed on it during that period of time, the
energy isolation moves to an Out of Service status. These steps must be
followed:
1. Inform all affected personnel.
2. Complete the Control of Hazardous Energy (LOTO) Permit (see
sections 9 and 10 of LOTO permit)
3. Remove energy control lockout locks/tags (refer to handling start-up
Preparation section of Hazardous Energy control (LOTO) procedure.)
4. Install Out Of Service locks and/or Out Of Service tags. (See Appendix
1)
5. All Out of Service locking device keys will be under the control of the
PIC
6. Document change from Energy Control to Out Of Service in Shift/Hitch
Handover documentation.
NOTE: When work resumes on “Out of Service” equipment, a new Energy Control
permit must be obtained. Out of Service locks and tags must be removed, lockout
locks and tags must be installed, and the isolation must be verified.
17.6.1 Required Documentation

The Management of Change process must be followed to place equipment Out
of Service.
1. Upon approval of an MoC, the PIC for the facility will ensure that an
isolation plan containing the following is approved by the Area
Operations Manager, prior to isolating the equipment.
• Applicable drawings are revised and marked to indicate equipment
to be taken out of service
• A completed Job Safety Analysis listing steps to be taken and
hazards involved with the work.
• JSA has been reviewed with all members of the work team at pre-
work meetings.

EXXONMOBIL USE ONLY

• Prepared /approved Permanent Blinds List if applicable
• Other applicable work management checklists completed. (Health,
Excavation, Height Safety etc.).
2. The PIC and RP will ensure that copies of documentation relevant to
the Isolation are filed on site and the originals returned to the location
Functional Change Coordinator (FCC) for filing.
17.6.2 Short Term Isolation

Steps to be taken for short term isolations:
• Isolate using available valves and blinds.
• Depressure - unless the operating situation requires pressure to be
maintained
• Maintain PM activities
• Lockout and Tagout isolated process equipment, switchgear and
electrical supply. Document this in the facility LOTO Logbook.
• Complete Management of Change process and file approved copy at
location.
• Monitor normal equipment operating parameters for any changes.
• Ensure thermal relief protection is left in an operable condition.
17.6.3 Long Term Isolation

Steps to be taken for long term isolations:
• Physically isolate from all operating facilities - disconnect and blind
off if possible.
• Maintain PM activities associated with long term system integrity -
cathodic protection, painting, and thermal relief
• Flush and pickle machinery, vessels, and piping
 For Pipe Pickling assistance - contact corrosion group for
procedure.

EXXONMOBIL USE ONLY

 For Machinery Pickling assistance - contact Equipment and
Machinery Reliability group for procedure.
• Special considerations:
 Verify regulatory requirements for long term isolation. (i.e. NORM
removal, wellhead safety device testing, air permit revisions etc.)
 Ensure thermal relief protection. Pickling fluids are not
compressible.
 Ensure access for removal of pickling fluids.
 Review impact on lease and operating agreements.
 Install Out of Service tags on equipment, switchgear, and electrical
supply.
• May discontinue operational PM activities on process relief valves,
instrumentation, hydrotesting etc, when isolation has been completed.
location.
17.6.4 No Future Utility

Steps to be taken for No Future Utility of process equipment and systems;
• Physically disconnect and isolate from operating facilities both
mechanically and electrically.
• Flush and clean to remove hydrocarbons.
• Discontinue PM activities.
• Ensure thermal protection is in place and operational.
• Review internal and external regulatory requirements and develop
action plan for future abandonment.
location.

EXXONMOBIL USE ONLY
17.6.5 Management of Change/Job Planning

The MoC provides a thought process to analyse a proposed change prior to
implementation and a way to review changes and train associates after the
change. The following items should be addressed when developing job plans
for facility isolation or deactivation and documented using the MoC process.
• Energy sources isolated.
• System de-energized.
• Operating procedures revised.
• Operator training completed.
• As-built drawings modified (P&ID's)
• Process Hazard Analysis performed and findings resolved.
• PM systems updated.
• Flushing/Pickling completed.
• Regulatory/Environmental requirements understood and complied
with.
17.6.6 Hazards to be Considered During Isolation

Below are some of the Hazards to be considered during Equipment Isolation.
EYE FOREIGN OBJECTS:
Personnel should use increased eye protection (ie; goggles and face
shield) when bleeding down equipment to atmosphere or when opening
process equipment.
HAZARDOUS ATMOSPHERE:
A breathing apparatus may be required when bleeding to atmosphere
within congested areas, semi-confined spaces, opening process
equipment or when escape routes are restricted and particularly when
dealing with equipment that has contained Hydrogen Sulfide.
BLOCKED OR CORRODED BLEED OR DRAIN VALVES:
Do not use excessive force if valves are hard to operate

EXXONMOBIL USE ONLY

PRESSURE:
Open more than one bleeder (if available) to ensure that no pressure
remains in the equipment or piping due to a plugged valve.
EXCEEDING EQUIPMENT TEMPERATURE AND PRESSURE LIMITS:
Be careful not to exceed equipment (including drain, flare and skimmer
pile systems) design limits when draining, depressurizing,
depressurizing or filling process equipment (i.e.; pressure, flow,
temperature).
The MDMT (Minimum Design Metal Temperature) is the equipment
minimum safe operating temperature at design pressure
Vessels and piping systems fabricated from carbon steel, becomes
brittle when operated at low temperatures and may cause a catastrophic
equipment failure. The equipment design and metallurgy determine the
MDMT.
Temperature reduction may occur when a hydrocarbon gas or volatile
liquid is depressurized. Volatile liquid hydrocarbons that vaporize or
flash off at low pressure resulting in auto-refrigeration include
condensate and LPG streams containing methane, ethane, propane or
butane.
Volatile liquids should, where practicable, be moved to other process
vessels. Draining volatile liquids can flash to a temperature below the
drain system piping or equipment design parameters. Use temperature
and pressure indicators, surface thermometers, sweating or icing to
monitor equipment drain or vent piping systems downstream of any
pressure drop.
Underground piping:-Piping systems containing pockets of volatile
liquids presents an increased risk of embrittlement when depressuring
because:
 It is constrained by the soil and lacks flexibility
 There is no satisfactory way to monitor its temperature.
 Volatile liquids should be displaced, drained and the piping system
warmed depressuring.

EXXONMOBIL USE ONLY

LPG. The higher the ethane content of LPG the lower its boiling point.
A higher ethane content increases the risk of reaching MDMT when
depressuring vessels or piping systems containing pockets of residual
LPG. Where possible modify processing to reduce the ethane content in
LPG to below 20 MOL % prior to displacing, draining and
depressurizing.
If equipment temperature falls below the Minimum Design Metal
Temperature (MDMT) DO NOT repressure until the temperature is
above the MDMT.
INCOMPLETE EQUIPMENT PREPARATION:
When draining and depressurizing process equipment ensure that the
equipment to be drained and depressurized is isolated from the process.
Where appropriate, ensure that isolation locks are in place to prevent
inadvertent operation of valves or equipment.
OPEN DRAIN SEALS:
May allow flammable or toxic vapors to be release to the atmosphere if
not maintained. When draining is complete, flush with water to re-
establish the water seal in the open drain piping.
TRAPPED LIQUIDS
Weirs, standpipes, instrument bridles, control valves, closed block
valves and dead legs may allow pockets of liquid to remain in vessels
and piping systems
BLOWBACK FROM OPEN DRAINS
Draining at high rates or draining hot, chilled or sour (containing H 2 S)
liquids can cause blowback in the immediate area or throughout the
facility. Simultaneous operations in the area may also be affected. (i.e.;
Hot work, vehicle entry, confined space entries )
HYDRATE FORMATION
Using Double Manual Drain Valves. When draining or depressuring
equipment and the potential for the formation of hydrates exists ( i.e.;
LPG, Condensate or High-pressure wet gas) the following applies:
NOTE: If double manual drain valves are fitted, the upstream valve must be fully
opened first, and then the downstream valve can be opened.

EXXONMOBIL USE ONLY

 This is to ensure that if the downstream valve hydrates due to
throttling, the upstream valve will be unaffected and can be closed.
The downstream valve is closed before the upstream valve when
draining or depressuring has been completed.
 Bleed off any trapped product between the drain valves by using the
downstream valve and close when depressurized.
If double manual drain valves are not fitted, develop the work procedure to
ensure the safest draining or depressuring method is used.
HYDROGEN SULFIDE:
Crude oil, produced water, and produced gas may contain Hydrogen
Sulfide (H2S) in potentially lethal concentrations. (Refer to MPN
Production Safety Manual for safe work limits)
ELECTRIC SHOCK:
Confirm all electrical power to unit is completely isolated.
HOT WORK:
Before venting to atmosphere ensure there is no hot work being
performed on the platform or within 25 metres onshore. Check direction
and speed of wind, depressure slowly and ensure that personnel are
upwind of the venting point.
WASTE DISPOSAL
Ensure that any waste is disposed of correctly (refer to the Waste
Management Manual and site Maintenance Procedures) and
hydrocarbons are contained so that soil or water is not contaminated.
PREMATURE SAFETY EQUIPMENT ISOLATION:
Do not isolate pressure relief valves, vacuum breakers or thermal relief
devices until equipment is depressurized and adequate vents are open to
prevent over or under pressurizing of equipment

EXXONMOBIL USE ONLY

 This is to ensure that if the downstream valve hydrates due to
throttling, the upstream valve will be unaffected and can be closed.
The downstream valve is closed before the upstream valve when
draining or depressuring has been completed.
 Bleed off any trapped product between the drain valves by using the
downstream valve and close when depressurized.
If double manual drain valves are not fitted, develop the work procedure to
ensure the safest draining or depressuring method is used.
17.6.7 Drain and Depressure Equipment

Draining of hydrocarbons and depressure of piping systems and equipment
must be performed by the Production Technicians who are responsible for the
system.
ISOLATION OF EQUIPMENT:
Prior to draining and depressurization, the involved piping and
equipment must be isolated considering the hazards listed in this
procedure.
DRAINING:
When draining vessels of liquid, multiple checks must be made to
ensure that there is no liquid trapped inside.
When draining and depressurizing vessels or process piping, the
following general guidelines should be adhered to:
 Avoid over pressuring the closed drain system.
 Avoid liquid carryover to the flare system.
 Be aware of any sand carryover from the vessels, causing problems
with process equipment.
 Hydrocarbon liquid must be drained to the facility drain system.
 Hydrocarbon gas must be depressurized to the flare system.

EXXONMOBIL USE ONLY

DEPRESSURIZING:
The following depressurization method is used if there is no
requirement to remove the vessel contents:
 Depressurize slowly, to the flare system.
 Verify the equipment is depressurized.
 The Operation Technician must note on the work permit if there is
any verification method available to ensure equipment is
depressurized.
 Regardless of any checks that shows no pressure or liquid in the
flange areas, the user must always approach flange separation as if
there were pressure and or liquids in isolated spools, valves or other
devices.
CAUTION: WHEN A FLANGE IS TO BE UNBOLTED, THE
OPERATION TECHNICIAN SHOULD BE PRESENT TO ENSURE
THE CORRECT FLANGE IS BEING OPENED (REFER TO
MECHANICAL ISOLATION PROCEDURE IN MPN WORK
MANAGEMENT MANUAL)
17.6.8 Freeing Equipment of Hydrocarbons

Before equipment or facilities are decommissioned, they must be adequately
prepared to enable work to be undertaken in a safe and environmentally sound
manner. Purging and draining would be required to ensure the process
equipment is free of hydrocarbons.
Purging is required to address the need to:
• Eliminate hydrocarbon and toxic gas.
• Gas free, ensuring no explosive mixture exists.
The operator who is responsible for the process system must carry out
hydrocarbon freeing.
There are a number of methods used to ensure process equipment is freed of
hydrocarbon gases, liquids and solid residues. One or more of the methods
listed may be used.

EXXONMOBIL USE ONLY

CAUTION: PYROPHORIC DEPOSITS. VESSEL INTERNALS MUST
BE KEPT WET IF PYROPHORIC IRON SULFIDES ARE SUSPECTED
TO BE PRESENT (TO PREVENT AUTO IGNITION) AND THE
VESSEL WILL BE OPENED OR VENTILATED WITH AIR.
Purging for hydrocarbon free can be achieved by:
• Purging by dilution
• Purging by displacement
PURGING BY DILUTION:
Purging by dilution is when the process contents are diluted using an
inert gas such as nitrogen, carbon dioxide or a mixture of the two gases.
The process unit is pressurized up to 100 kPa with the inert gas, taking
care not to exceed the unit pressure rating and then depressurized to the
flare. This process is repeated until gas testing indicates a safe level.
PURGING BY DISPLACEMENT:
Displacement of hydrocarbon using water where moisture will not
cause problems and or where an inert gas supply is unavailable.
Treated fresh or salt water may be used to displace crude oil or gas
from vessels and piping. It is not used for displacing LPG fractions due
to the likelihood of hydrate formation. Water alone will not ensure that
a system is completely free of hydrocarbons. Secondary cleaning, such
as steaming, inert gas purging or hydro-jetting, can be used following
displacement with water.
Water can be introduced into the bottom of the vessel and vapor vented
out the top of the vessel until the water reaches the top. An inert gas
can then be used to displace any remaining hazardous vapor near the
top. The inert gas will, in turn, be replaced by air as the vessel is
drained thus avoiding a combustible mixture.
Notes:
1. Salt or fresh water must be treated with corrosion inhibitor at a
concentration of 100-PPM (i.e. 1 litres per 10,000 litres of water).
Water can cause severe corrosion if not treated.

EXXONMOBIL USE ONLY

2. Care must be taken not to overpressure vessels when filling (i.e.
Break flanges to allow water to escape when full) and that adequate
vents are left open when draining the water to prevent pulling a
vacuum. Displacing with water shall not be used for cold service
vessels.
3. Break tanks must be used when connecting fire, utility or potable
water systems to hydrocarbon vessels or piping to ensure that these
systems can not be contaminated if back flow occurs.
Displacement with Steam
Steam is a very effective method to remove hydrocarbons from process
equipment. Steam may be used to displace hydrocarbons from towers,
heat exchangers and piping systems. This is conducted after equipment
is isolated.
NOTE: Steam lines and fittings must be properly bonded to prevent generation of
static electricity.
Residue from steaming must be collected and disposed of in compliance
with the Waste Management Manual.
Care must be taken to ensure that certain vessels are given special
treatment if steam is to be used (i.e. Demethanizers are restricted to 80°
C to ensure the tower insulation is not damaged). Certain equipment in
LPG service is not steamed, as it is very difficult to remove the residual
water, which may result in hydrate formation when returned to service.
Care must also be taken not to over pressure equipment when steaming.
Steam temperatures must not exceed the auto ignition temperature of
previously stored products if oxygen is present.
After steaming, process equipment must be adequately vented during
cool down to prevent pulling a vacuum on the equipment.
NOTE: During steaming the steam generator must be attended at all times. In the
event of the steam generator shutting down and being unable to restart, adequate vents
or other avenues should be opened immediately to avoid pulling a vacuum on the
equipment being steamed.

EXXONMOBIL USE ONLY

Maintaining Free of Combustibles
After the purging process is completed, it is important to ensure that
hydrocarbons and other combustible or toxic materials are prevented
from re-entering the purged equipment.
Mechanical Cleaning
It is sometimes necessary to enter process equipment to remove sludge
or scale, to completely free the equipment of hydrocarbons.
Cleaning methods may include hydro-jetting, scrapping, brushing, and
vacuuming. Flammable vapors in sludge containing heavy hydrocarbon
may not be detected with a gas detector, but will readily ignite if a
source of ignition is present. Vapors may be released when the sludge is
disturbed or heated.
All cleaning equipment must be grounded to prevent fires and
explosions caused by static electricity.
NOTE: The preferred method is for the cleaning to be performed without entering the
confined space if possible.
Purging with Air
PURGING HYDROCARBON WITH AIR IS NOT PERMITTED.
PURGING WITH AIR IS NOT PERMITTED UNTIL VESSELS,
PIPINGS AND EQUIPMENT HAS FIRST BEEN PURGED WITH
AN INERT MEDIUM AND DETERMINED TO BE GAS FREE.
17.7 Program Review

17.7.3 Periodic Audits/Gap Analysis to ensure that the procedure is implemented and
17.7.4 Needed changes to this procedure will only be made using the Management of

EXXONMOBIL USE ONLY

PIC.

EXXONMOBIL USE ONLY
APPENDIX 1 - OUT OF SERVICE TAG
(Actual size is larger than that shown)

EXXONMOBIL USE ONLY

EXXONMOBIL USE ONLY
Section 18 –Lifting Permit Procedure Page 1 of 30
18. LIFTING PERMIT PROCEDURE

18.1 Objectives
18.1.1 To establish and maintain a Lifting Permit Procedure that ensures lifts
are performed in a safe and organized manner.
planning and execution of the lifting operations.
with, or affected by, the lifting work to be carried out.
18.1.4 Communicate the training and competency requirements needs for all
personnel involved in the execution of heavy lifts.
18.2 Scope
18.2.1 This procedure is used in conjunction with the Lifting Management
Systems Procedures to ensure that the safe conduct of Lifting
Operations.
18.2.2 This Procedure describes the Critical Tasks for Lifting Heavy Loads
using either a Fixed/Mobile Crane or Fork Lift
18.3 Definitions
18.3.1 BANKSMAN Person who directs movement of load and is in sole
charge of communications for movement of load.
18.3.2 GENERAL WORK PERMIT: A general work permit authorizes work to
be carried out under specified conditions. The term General Work Permit
refers to the form, which is used as part of an overall system of work
control.

EXXONMOBIL USE ONLY
Page 2 of 30 Section 18 – Lifting Permit Procedure

18.3.3 LIFT PERMIT: The purpose of the lift permit is to ensure that a
particular lift is properly planned, designed, pre-checked, and
supervised. A lift permit is required when various factors and
conditions, which may occur during the lift, may lead to a dangerous
lifting operation. The lift permit ensures that assigned personnel have
specific responsibilities during the planning and lifting process.
18.3.5 NON-ROUTINE LIFTING OPERATIONS Lifting operations
considered as non-routine include, but are not necessarily limited to, the
following:
Blocked and/or obstructed Crane Operator’s view of the vessel,
All broadside vessel operations,
Loading and off-loading operations from the forward part of the vessel,
Lifting direct to crane ball hook (without an extension line),
Boat landing operation using supply or anchor handling vessels,
Bulky cargo to be inter-rigged by crew boat,
Poor visibility due to heavy rains, sea spray, or other reason, and
Load testing.
18.3.7 CRITICAL LIFT The definition of Critical Lift is as follows
Is the load to be lifted over electrical Power lines
Is the load greater than 3 tonnes and to be lifted over or near operating
equipment.
Are two or more cranes to be used
Will special Lifting Equipment be required
Is the load greater than 50 tonnes
Is the load greater than 90% of the rated capacity
Is the load greater than 20 tonnes and greater than 80% rated capacity.

EXXONMOBIL USE ONLY

Work Precautions.
18.3.9 DESIGNATED PERSON IN CHARGE OF LIFT (DPICL): The
Designated Person in Charge of Lift has overall responsibility for all
lifting operations at their site/facility.
18.3.10DUAL LIFTS lifts requiring the use of more than one primary lifting
apparatus (e g. two cranes).
18.3.11REQUESTER: The person to carry out the task. Provides detailed
18.3.12CRANE DRIVER There are a number of key responsibilities assigned
to the Crane Operator. Refer to section 18.5.7

• Additional Procedures:
 MPN Job Safety Analysis (JSA).
 Specific Job Procedure(s).
 MPN Lifting Equipment Manual
• References:
 OIMS System 6-4 (Work Management)
 SIMOPS Manual
 MPN Safety Manual
18.5.1 GENERAL:
Everyone working in MPN Operations must have an understanding of
the requirements of the MPN Lifting Management System
Supervisory Staff, whether MPN Supervisors or contractor staff, have
additional responsibilities
To provide adequate information, instruction and training to all persons
under their control.

EXXONMOBIL USE ONLY

They must ensure that everyone understands the operation of and the
consequences of non-Compliance with the requirements of the MPN
Lifting Management System.
The overall responsibility for the implementation of this procedure, at all
MPN Operations both Onshore and Offshore, rests with the ‘Person in
Charge’ (PIC).
The PIC shall develop a competent relief personnel list for his facility.
This list shall be kept evergreen as required by OIMS System 5-1.
other activities on the location and if needed shall indicate additional
signatures required.
The PIC will appoint Logistics Coordinator in Charge of Lift
The PIC will perform periodic assessments on this procedure to ensure
that the procedure is being complied with
The PIC will appoint a Designated Person in Charge of Lift.
18.5.3 DESIGNATED PERSON IN CHARGE OF LIFT. (DPICL) The
Designated Person In Charge of Lift (DPICL) has overall responsibility
for all operations including lifting at their site. When it is not possible or
practical for the DPICL to manage lifting activities personally, the
DPICL shall nominate a person to act as the Person In Charge of Lifting
operations (PICL).
The following key responsibilities are assigned to the DPICL. The DPICL shall
ensure:
• That the appropriate processes and procedures are implemented and
followed,
• That key personnel are competent, know and understand their
responsibilities, including MPN standards and procedures and have the
ability to carry them out,
• That all cranes and lifting equipment are inspected and maintained as
specified,
• That work permits and JSA's for lifting activities are raised when required,

EXXONMOBIL USE ONLY

• That all lifts are planned, co-ordinated, and communicated effectively, and
That all personnel, especially crane operators, banksman / riggers understand
and are familiar with the Lifting Management System and the Lifting
Equipment Manual.
Responsible to the PIC (and in some cases may be the PIC) to operate
the Lifting Permit System to ensure the safe and efficient operation of
platform and equipment in the facilities.
The RP will authorize all General Work Permits associated with heavy
lifts to work within his area of authority.
The RP may also sign as Preparer on the permit form, if operational
Further information on the responsibilities of the Responsible Person
can be found in the General Work Procedure Section 2 Work
Management Manual.
Initiates required General Work Permit to perform the heavy lift and
signs the permit.
Monitors the heavy lift to ensure compliance with Permit conditions
and provisions of this procedure and applicable guidance/safe work
practices
The Permit Preparer is responsible for completing the precautions
section of the General Work Permit form.
Ensure a JSA is prepared, job hazards documented and discussed with
persons involved in the job.
When job is completed, check job site to ensure that it is cleaned up and
left in a safe manner prior to leaving work site.
Depending on operational requirements the Responsible Person may
sign as the Permit Preparer.

EXXONMOBIL USE ONLY

 MPN General Work Permitting system
 Facility Emergency Procedures
 Personal Protective Equipment.
18.5.7 CRANE DRIVER is responsible for driving the crane. Additionally, he
is responsible for operating the crane in a safe manner and ensuring that
lifting operations be conducted safely at all times,
Take part in planning lifting operations,
Review daily and site management plans with the supervisor,
Perform specified pre-use inspections, ensuring the crane is fit for use,
Carry out lifts only after all safety concerns have been discussed,
hazards rectified or managed, and safe conditions assured,
Maintain the daily crane operation log,
Report any dangerous condition observed to the Location
Supervisor/DPICL,
Ensure that prior to any lifting operation, a substantial, durable, and
clearly legible load rating chart is permanently affixed in the cab and
clearly visible to the Operator. (This applies only to Offshore Cranes),
Ensure that prior to any lifting operation, the correct load rating chart has
been selected and corresponds with the crane set-up configuration. (This
applies only to Onshore cranes).
Check that the site is adequately prepared for the crane and all hazards
have been identified. (See Attachment 5 of Chapter 7),
Obtain the gross weight (if known), check the crane load radius charts
and select the appropriate configuration,
Prepare JSA, when required, in conjunction with banksman/riggers, and
Liaise with banksman/riggers to ensure safe and efficient execution of
lifting and site management.

EXXONMOBIL USE ONLY

NOTE: AFULL LIST OF PERSONNEL RESPONSIBILITIES CAN BE
FOUND IN SECTION 10 OF THE LIFTING MANAGEMENT MANUAL
INCLUDING
Banksman/Rigger
Maintenance Personnel
Inspector and Certification Engineer
Contract Crane Owner
Vessel MasterLogistic Coordinator
18.6 Preparations
18.6.1 Purpose
This section discusses the pre-lift meeting and lift preparations.
18.6.2 Pre-lift meeting

Prior to conducting any lifting operation, a pre-lift meeting will be conducted.
The primary purpose of the pre-lift meeting is to ensure that all roles and
responsibilities are identified. The level of personnel involvement will depend
on the type of lift, whether it is a normal lift or a Critical Lift.
As a minimum requirement, the meeting will be attended by the:
• Crane Operator,
• Banksman/Rigger, and
• End User Group (e.g. Production Operations, Drilling, Wireline, etc).
18.6.3 Meeting topics

The off-loading and back loading of materials shall be reviewed by the
Location Supervisor/DPICL and the Drilling Supervisor or the Barge Master.
Items to be discussed over the course of the pre-lift meeting include, but are not
necessarily limited to:
• Lifting procedures to be employed,

EXXONMOBIL USE ONLY

• Size of the materials to be lifted,
• Weight of the materials to be lifted, and
• Placement of the materials to be lifted.
A JSA shall be initiated and include at a minimum, the considerations
contained in Attachment 1, Lift Classification Flow Chart.
18.6.4 Lift preparations

Lift preparation shall include, but not necessarily be limited to, the following
steps:
• Before commencing any non-routine lift, the Crane Operator and PICL
(when different) shall conduct an inspection of all hardware, equipment,
shackle, and slings. All defective components shall be reported to the Site
Supervisor and removed from service.
• A pre-use inspection shall be carried out by the Crane Operator prior to
lifting operations. If adjustments or repairs are necessary, a report shall be
submitted to the Location Supervisor/DPICL for rectification prior to a lift
being made. All repair information and status shall be logged in the Crane
Log Book.
The Logistics Coordinator will ensure that a copy of the Manifest, particularly
where substances to be lifted require an MSDS, is handed to the Crane
Operator prior to the lift,
• When transferring personnel, the Logistics Coordinator will ensure that one
of the first four people on the personnel basket has a list of the names of all
personnel being transferred, and
For critical lifts, the sizing of slings and rigging shackle will be re-inspected
and approved by the Location Supervisor/DPICL. No crane will be operated
with identified defects without prior approval from the Maintenance Support
Manager, in accordance with OIMS 6.3 – Critical Safety Equipment.

EXXONMOBIL USE ONLY
18.7 Communications
18.7.1 General
Effective communications is vital in ensuring a safe and effective lifting
operation. Communications procedures for on-shore and offshore lifting
operations will be consistent with the following discussions.
18.7.2 Offshore Communications

18.7.2.1 Platform personnel
Platform personnel communications procedures shall be consistent with the
following elements:
• The Crane Operator will meet the site crew prior to the arrival of the boat
and review the sequence of the lifts,
• The Platform Supervisor will meet the Crane Operator, the PICL (when
different), and the Logistics Coordinator to discuss the safety requirements
of the work to be carried out, and
A means of direct communication between the Crane Operator and the relevant
personnel will be established.
18.7.2.2 Vessel Master
The Vessel Master’s communications procedures shall be consistent with the
following elements:
• The Logistics Coordinator will communicate with the Vessel Master if any
non-routine lifting operations are required. For normal operations, the
Platform Supervisor may delegate the required communications to the
Logistics Coordinator and/or the Crane Operator,
• While approaching the platform, the supply vessel will notify the Logistics
Coordinator of the anticipated time of arrival at the rig or platform,
• The Logistics Coordinator will notify the Crane Operator of the
approaching vessel’s ETA,
• The Crane Operator shall then advise the Logistics Coordinator to instruct
the vessel of which side of the tender or platform to come alongside. The
preferred side for a vessel to come alongside the platform is the lee side of
any prevailing winds and seas. However, the final decision will rest with
the Vessel Master after consultation with the Platform Supervisor,

EXXONMOBIL USE ONLY

• Prior to the lifting operation, the Crane Operator will establish and agree
with the Vessel Master the details of the lifts and the sequence in which
they will be made, and
Communication between the Vessel Master and the Crane Operator will be
maintained throughout the operation. At any time, either party may abort the
operation if it is unsafe to continue.
18.7.3 Helicopter operations

Helicopter communications procedures shall be consistent with the following
elements:
Crane operations are not permitted during helicopter take-offs and landings. All
lifting operations will cease five minutes before helicopter landing and loading
and unloading of passengers. The Crane Operator and the Logistics
Coordinator will act in accordance with the guidelines of API Recommended
Practice 2D, Section 3.1.5 (l) and the following minimal procedural steps upon
notification of a helicopter approach:
The Crane Operator shall:
• Set down the load, if possible,
• Inform the Platform Supervisor if the crane cannot be secured,
• Position the crane boom on the boom rest or any other safe position and
secure the boom away from the helideck. The boom will be secured to
prevent swinging due to helicopter downwash,
• Secure the crane,
• Report the crane status to the Logistics Coordinator, and
• Step out of the crane cabin.
The Logistics Coordinator shall:
• Inform the Crane Operator of all helicopter approaches and the estimated
time of arrival,
• Notify all personnel onboard by using the Public Address System at least
five minutes in advance of helicopter arrivals,

EXXONMOBIL USE ONLY

• Stand by in the Radio Room and maintain communication with the Crane
Operator,
• Notify the helicopter pilot in any instance where the crane cannot be
positioned in the prescribed safe position and request advice from the
Platform Supervisor for further action required, and
When helicopter is required to perform an under-slung and winching operation,
a specific procedure, in accordance with the guidelines established in Chapter 7
of Lifting Management Manual, must be followed.
18.7.4 Off-loading and back-loading

A blocked or obstructed Crane Operator’s view of the vessel and poor visibility
due to heavy rain is considered a non-routine operation. Off-loading and back-
loading operations under obstructed view and poor visibility conditions shall be
consistent with the following elements:
• During any crane off-loading and back-loading, the Vessel Master, Crane
Operator, and deck crew will designate the exact location for positioning
the load,
• The Crane Operator will not lower the load if the view is obstructed, and
further radio communication is required with the Vessel Master and/or deck
crew members,
• The Platform Supervisor will appoint an additional competent banksman /
rigger who will take up station at a strategic location to assist in the lifting
operation, and
In addition to hand signals, radio communication will also be made available.
18.7.5 Signaling
Signaling procedures shall be consistent with the following elements:
• Prior to initiating any lifts, the Crane Operator will personally communicate
with the Vessel Master or the designee to coordinate the lifting via radio or
walkie-talkie. No lifting operations whatsoever are permitted if
communications are not established,

EXXONMOBIL USE ONLY

• Signals to the Operator will be in accordance with the standard hand-signals
set forth in section 2.3.2 of API Recommended Practice 2D, unless voice
communication equipment is utilized,
• Signals will be clearly understood, audibly or visually, at all times,
• A “Standard Hand Signal For Controlling Crane Operation” sign shall be
posted at an appropriate location on the platform or worksite(s),
• The “All Clear” signal will be given by the designated banksman/rigger
before the Crane Operator picks up the line or the lift, and
The emergency stop signal will be raised if the operation is exposing a hazard.
The Crane Operator will stop the crane immediately, regardless of who gives
the stop signal.
18.8 Lifting
General
This section is comprised of two sub-sections: general lifting issues and issues
specific to personnel lifting operations.
18.8.1 General Lifting
18.8.1.1 Tag lines

A load shall remain under control at all times. If the nature of the load is such
that it is felt the use of tag lines is required, a Risk Assessment shall be
conducted prior to their use. Fiber or nylon rope will be used as tag lines. The
tag lines may have appropriately located knots; however, an end-loop is not
permitted.
18.8.1.2 Swinging of load

A load will not be allowed to swing in an uncontrolled fashion. The center of
gravity of the load shall always be kept vertically below the boom hook.
During off-loading and back loading on marine applications, the load will be
slowed toward the vessel and be stabilized at approximately 2 ½ meters above
the intended location for placement. This height will allow the deck crew to
realign the load using the tag line(s), if applicable.

EXXONMOBIL USE ONLY
18.8.1.3 Non-routine lifting operations defined

Lifting operations considered as non-routine include, but are not necessarily
limited to, the following:
• Blocked and/or obstructed Crane Operator’s view of the vessel,
• All broadside vessel operations,
• Loading and off-loading operations from the forward part of the vessel,
• Lifting direct to crane ball hook (without an extension line),
• Boat landing operation using supply or anchor handling vessels,
• Bulky cargo to be inter-rigged by crew boat,
• Poor visibility due to heavy rains, sea spray, or other reason, and Load
testing.
18.8.1.4 Non-routine lifting operations requirements

All non-routine lifting operations require:
• Approval by the Location Supervisor/DPICL,
• The Master’s agreement to carry out such activity (for lifting operations
involving a vessel),
• Completion of the Lift Evaluation Form (see Attachment 16, Lift
Evaluation Form),
• Initiation of a JSA, and
• A General Work Permit.
The Location Supervisor/DPICL will evaluate the necessity of the lift and the
risk factor involved for each of the above activities prior to granting approval to
proceed with the operation.

EXXONMOBIL USE ONLY
18.8.1.5 Critical lifting operations requirements

All critical lifting operations require:
• Approval by the AOM, or FDM, as appropriate,
• The Master’s agreement to carry out such activity (for lifting operations
involving a vessel),
• Completion of the Lift Evaluation Form (see Attachment 2, Lift Evaluation
Form),
• Crane Set-Up Checklist, (see Attachment 4)
• Completion of Critical Lift Plan Checklist,(see Attachment 3)
• Initiation of a JSA, and
• A General Work Permit.
The Location Supervisor/DPICL will evaluate the necessity of the lift and the
risk factor involved for each of the above activities prior to granting approval to
proceed with the operation.
18.8.1.6 Dual lifts

Although dual lifts are not normally permitted under MPN policy, it is
recognized that situations may arise where such an operation is warranted. In
these cases, the following requirements apply:
• For a Dual Lift, an exemption must be granted by the cognizant Area
Operations Manager or Field Drilling Manager, or a designated alternate,
• Should such an exemption be granted, then in accordance with Section
3.2.3 (g) of API Recommended Practice 2D, there shall be one person
responsible for the operation when two or more cranes are used to lift one
load. The responsible person will analyze the operation and, at a dedicated
pre-planning meeting, instruct all personnel involved in the proper
positioning and rigging of the load and the sequence of movements to be
made, and
• A JSA shall be initiated.
In view of the risk involved in dual lift operations, this activity shall not be
carried out unless specifically authorized by the cognizant Area Operations
Manager and, for drilling locations, by the Field Drilling Manager.

EXXONMOBIL USE ONLY
18.8.1.7 Lifting incidents

All crane incidents and near misses will be treated in the same manner as any
other accident/incident reporting procedure. The vessel Master is also required
to report the same incident to the Marine Manager.
Additional information on incident investigation is contained in Chapter 11 of
Lifting Management Manual.
18.8.1.8 Lift permit

The purpose of the lift permit is to ensure that a particular lift is properly
planned, designed, pre-checked, and supervised. A lift permit is required when
various factors and conditions, which may occur during the lift, may lead to a
dangerous lifting operation. The lift permit ensures that assigned personnel
have specific responsibilities during the planning and lifting process.
18.8.1.9 Lifts requiring a permit

A lift permit is required if:
• The lift is a Critical Lift (see Attachment 1, Lift Classification Flowchart),
• Wellhead grating is to be removed or installed,
• A load is to be slewed over unprotected wellhead or process equipment,
• Sea conditions exceed 3.0 meter swells,
• Wind velocity exceeds 30 knots,
• Visibility is reduced to less than 30 meters due to rain, fog, or inadequate
lighting conditions,
• Artificial lighting does not illuminate the load and the path of the load,
• The load requires more than a four point lift arrangement,
• The load is to be lifted on or off an operating platform with a barge or boat
crane,
• A limit switch is defective or has been overridden,
• A load is to be lifted when not using a two-point lifting arrangement,

EXXONMOBIL USE ONLY

• The load is supported by slings arranged in a basket hitch configuration (i.e.
the slings are not securely attached to pad - eyes on the load),
• The load (from horizontal) exceeds 6°,
• Platform diving operations are in progress,
• A load is to be lifted using wooden pallets,
• Explosives, including blasting caps, are to be lifted,
• Radioactive materials or corrosive chemicals are to be lifted, or
If in the view of any lifting operation personnel, the lift is unusual in any way
such that a potential risk is possible.
18.8.1.10 Lifting supervision

The PICL will witness normal or routine lifting operations to verify that cargo
being loaded or unloaded, either to or from a platform, is being handled in a
safe manner.
The Designated Person In Charge of Lift (DPICL) shall designate a PICL, other
than the Crane Operator, to be responsible for all non-routine lifting.
18.8.1.11 Unsafe lifts

Any load that is considered unsafe for lifting from the boat shall be returned to
the source or origin. A hazard report (Safety Alert) will be raised and circulated
as appropriate. Similar control is applied for back-loading operations.
18.8.1.12 Night lifts

Platform lighting as well as platform crane lighting will illuminate the load,
load path, and landing area at all times. Although daylight operations are
preferred, night lifts are acceptable if sufficient lighting is provided for safe
operations.

EXXONMOBIL USE ONLY
18.8.1.13 Cargo handling

The Cargo Manifest will be used for all back-loading and off-loading
operations.
Prior to the lifts, the Logistics Coordinator and/or user supervisor will issue the
Cargo Manifest by giving a brief description of the items to be transferred, the
weight of the lift, and the specific hoist or crane to be used. The Manifest shall
be signed by the Crane Operator, the MPN Location/Maintenance/Drilling
Supervisor, Contract Supervisor (as applicable), and the vessel Master.
It is required that the Crane Operator and the vessel Master agree on the
sequence of lifts to be made.
A copy of the Manifest will then be distributed to respective end-users.
18.9 Management of Basket Transfers
18.9.1 General
Personnel transfer by basket should only be used when no other reasonable
alternative means of transferring personnel is available. When usage is
authorized, the operation is required to be strictly controlled.
18.9.2 Transfer during darkness

Transfer during the hours of darkness should be avoided if possible. However,
if unavoidable, a transfer is permitted providing the operation is conducted
consistent with the following minimum guidelines:
• The transfer areas are adequately illuminated,
• The operation must be conducted under the personal direction of the PICL,
• The potential for weather change during the personnel transfer operation
must always be recognized and the risk for personnel being stranded
considered. In considering weather limitations, responsible personnel
should take into consideration the probable effect of environmental factors
on equipment and personnel involved in the transfer,
• The wave height and period must be within MPN limitations,

EXXONMOBIL USE ONLY

• The vessel must have the ability to hold station and heading, and
consideration must be given to the pitching and increase in vertical motion,
as applicable, when holding,
• Due consideration shall be given to crane hook control and boom tip
motion,
• Due consideration shall be given with respect to persons suffering from sea
sickness and the practical difficulties of embarking to and/or debarking
from a personnel basket when on a rolling and pitching deck,
• Due consideration shall be given to the ability to accurately throw or
otherwise deploy lines and/or personal lifesaving floatation devices,
• Due consideration shall be given for the need of having safety lines in place
when crossing exposed areas,
• Due consideration shall be given to the fact that reduced visibility
unavoidably results in an associated reduction in the ability to see potential
risks, and
• Due consideration shall be given to the fact that in addition to reducing
visibility, rain and significant sea conditions also can make decks and hand
holds very slippery.
18.9.3 Attachments
General
This section includes attachments for use by the reader.

EXXONMOBIL USE ONLY
Attachment 1 – Lift Classification Flow Chart

Lift
Test Classification JSA Action
Is the load to be
lifted over electrical
power lines?
Is the load greater
than 3 tonnes and to
be lifted over or near
operating
equipment?
Critical Lift Plan
Are two (or more) Critical Lift Plan
required,
cranes to be used? required, Critical Lift Plan
including:
including: requires approval
Will special lifting Lift Evaluation
Lift Evaluation by Designated
equipment be Form
Yes Critical Lift Form Person In Charge
required? Crane Setup
Crane Setup Of Lift or
Checklist
Is the load greater Checklist nominated
Critical Lift Plan
than 50 tonnes? Critical Lift Plan representative
Checklist
Checklist
Is the load greater
than 90% of the
rated capacity?
Is the load greater
than 20 tonnes and
also greater than
80% rated capacity?
No
Is the load greater than

20 tonnes and between
80% and 90% of the
All Non-Routine
Manufacturer’s rating
Non- Lifts
Chart?
Yes Routine require
Lift Lift Evaluation
Is the load to be lifted
Form
over or near operating
equipment and less
than 3 tonnes?
No
Routine
Lift

EXXONMOBIL USE ONLY
Attachment 2 – Lift Evaluation Form
Sheet 1
Lift Evaluation Form
For Non-Routine and Critical Lifts
Date: Lift Description:

Weight: Estimated: Confirmed:
Note that Weight includes rigging weight, block weight, hoist line weight, etc
Selected Crane
Description: Model No.
Crane SWL at Lift Radius: Lift Radius Boom Length SWL
List Crane Access Obstacles
Ground Stability Area Stable □ Area Unstable □
□ Ground Work □
Bog Mats Required
Required
List Special
Rigging
Equipment
Crane Position North □ South □ East □ West □
(relative to load) Side Side Side Side
Communications □ □ Hand Ye N
Radio
Mode Signals s o
Is the daily crane inspection completed and documented?
Have the requirements of the Lift Permit been carried out?
Has a barricade been erected or an exclusion zone established around the crane and lift zone?
Has the Safe Working Load been confirmed for all lifting components?
Tag lines required?
Have personnel in the vicinity been warned of the overhead lead?
Is the wind speed and direction acceptable?
Does the lift require a Critical Lift Plan (Sheet 2 of this form)?
Is it safe to perform this lift?
Equipment Operator
Banksman/Rigger
Person In Charge of Lift
(Print Name) (Sign Name)

EXXONMOBIL USE ONLY
Sheet 2
Lift Evaluation Form

For Non-Routine and Critical Lifts
Location Date
Task Analysis
Procedure Number Analysis By Reviewed By
Task
Basic Steps of the Task Potential Hazards Controls

Each step should accomplish a specific Identify the hazards and consequences of State what actions are necessary to
component of the task each step eliminate or minimize the hazards

EXXONMOBIL USE ONLY
Attachment 3 – Critical Lift Checklist
Critical Lift Plan Checklist

The following checklist can be used by the planners and the review of either critical or non-critical lift plans to confirm
thoroughness and completeness of the contractor’s/supplier’s plan by ensuring all relevant issues noted below have been
addressed. (Tick appropriate boxes or provide answer as applicable)
Yes No N/A
1. Has the weight been accurately determined?

2. Has any margin been added to calculated weights?
3. Have all appurtenances been considered in the weight calculations?
4. Has all rigging hardware been included in the weight calculations?
5. What is the minimum actual clearance between the load and the boom during the lift?
6. Who has determined the center of gravity?
7. How is the center of gravity determined?
8. Is the center of gravity marked on the load?
9. If the radius has been calculated, has it been double checked by measuring in the field?
10. Who is in charge of the lift?
11. What are their qualifications?
12. Who will give signals to the Operator?
13. Are radios required?
14. If radios are required, who will provide them?
15. Are provided radios safe for use in operating facilities?
16. Is there anything inside the load that could shift during the lift?
17. Is the load fragile enough so as to require a strongback frame or multiple attachment points to prevent
load damage?
18. Has the strongback frame been designed by a competent engineer and load tested?
19. Will the crane load change as the load progresses?
20. Has the anchor bolt pattern of footprint been checked to confirm the load can be landed properly?
21. Is the surface area large enough to create unusual problems in the wind?
22. Have all rigging components such as shackles, hooks, and slings undergone a pre-use inspection for
signs of damage or deterioration?
23. Has all rigging hardware been selected to wok within the manufacturer’s Safe Working Load?
24. Have all sling angles greater than 45° been avoided or slings/chains chosen to allow for the increased
sling loads due to the sling angles?

EXXONMOBIL USE ONLY
Page 2

addressed. (Tick appropriate boxes or provide answer as applicable)
Yes No N/A
25. Is the rigging arranged to have the crane hook directly over the center of gravity of the load with the
load hanging level?
26. Have softeners been utilized to protect the rigging where sharp corners could cause damage?
27. Does the rigging provide positive control of the load to prevent slipping or shifting?
28. Are shackles and hooks always used in such a manner so as to avoid side bending n the hardware?
29. Will spreaders and other rigging hardware remain safely clear of the boom, the load, and other objects
at all times during the lifting operations?
30. Have qualified personnel designed and tested special rigging hardware in accordance with reguiations?
31. Has anyone checked to see if the shackle pins will fit the holes provided in the lifting lugs?
32. Are the dimensions of the lifting lugs/padeyes consistent with the size of the shackle proposed?
33. Will the shackle be able to “turn” as the load transitions from horizontal to vertical?
34. Have the appropriate impact factors been used in designing the lifting lugs, shackles, etc?
35. Has any required Non Destructive Testing been done to assess the quality of welds attaching lifting
lugs, padeyes, trunions, etc?
36. Is there enough clearance between the shell and the lifting lug/padeye to get the nut on the shackle pin?
37. How will the lifting and swing areas be barricaded?
38. What are limits on wind speed for making the lift?
39. How and where will the wind speed be measured?
40. If a tailing crane has to “walk”, is the path level and compacted?
41. Has the shift superintendent been notified of the movement of the load to the lifting site?
42. Has the load transport route to the lift site been checked for overhead obstructions?
43. In moving along the load transport route, are there any bridges, culverts, pipeways, etc to cross?
44. If there are bridges, culverts, pipeways, etc to cross along the load transport route, are they structurally
capable of supporting the transport loads?
45. What efforts have been made in identifying obstructions in the lift path and swing path?
46. How accurate are the efforts made in identifying obstructions in the lift path and swing path?
47. What are the maximum loads imposed by the crane on the soil?
48. Is the soil bearing capacity sufficient to safely support the crane loads?

EXXONMOBIL USE ONLY
Page3
addressed.
Yes No N/A
49. Has a soil investigation program been performed?

50. If timber mats are to be used, what is the assumed load distribution?
51. Where will the crane be assembled?
52. What route will the crane take from the assembly site to the lift site?
53. Can the outriggers be fully deployed?
54. How will the lifting slings be safely disconnected once the load is landed and anchored?
55. Is adequate lighting equipment available for use if the lifting operation should extend beyond daylight
hours?
56. Can rigging personnel safely control and manipulate the load throughout the lifting path?
57. Have emergency procedures been determined and communicated to all personnel involved in the lifting
operation?
58. Have emergency plans been developed by, communicated to, and understood by all operating
personnel?
59. Are operating personnel clear with regard to isolation lines containing toxic or flammable materials?
60. How are valves identified?
61. Has the lift plan been reviewed with the crane operator, banksmen/riggers, and other involved in the
lifting operation?
62. Has the plan been reviewed with supervisors in adjacent areas?
63. Does the lift plan reflect the philosophy that safety is the top priority?

EXXONMOBIL USE ONLY
Attachment 4 – Crane Set-Up Checklist
Careful consideration shall be given in selecting the site for the mobile crane. It is
important that the ground on which the crane seats is reasonably level, well-compacted,
and stable enough to support the weight of the crane and its load without collapse. A table
giving guidance to soil bearing capabilities is included below.
Nature of Soil (Natural Terrain) Bearing
Capacity
Hard clay, requiring jack picking for removal Excellent
Gravel, coarse sand, in naturally thick beds Excellent
Loose, medium, and coarse sand, fine Good
compact sand
Medium clay, stiff but capable of being Medium
spaded
Fine, loose sand Fair
Soft clay Poor
Loose fill Do Not Use
Blocks should be used to support the crane outrigger floats when operating on soft ground
or where the subsurface is unknown. Where blocks are placed under the outrigger beams
as back-up protection for the outriggers, sufficient clearance should be maintained
between the timber and outrigger beams to ensure that the weight of the crane is supported
through the outriggers, and not the blocking.
Load chart ratings are based on the crane being level in all directions. The effects of
operating out of level are:
• Side loads develop in the boom and consequently the Safe Working Load
decreases. The following table illustrates the reduction in SWL for a lattice boom crane.
This table is for illustration only and does not refer to any specific crane.

EXXONMOBIL USE ONLY

Chart Capacity Lost When Crane is Out of
Boom Length Level by:
and Lift Radius
1° 2° 3°
Short Boom, 10% 20% 30%
Minimum
Radius
Short Boom, 8% 15% 20%
Maximum
Radius
Long Boom, 30% 41% 50%
Minimum
Radius
Long Boom, 5% 10% 15%
Maximum
Radius
• When the crane is off-level, the high side has a smaller working radius than the
low side. It also increases the load on the turntable, the outriggers, and the supporting
frame structure. A boom at maximum elevation (minimum radius) on the low side cannot
be slewed over to the high side without risking collapse of the boom over the cab.
• Wind effects both the crane and the load by:
– Increasing the force on the boom and thus increasing the overturning moment of
the crane.
– Moving the position of the load with respect to the boom tip. This may increase the
side load, increase the load radius, or decrease the load radius and create a backward
tipping load.
• Where it is necessary to manually guide large loads into position, it is
recommended that tail ropes be used to enable the Banksman/Rigger to keep clear of the
load. Care should be exercised especially with cranes having large booms handling loads
near the ground where over exertion on tail ropes may pull the hoist line off vertical.
• Outriggers should always be fully extended and set to have the carrier tires just
clear of the ground. Where the outriggers cannot be fully extended, the crane should be
operated in accordance with the “On Rubber” section of the Load Chart.

EXXONMOBIL USE ONLY

• When using cranes with telescoping booms to lift loads at or near maximum radius
with fully extended booms, allowance should be made for any increase in load radius
occurring through deflection of the boom as the load is taken.
• When traveling with a load, care should be taken to:
– Ensure that the crane has the capacity to travel with the load,
– Travel only on hard, level ground.
– Keep the load as near to the ground as practicable.
– Operate at minimum radius and boom length.
– Load is tied off to prevent swinging.
• Swinging or dragging loads or any similar activity causing side loading on the
boom should be avoided.
• When a mobile crane is set up on outriggers, the area of the counterweight swing
should be guarded. This is particularly important near outriggers and restricted spaces
where the counterweight swings close to a wall, fence, or the chassis of the crane. The
guarding adopted would depend on the particular circumstances and could be in the form
of orange plastic webbing, pipe rails on stands, or in some instances, the guardrail could
be fitted directly to the crane. Another method could be prominent danger signs on the
vertical surfaces of counterweights and outrigger beams. Where the likelihood of persons
being present is very low, warning signs in appropriate languages may be considered
sufficient.

EXXONMOBIL USE ONLY
Attachment 5 – Lift Permit
Lift Permit
Section 1 Description TO BE COMPLETED BY THE PERMIT REQUESTOR

Lift to be conducted between hours on (date) and hours on (date)
Equipment Tag
Facility/Location
No.
Non-routine JSA attached? Yes □ No □
Yes □ No □
Lift?
Critical Lift? Yes □ No □ MSDS attached? Yes □ No □
Proposed Lift
REQUESTED BY SIGNATURE
Section 2 Precautions - TO BE COMPLETED BY THE PERMIT PREPARER

2.
General All lifts require that safety helmets and boots be worn.
1
Inform other personnel that may be affected □ □
(a) (i) Pre-lift Meeting conducted
by the work
Isolate, drain, purge, depressurize affected □ □
(b) (j) Lift Evaluation form completed
equipment
□ (k □
(c) Warning signs posted Risk Assessment conducted (if required)
)
(d) Barriers erected or otherwise established □ (l) Pre-Lift Checklist completed □
□ (m □
(e) Announcements/notifications made
)
□ (n □
(f) All other required permits issued/available
)
Lifting equipment pre-use inspections □ (o □
(g)
completed )
□ (p □
(h) Communications established and tested
)

EXXONMOBIL USE ONLY
2.2 Protective clothing and personnel equipment

(a) Goggles □ (f) Protective/Acid Suit □
□ (g Life Jacket/Work Vest/Other suitable □
(b) Face shield
) Personnel Flotation
□ (h □
(c) Face mask Fall Arresting Device and Harness/Lifeline
)
Ear Defenders or other suitable hearing □ □
(d) (i) Breathing Apparatus
protection
(e) Gloves □ (j) Other □
2.3 Hazard Identified/Special Precautions: 2.4 Plant Status:

2.5 Other Permits and Certificates
I have checked the proposed lift site and have informed all other personnel who may be affected by the work. The
relevant requirements of the Pre-Lift Checklist above have been satisfied and all JSA and Risk Assessment measures
have been taken as required. In my opinion, the lift is safe to begin subject to any special precautions noted above.
Prepared by Signature Time Date
Section 3 Authorization That Lift May Commence - TO BE COMPLETED BY THE PERSON-IN-CHARGE-OF-LIFT

All personnel signing below agree that the lift is safe to conduct.
Name Signature Time Date
1
2
3
4
5

EXXONMOBIL USE ONLY
Section 4 Permit Closure –TO BE COMPLETED BY THE DESIGNATED PERSON IN CHARGE OF LIFT
CLOSED BY
Name Signature Date
Top copy to Permit Board** Middle copy to Requester ** Bottom copy posted at job site ** RETAIN COPY IN THE FILE FOR 3 MONTHS

EXXONMOBIL USE ONLY
Section 19 – Subsea Operations (Diving and ROV Operations) Permit Procedure Page 1 of 7
19. SUBSEA OPERATIONS (DIVING AND ROV OPERATIONS)

PERMIT PROCEDURE
19.1 Objectives
19.1.1 To establish and maintain a Diving Permit Procedure which ensures all
Subsea Operations which include Diving and ROV Operations and
associated work are performed in a safe and organized manner.
planning and execution of the all Subsea Operations, which include
Diving and ROV Operations.
with, or affected by, the Sub Sea Operations, which includes Diving and
ROV Operations to be carried out.
19.1.4 Communicate the training and competency requirements needs for all
personnel involved in the execution of Subsea Operations, which
includes diving and ROV Operations.
19.2 Scope
19.2.1 In conjunction with the MPN Diving Operations Manual and the MPN
Diving Procedures Manual to ensure that the conduct of Subsea
Operations which include Diving and ROV operations, when carried out
for MPN or within MPN Concession Areas.
19.2.2 No Diver shall enter the water or bell 'lock off' to commence a dive
unless a MPN Permit to Dive has been completed and where applicable a
MPN General Work Permit has been issued.

EXXONMOBIL USE ONLY
Page 2 of 7 Section 19 – Subsea Operations (Diving and ROV Operations) Permit Procedure
19.3 Definitions
19.3.1 GENERAL WORK PERMIT: A general work permit authorizes work to
be carried out under specified conditions. The term General Work Permit
refers to the form, which is used as part of an overall system of work
control.
19.3.2 PERSON IN CHARGE (PIC): Is the most senior person at the location
19.3.4 R.O.V. Is a Remotely Operated Vehicle
Work Precautions.
Note: For a full, comprehensive list of Definitions associated with Subsea Operations
which includes Diving and ROV Operations the definitions sections of the MPN Diving
Operations Manual and the MPN Diving Procedures Manual should be consulted.

• Additional Procedures:
 MPN Job Safety Analysis (JSA).
 Specific Job Procedure(s)
 MPN Lifting Equipment Manual
 MPN Diving Procedures Manual
 MPN Diving Operations Manual
• References:
 OIMS System 6-4 (Work Management)
 SIMOPS Manual
 MPN Safety Manual

EXXONMOBIL USE ONLY
Everyone working in MPN Operations must have an understanding of the
requirements of the Diving Permit Procedure Requirements.
responsibilities to provide adequate information, instruction and training to all
persons under their control. They must ensure that everyone understands the
operation of, and the consequences of non-compliance with this Diving Permit
Procedures
19.6 Management of SubSea Operations

19.6.1 ONSHORE
The co-ordination of Diving / ROV activities shall be the responsibility
of the FMV Diving Operations Supervisor, who shall consult with the
FMV Diving Operations Superintendent and the Diving / ROV
Contractor’s Project Manager.
19.6.2 OFFSHORE
A Offshore Diving Operations Coordinator, in conjunction with the
platform or vessel’s management team, will set up a team local
management team at the work site to plan and co-ordinate the overall
Diving / ROV works in the short term.
a) Agree the schedule of Diving / ROV work activities for the
immediate future (typically 24 hours). The agreed schedule should
be written down and published both at the work site and externally,
to any associated installations and vessels as well as to onshore
management.
b) Plan other DSV activities such as helicopter or cargo operations.
c) Discuss and agree any deviations from planned scopes of work, e.g.
variations from, or additions to, Target/Lump Sum scopes of work.
d) Co-ordinate the Diving / ROV support vessel operations in the field.
The team will comprise those people at the Diving / ROV work site who
are responsible for the following functions:
 Technical: Typically the Project Engineers and/or Sub-Surface
Engineers.

EXXONMOBIL USE ONLY

 Diving: Typically the Diving Superintendent.
 ROV: Typically the Ops. Controller/Party Chief
 Marine (if there is a DSV/ROVSV): Typically this will be the
Vessel Master.
 External liaison on site: typically the Offshore Diving Operations
Coordinator.
Other people who should be invited to participate in the meetings to give
specialist advice when required are:-
 Diving / ROV Supervisors
 Specialist Engineers
 Other specialist technical experts
The local management team shall have a leader who will normally be the
Diving / ROV Contractor’s senior person at the work site, e.g. Diving
Superintendent / Ops. Controller.
The local management Team Meetings shall be held at least once per day,
minutes of the meeting will be recorded, and kept in the project records.
In the event that any member of the team is not in agreement with the
outcome of team meeting, then this shall be recorded in the meeting
minutes.
19.7 Permit to Work

No Diver shall enter the water or bell ‘lock off’ to commence a dive unless an
MPN Permit to Dive form has been completed, and where applicable, an MPN
general work permit issued and signed off by the required personnel, and is in
the possession of the Diving Supervisor.
IMPORTANT NOTE:
The MPN Diving Permit Procedure should be read and considered in
conjunction with the MPN Diving Operations Manual and The MPN Diving
Procedures Manual. Section 4 MPN Diving Operations Manual details the
operational requirements with reference to SubSea work including Diving
Work and ROV Operations. Section 4.4 details the Diving Permit to Work
System.

EXXONMOBIL USE ONLY

19.7.1 COMPLETING PERMIT TO DIVE
a) The MPN Permit to Dive form will be completed for each 12 hour
shift.
b) The Permit to Dive for any work, or task, on or in the vicinity of
equipment which is connected to or controlled by a platform, drilling
unit or any other installation, whether inside or outside an installation
safety zone, shall not be considered complete until a formal, General
Permit to Work has been issued from that installation. The permit to
work will be attached to the Permit to Dive.
c) In order to raise a Permit to Work from an installation, a pro-forma
permit request must be sent by facsimile or physical means (e.g.
crane mail bag) to the installation to enable the Facility
Superintendent/Supervisor (normally the PIC) onboard to raise the
applicable Permit to Work including LOTO/isolation certificates (if
required). All permit request pro-formas will be sent to the Facility
PIC. via the control room or radio room. The pro-forma permit
request shall contain the following information:
 Details of the permit requested.
 Outline of the task to be undertaken.
 Location where work is to be done.
 Reference to the Work Procedure and relevant sections.
 Isolations required.
 Reference to the appropriate hazard assessment documentation.
 Contractors possessing their own permit request systems may use
these as long as they provide the "Controlling Installation" with
the information listed above.
d) The Facility PIC (or designate) shall sign the installations General
Permit to Work issued to the dive site.
e) For any work on equipment where contained pressure is a potential
hazard to divers, e.g. pipelines or subsea trees, the Permit to Dive will
not be considered complete until all appropriate LOTO / Isolation
Certificates from the installation are attached to the Permit to Dive.

EXXONMOBIL USE ONLY

f) For any work on any electrical equipment or subsea cables the Permit
to Dive will not be considered complete until all appropriate
LOTO/Isolation Certificates from the installation are attached to the
Permit to Dive.
g) All Permits to Work issued by installations to the dive site must be
communicated in such a way that the copies attached to the Permit to
Dive and appropriate certificates are clearly legible. Verbal
confirmation of the issue of a permit, or clarification of what is
written on a permit, is not acceptable.
h) Work not stated on the pro-forma request, Permit to Work or Permit
to Dive must not be undertaken until the appropriate permits are
correctly completed and in the possession of the Diving Supervisor.
i) The Permit to Dive shall be signed by the following personnel:-
Checklist Completed – DP Operator (or more senior officer)
on a DSV or, if diving from an
installation, by the Inst. Supt. of the
installation.
Clearance to Dive Given – Senior watch keeper on the bridge (or
more senior officer) & Offshore
Diving Operations Coordinator.
Clearance to Dive Received – Dive Supervisor
A copy of the MPN Permit to Dive can be found in Exhibit A, at the end of this
document.
19.8 Program Review

• Incidents that occurred due to failure of this system.
• Periodic Audits/Gap Analysis to ensure that the procedure is implemented
and used, the procedure is current and applicable to the organization and
operation.

EXXONMOBIL USE ONLY

PIC.


Work Management Manual

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Description:

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Work Management Manual

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

MOBIL PRODUCING NIGERIA

(For use by MPN and EEPNL)

OPERATIONS INTEGRITY MANAGEMENT SYSTEM

System Title: System 6-4 Work Management

Document: Work Management Procedure Manual

System Owner: System Administrator:

Work Management Procedure Manual

Distribution List Page i of xx

1. QIT Control Room

2. BRT Control Room

16. ERHA CCR

17. ERHA OIM

18. Onne Port Supt

19. Drilling Rig (Manager Drilling) Spare

20. Drilling Rig (Manager Drilling) Spare

Category:Integrity Critical Document No. Revision No.: Rev 0-3

Work Management Procedure Manual

Page ii of xx Distribution List

(Continued from the previous page)

21. OIMS Master Files

22. Spare QIT Operations Integrity (Temp Issue)

23. Spare QIT Operations Integrity (Temp Issue)

24. Spare QIT Operations Integrity (Temp Issue)

Revision No.: Rev 0-3 Document No. Category: Integrity Critical

Work Management Procedure Manual

Change Management Control Sheet Page iii of xx

Change Management Control Sheet

Category:Integrity Critical Document No. Revision No.: Rev 0-3

Work Management Procedure Manual

Page iv of xx Change Management Control Sheet

Change Management History Sheet

Revision No.: Rev 0-3 Document No. Category: Integrity Critical

Work Management Procedure Manual

Revision Record and History Page v of xx

Revision Record and History

O-3 23 June,05 Replacement of Section 10 & Section 18

Owner Signature: Steve Rose

Category:Integrity Critical Document No. Revision No.: Rev 0-3

Work Management Procedure Manual

Page vi of xx Revision Record and History

THIS PAGE IS INTENTIONALLY BLANK

Revision No.: Rev 0-3 Document No. Category: Integrity Critical

Work Management Procedure Manual

Table of Content Page vii of xx

Distribution List ............................................................................................................ i / xx

Change Management Control Sheet ........................................................................... iii / xx

Revision Record and History ....................................................................................... v / xx

TABLE OF CONTENT ............................................................................................. vii / xx

1.1 INTRODUCTION ...................................................................................... 1 / 16

1.2 WORK MANAGEMENT OVERALL PROCESS ............................................ 4 / 16

1.3 INTERFACES WITH OTHER OIMS SYSTEMS ............................................ 5 / 16

1.4 RESPONSIBILITIES .................................................................................. 6 / 16

1.5 VERIFICATION, MEASUREMENT AND FEEDBACK ................................. 11 / 16

1.6 TRAINING ............................................................................................ 14 / 16

2. GENERAL WORK PROCEDURE ................................................................. 1 / 14

2.1 OBJECTIVES ........................................................................................... 1 / 14

2.2 SCOPE .................................................................................................... 1 / 14

2.3 DEFINITIONS .......................................................................................... 2 / 14

2.4 ASSOCIATED PROCEDURES AND REFERENCES ....................................... 2 / 14

2.5 RESPONSIBILITIES .................................................................................. 3 / 14

2.6 MANAGEMENT OF THE GENERAL WORK PERMIT SYSTEM..................... 5 / 14

2.7 TRAINING .............................................................................................. 7 / 14

2.8 PROGRAM REVIEW ................................................................................ 7 / 14